Advanced Search

Fishing Vessels Decision

Original Language Title: Vissersvaartuigenbesluit

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now for only USD$40 per month.

Decision of August 5th, 1989, loving narrators for the safety of Visser vessels.

We Beatrix, at the grace of God, Queen of the Dutch, Princess of Orange-Nassau, et cetera.

On the recital of our Minister of Traffic and Water State of November 15, 1988, nr. S/J 32.01/88, Directorate General Management and Maritiemes;

Considering that it is wishful for the safety regulations of fishing vessels to consistent with the decisions of it on April 2, 1977 te torremolinos to stand International Request for the Fishers.Trb. 1980, 139;

Considering the article 3, 4 5, 9, 17, 66 and 73 of the Shipping law. (Chuckles)Stb. 1932, 86;

The Council of State of the Kingdom heard from 8 March 1989, nr. W09.88,0652/K;

Given the approaching report of our Minister of Traffic and Water State of July 25, 1989, nr. S/J 31,209/89, Directorate General Management and Maritiemes;

The statute's reservations for the Kingdom in consideration:

I found out and understood:

Chapter One.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 1.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 2 The specific in this decision isn't appropriate for vessels being made for fishing research or training of sailors to fishing. However, if these vessels at all or partial service do as a fishing vessel, regardless of whether this is supposed to be understood under the ability to connect with the investigation or the training of which the vessel can be sufficient to the establishment of the sufficient ability to the establishment of the s.

  • 3 The certainty in this decision is not appropriate for vessels that are operating on corporate recreation.

  • The leader of the shipping inspection can provide for vessels that the length behaves less than 24 millimeters, deviant rules, if to his judgment, the general institution of those vessels, the safety of these vessels,


Article 2.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In this decision and the restoring decisions will be made, unless expressly differently determined, Understand:

    • 1/2. Our minister: Our Minister of Traffic and Waterstate;

    • 2°. Captain: Every captain of a vessel or who replaces these;

    • 3°. Ships: All who are as shipping officers or shipping companies on board or connected as such. The shipping officers are the creatures to who administer the rank of officers, shipping companies are all other creatures;

    • 4°. Radio regulation: The Radio Reglement.Trb. 1981, 78, belonging to November 6, 1982 too Nairobi has come to terms with international treaty in the Telecommunication.Trb. 1983, 164;

    • 5°. radio officer: A person in possession of at least the agreement of the radio regulations issued first or second class certificate of skills as radio telegraphist, or from a general certificate in the mobile service,

    • 6°. Radio teller: A person in possession of an eligible certificate consistent with the radio regulations,

    • 7°. radio station: A station provided for a radio telegraphic installation;

    • 8°. radio call station: A station provided for a radio telephony installation;

    • 9°. radio telegraphy installation: An installation that can transmit and receive on the marital service assigned radio telegraphic frequency tires:

    • 10 degrees. radio telephony installation: An installation that can transmit and receive on the marital service assigned radio telefonie frequency tires:

    • 11°. Listen to radio telegraph: A listening service that's being held on the radio telegraph death frequency;

    • 12 degrees. Listen to radio telephone: A listening service that's being held on the radio-death frequency;

    • 13 degrees. Passengers: All persons aboard, except for:

      • 13.1. The Captain and the creatures;

      • 13.2. Other people who, in any case, aboard for the craft to be employed or operated; ♪

      • 13.3. Kids who haven't reached the age of a year;

    • 14 degrees. Protection:

      • 14.1. The maximum ability, expressed in pounds of Watt, that by the continuing power machines, without overload, can be delivered during unlimited time hours, as this ability, is given by the manufacture of the manufacturer. Or...

      • 14.2. A by the head of the shipping inspection established lower ability, if to be satisfied, that only this lower ability can be used for the propulsion. This ability cannot be determined on a value less than 75% of the maximum ability;

    • 15 degrees. Flashlight: The lowest temperature of a liquid where this sufficient damp to the sky gives an explosive mixture of damp and air. The lamp needs to be determined by the closed-cross method of Abel, Abel-Pensky of Pensky-Martens and corrected for a 760-mile-mile column.

    • 16 degrees. approved: approved by the head of the shipping inspection;

    • 17 degrees. Height. The height equals 96 percent of the length of the burden at 85 percent of the smallest cavity measured from the valley, then equally to the length of the front of the front of the heart line, it's much larger to the last of roots. With ships designed with steering, the burden of which this length is measured, along with the construction water line:

    • 18 degrees. Leadlines: The lead lines on the front and the back of the height. The foreclosure line must be drawn by the cutting edge of the burden that the length has been measured and the front of the front.

    • 19°. Wide. The largest width of the vessel, expressed in meters, midships measured on the outside of a vessel with a metal skin and on the outside of the skin with another vessel with another skin.

    • 20 degrees. Holte:

      • 20.1. The vertical distance, printed in meters, measured from the valley to the top of the beams of the work deck in the side;

      • 20.2. _

      • 20.3. If the work deck falls apart and the increased part stretched beyond the point where the cavity needs to be determined, the cavity is measured to a line that is drawn from the low part of the deck, as much as it is.

    • 21 degrees. Holte. The hollow midships measured;

    • 22 degrees. Highest-risk burden: The burden was part of the maximum demise during the journey;

    • 23 degrees. maximum depth: The largest demise that the head of the shipping tin view is supposed to be admissible;

    • 24 degrees. Mid ships: The point was at the center of the height;

    • 25 degrees. Great pant: The cutthroat of the hull which is determined by the cutting of the surface of the hull to the mal with a vertical net that midship lead right is on the edge of the water and it's rigged.

    • 26 degrees. Killin: The line that's currently on the edge of the valley and those midships go on:

      • 26.1. The top of the valve plate or the cutting of the inside of the skin palate with the stable, if in a vessel with a metal skin, a stable above that line.

      • 26.2. The inside of the sponge in the valley of a wooden or a composite vessel;

      • 26.3. The cutting of the transcendent line from the outside of the skin with the heartline of a vessel with a skin of another material than wood or metal;

    • 27 degrees. Baseline: The horizontal line that cuts the valley midships;

    • 28 degrees. Work deck: In general, the walking exposed deck of where fishing is practiced. In shipping vessels with two or more moving covers, the head of the shipping tinspection can allow a lower deck to be spotted as a work deck, if this deck is above the high limit.

    • 29 degrees. Upstairs: The over-covered construction on the work deck, which stretched from board to board or from which the distance of the side fails to each board is no bigger than 4% of the widow.

    • 30 degrees. closed top building: a top building of which:

      • 30.1. The end shots are sufficiently strong;

      • 30.2. The eventual access openings in the end shots are preserved from fixed doors that are close to weather and wind and equal strength as the shot, as if there was no opening at all, and that could be closed to both sides and open,

      • 30.3. All the openings in the silks, as well as all the other openings in the final shots are provided with targeting resources that shut these openings up against weather and winds, ♪

      • 30.4. Separate access to the crew to the inside of a bridge house or a campan isolated continuing spaces and other work areas, at all times, when the openings are closed.

    • 31 degrees. Building deck: that deck or deck divided that the top of an upper-building facility or other buildings and that's at least 1.80 m above the work deck. In cases where the height is less than 1.80 mm, the top of such an upper-building, decency, or other buildups match the work deck.

    • 32 degrees. Heights of a top building, deck or other buildings: The smallest vertical height measured in the side from the top of the beams of the building deck to the top of the beams of the work deck;

    • 33 degrees. Close to weather and wind: So close that under all circumstances that can present itself at sea, no water can intrude in the vessel;

    • 34 degrees. Waterproof: The ability of the construction to prevent the passing of water in any direction at a water pressure that the surrounding construction according to the design file is:

    • 35 degrees. Assault shot: A waterproof shot that in the front of the vessel is drawn up to the work deck and meets the following terms:

      • 35.1. The shot must have been placed that the distance to the front line:

        • 1/2. No smaller than five percent and no greater than eight percent of the length of vessels whose length is 45 millimeters or more behaves:

        • 2°. No smaller than five percent of the height and no greater than five percent of the length, measured with 1.35 m, with vessels that the length behaves less than 45 millimeters, preserved by the leadership of scheme.

        • 3°. In no way smaller than two mil;

      • 35.2. In case, due to a deviant steven form, any part of the subwater part of the vessel is stretched towards the precedence, the distance should be meant under 351, for which is part of the length of the point, for which its participates to be removed.

      • 35.3. If the assault shot is preserved from staircases or sneezes, these should fall within the limitations as prescribed under 35.1 of this part:

    • 36 degrees. Headquarters: The steering machine, the power workers for this, if present, and the consistent institutions, as well as the resources to deliver the couple on the shipping king's side, the helmet stick or the quarantines, to deliver the necesssity of the company.

    • 37 degrees. Surveillance workforcement:

      • 37.1. at an electrical dispatch: An electromotor with the additional electrical equipment:

      • 37.2. at an electrical hydraulic dispatch: An electromotor with the additional electrical equipment and the connected pump and...

      • 37.3. to a different type of hydraulic dispatch: A pump and the tool for the drive;

    • 38 degrees. Dispatch: The institution where the stirring rash is operated for the control of the vessel when the main dispatch has fallen out;

    • 39 degrees. Management installation from the sentry: The equipment that transmitted the assignments are transferred from the bridge to the forcecraft for the dispatch. Control installations of steering wheels are made of generators, recipients, hydraulic amplification pumps, including motor engines, services for engines, pipelines, and cables.

    • 40 degrees. maximum speed forward: The largest speed that the vessel has been designed for, and that should be held at sea by the most accelerated depth during the journey,

    • 41 degrees. High speed reverse: The estimated speed that can reach the vessel at designed ability to reverse the maximum depth during the journey:

    • 42 degrees. oil joint: The installation uses for the increased fuel oil supply for delivery to an oil-boiled kettle, or that installation uses for the increase of oil for delivery to a burning engine, including all the oil heaters, and the pressure of the oil heating,2;

    • 43 degrees. normal conditions of corporate and viability: The conditions in which the vessel in its entirety, including the tools, service exercises, main and assistances, for the resources, send in, and foreclosures for the interpretation and resolvements,

    • 44 degrees. Death ship state: The condition where the main power plantation, kettles and backups are not in business;

    • 45 degrees. Headboard: A switchboard that is fed directly by the electrical main source and destined to distribute the electrical energy for all services:

    • 46 degrees. Emergency board: A switchboard that, in case the nutrient of the electrical main power source falls out, is immediately fed by the electrical emergency source or through the temporary source, and the emergency source is destined to overcome the energy.

    • 47 degrees. Electric main power source: A power source that needs electrical energy to deliver to the main switchboard for the distribution to all systems to keep the ship in normal conditions of corporate and liability;

    • 48 degrees. Electric emergency source: A power source for electrical energy, destined to feed the emergency switchboard in case the power supply drops out.

    • 49 degrees. temporarily unmanned engine rooms: Those spaces where the main thrusters and consistent installations, as well as all electrical main sources are found, and they're not at all time at all work, with their manners,

    • 50 degrees. Incredible material: A material that nor burns, nor inflammable gases in sufficient amounts to heating up to about 750 degrees to self-inflammation, the satisfaction of the chief of Scheptiny should be accepted. Every other material is burnable material;

    • 51 degrees. standard fire test: A trial where parts of the involved shots or covers are exposed to temperatures that match the standard temp. The parts of the involved shots or covers must have an exposed surface of at least 4.65.2 And a height, or height of the deck, 2.44 m; They need to match as accurately as possible with the presumed construction and at least one seam. By the standard time temper is meant to be an equally expired crop by the next points measured above the initial temperature in the oven:

      at the end of the first five minutes: 556 degrees,

      at the end of the first 10 minutes: 659 degrees,

      at the end of the first 15 minutes: 718 degrees,

      at the end of the first 30 minutes: 821 degrees,

      at the end of the first 60 minutes: 925 degrees;

    • 52 degrees. Shots of class == sync, corrected by elderman == Shot and cover the next demands:

      • 52.1. They must be construed with steel or others, similar material;

      • 52.2. They must be sufficient;

      • 52.3. They'll have to stop the standard-fire sample from one hour's passage of smoke and flames.

      • 52.4. They must be so isolated with approved incendiary materials that the average temperature at the non-blooded silk is no more than 139 degrees above the temperature, nor at all times, nor at all.

        Classic arch-60 minutes,

        Class establishment-30 : 30 minutes,

        Class establishment-15 minutes,

        Classic arch-O-O-O-minus;

      • 52.5. The head of the shipping inspection can demand ordeal of a prototype shot of class obtained an elderly certainty that this meets high-profile eggs, to increase the rising of the rising, and smothermother the ability of the ability to sky.

    • 53 degrees. Shots of class == sync, corrected by elderman == Shots, covers, ceilings or shots that match the next demands:

      • 53.1. They have to stop the passage of flames until the end of the first half hour of the standard fire trial.

      • 53.2. They must have such isolational ability that the average temperature at the non-blooded silk is no more than 139 degrees above the start temperature, nor the temperatures at and 25 degrees in higher temperatures than 2.

        Class ward-five minutes,

        Classic arch-O-O-minus:

      • 53.3. They must have been built out of approved incendiary materials and all the materials used for classic gunshots and decisions to deliver, to be incendiary, preserved that burnable firearms can be provided by the authorities of this. ♪

      • 53.4. The head of the shipping inspection can demand the ordeal of a prototype shot of class archives to gain an ending certainty that this meets the upper levels of the temperature and allows the ability to enter the ceasefire.

    • 54 degrees. Shots of class == sync, corrected by elderman == Shot and cover which were built from approved incendiary materials. They don't need to satisfy demands regarding passing smoke and flames or the limitation of temperature. Fireable finer layers can be allowed under condition that they meet the appropriate prescription of this decision:

    • 55 degrees. Shots of class == sync, corrected by elderman == Shots, covers, ceilings or shots that match the next demands:

      • 55.1. They have to stop the passage of flames until the end of the first half hour of the standard fire trial.

      • 55.2. They must have such isolational ability that the average temperature at the non-blooded silk until the end of the first half hour of the standard fire trial is no more than 139 degrees, at the top of the temperature, ♪

      • 55.3. The head of the shipping inspection could demand the trial of a prototype shot of class identification, at the end of it, to ensure that this meets the upper levels of temperature and allows the ability to elevate its ability to ability to allow it.

    • 56 degrees. _ Ceilings of ceilings of artifacts that are only classified that class end up at a gunshot identical or becoming

    • 57 degrees. Steel or something, similar material: Steel, or any incendiary material that itself, or by isolation material, has a firefight that is similar to the steel from steel to the end of the appropriate standard flare. Aluminumlegation, provided for a purposeful isolation, could be accepted as such.

    • 58 degrees. Low flame spreading power: The properties that indicate that it was written on the surface of the flame extension in sufficient ways. This trait serves in pleasure of the head of the shipping inspection to be demonstrated by the means of an accepted trial method:

    • 59 degrees. Spaces for accommodation: Spaces destined for general use, corridors, toilets, cabins, offices, hospitals, theaters, relaxation rooms, separate pantries, without preservations to cook, and kind of space.

    • 60 degrees. Spaces for general use: Those parts of the accommodation that are used as portals, dining halls, salons, and similar permanently enclosed spaces;

    • 61 degrees. Service rooms: Spaces that are used for combs, pantries with preservations to cook, closets and stockrooms, workplaces other than which are part of the spaces for machines, and kind of spaces, so much for the shackles.

    • 62 degrees. Control stations: Spaces in which the radio installation of the vessel, the primary navigations or the electrical emergency sources have been negotiated or that which is where the equipment for the fire alarm or the fire control is combined.

    • 63 degrees. Spaces for machines of category A: All the rooms with the understanding of the suits, where they've been placed:

      • 63.1. Burning engines or hostiles, used as main thrusters;

      • 63.2. Increasing engines or hostiles, other than they are used as main engineering vessels, if such machines have a joint of 375 kw or more, Or...

      • 63.3. with oil-boiled kettles or oil institutions;

    • 64 degrees. Spaces for machines: All the spaces for machines of category. A and all the other spaces in which continuing processes, kettles, oil plants, steam engines, and burning engines, hostiles, generators, and important electrical equipment, solid air support,

    • 65 degrees. discovery: The establishment of the survivors or the group rescues;

    • 66 degrees. _ The ladder who's at the shipping site for the group rescues has been placed at the end offering safe access to the group rescues after they're watered;

    • 67 degrees. Letting water through free drive: The method of watering a group salvation in which this automatically from a sinking vessel is dislocated and ready for use;

    • 68 degrees. Survival suit: A protective suit that reduces the loss of body heat from a person dressed in such a suit in cold water,

    • 69 degrees. Inflatable aircraft: A device whose floating power depends on non-disclosure, with gas-filled drive rooms and that usually, until the time for use, in non-bloated condition,

    • 70 degrees. [Sighs] A device whose floating power depends on non-disclosure, with gas filled drive rooms and that permanently in bloated state and is preserved for use.

    • 71 degrees. Tewater residue or... A means or supplies to secure a group rescue or aid boat from the site.

    • 72 degrees. Rescues or... supplies from a new design: Rescues or supplies that contain new properties that don't completely fall under the prescriptions of this decision, but who offer an equal or higher standard of safety;

    • 73 degrees. Relief boat: _

    • 74 degrees. light-covering material: material that a light beam that's targeted in opposite direction:

    • 75 degrees. Group rescue. A means that people who are in distress can keep alive from the moment they leave the vessel;

    • 76 degrees. Resources for heat loss: a bag or a suit, manufactured from waterproof material with a very low heat guidance;

    • 77 degrees. Diplomatic slope dude: Each member of the crew that is in possession of a degree as a steering wheelman, or as a shipping guest, as intended in chapter 12, paragraph 3;

    • 78 degrees. A vessel built: A vessel of which:

      • 78.1. The valve is laid;

      • 78.2. The construction, recognizable as belonging to a certain ship, has been captured and has been captured with the compound that should at least contain at least 5,000 pounds or one percent of the estimated mass of construction, which is worth two.

    • 79 degrees. Low-level burden: The burden belonged to the loading state, where the vessel is loaded with a residual fuel and sweet water consistent with 10% of the available contents of the reproductive tanks, and that's due to a 20-pound supply of fish.

    • 80. Classics: A natural person or right person, assigned powers. Article 6, second member of the shipping law. And powers. == sync, corrected by elderman ==!

  • 3 For the application of this decision, people who have been subjected to shipwreck or other special, unforeseen circumstances on board, not as passengers.

  • 4 For the application of this decision, even as far as the penalties are concerned, under SECU, the person who has control of the vessel, the fact that he owns, or bookkeeper, is the resources of the shipment.


Article 3, releases and revelations [falls per 1-05-1998]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 4.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 With the bee or powers of this decision determined technical standards or technical demands are equally similar to similar technical standards or technical demands, determined by or because of another member-state member of the European Union, which is also part of the Economics.

  • 2 With either side or forces, this decision requires typing approvals are equal to similar types of properties, demanded by or because of another membership of the European Union, then by or from a consistent state in Europe.


Article 5.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • If any or more determined of this decision at the time that a journey is taken not on a vessel of application, they, as far as the vessel is concerned, will be remanded to bad weather or in any case of this concludes us.

  • 2 In the assessment of the question whether a reciprocation of this decision is applied to a vessel, with individuals who are on board there, as a result of overpower or in pursuit of a law enforcement to notify the other ships.


Article 6.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 For the sake of a good performance of this decision can be given by the head of the shipping inspection beyond prescriptions.

  • 2 The officials meant to be. == sync, corrected by elderman ==..can in any particular way, accounting for the head of the shipping inspection given general leads, prescriptions for the right survival of certain decisions.


Article 7. Venture areas.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The construction, the institution, the equipment, or the condition of the vessel, can lead to limitations of the vessel's vessel that will be affected by the head of the shipping to any vessel.

  • 2 The boundaries of the preceding member meant sailing areas are determined by the head of the shipping inspection.


$2. Investigation.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 8, constant supervision [falls per 1-05-1998]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 9.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Before a first investigation takes place, the owner or the builder of a ship chooses the rules of a certain class office. In addition to following investigations, the rules of that class agency are applied.

  • 2 The sea dignity of a vessel is regarding the construction and the equipment judged by the rules of a forces the first elected class precinct, as far as these rules are not in combat with certain forces or this decision.

  • 3 C.O. of the shipping inspection can be approved by a class agencies similar to cords that have been performed by an official of the shipping inspection.


Article 10. Investigation.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The owner, the captain and the creatures are obliged to whoever is investigating all cooperation that can preserve this reasonably in the practice of his job.


Article 11. Accept to research [ Falls per 01-05-1998 ]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 12. Researching.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A vessel is, in regard to certain members of this article, subjected to the following investigations:

    • 1/2. An investigation before the vessel is enlisted;

    • 2°. Meantime research;

    • 3°. periodic research; ♪

    • 4°. additional investigations.

  • 2 The first member, under one, meant research before the vessel is enlisted, includes: a full inspection of the construction, the for the fishing institutions, machine installations, general institution, and the material, including the romp of the romp of the outdoors, and the support of the outdoors. This investigation has to be so certain that the stability, the general institution, the material, and the connections of the hull, kettles, and other pressures with dispatching, mainframe, and radio transmission tools, tools, tools, to radio transmissions, to radio transmissions, to radio transmissions, to radio transmissions. The investigation must also be solid, that it is certain that the technicality of all the parts of the vessel and his equipment is satisfying in all ways and that the vessel is provided for the lights, and the sound of the distresses. In case lead ladders are brought in, these are also required to be investigated at the same time to ensure that they are virtuous and satisfied with the particular in this decision.

  • 3 The first member, under two, meant interventional investigation includes an inspection of the construction, the for the fishing purposes, the machine installation and the equipment of the vessel. Meanwhile investigation must be so certain that no changes were made that would affect the safety of the vessel or the dangers.

  • 4 The first member, under 3, meant periodic research:

    • 1/2. Every five years, an inspection where it involves the construction and the machine installation of the vessel, meant in the chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6;

    • 2°. Every two years an inspection where it involves the equipment of the vessel, meant in the chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 and 10; ♪

    • 3°. An annual inspection of the medical equipment aboard, with the additional checklists and manuals, meant in the articles 231, 237, and 317, third member of the medicinal boards, including the 93 members of the radiation, and the 113 members of the radio transparency.

    A periodic investigation must be so certain that all in the second members mentioned parts in a satisfying condition and suitable for the service that they are destined for, that they are fulfilled in the demands of this consentment, and that they are immediately available to this. In case the validity of the certificate, as intended in article 23, first member, is extended, the intervening time of the periodic examination can be compared.

  • 5 The first member, under 4, meant additional examinations, they all serve, partially, long to the circumstances, to be held at any time when an accident occurred or an incompetent, or the renegotiations, or the renegadements, or the renewals, or the renegadeemies of the renectances. The investigation has to be so certain that the necessary repairs or renewals have been performed virtually, that the material and the execution of such repairs or renewals in all ways, and that all the demands are satisfying.


Article 13. Stomp and damp.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The investigation of steam and damp machines is consistent with the rules that were established by the class office, precisely or forces, which is why this decision has been given no distinctive rules.


Article 14. Investigating the hull on the outside.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 From a vessel, at least once in the 36 months, the entire hull has to be examined on the outside, with reason to believe that the time travelling to the next hull to the outside is at least a matter of time.

  • 2 depending on the age of the vessel, the material of the hull, the condition of the hull during the final examination and the provisions for protection against corrosion and interference, the Chief of Scheptance can be held at the top of the first explosive members.


Article 15.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Every time a vessel will be examined the hull on the outside, or when the vessels or the tools will have repairs, it will take time for the shipping spectrum to be given to the knowledge or to keep it here.


Article 16. Handhaking of the state after an investigation.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

After an investigation intended in article 12, it ends.

  • 1/2. _ ♪

  • 2 degrees, without approval from the chief of the shipping inspection, generic change in the construction, in the unemployed institution and in the equipment, as well as this investigation was subjected.


Article 17. Used to act in damages.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • If a vessel has suffered any damage, or has presented itself with the suspicion that damage may have caused a lack of damage, allowing the safety of the vessel or the virtue of the rescue, or the sufficient to be able to control the other Captain's ability.

  • 2 If one of the cases intended in the first member has presented itself and the vessel is in a port outside of Dutch, outside the Dutch Antilles or outside Aruba, then the captain serves immediately to join the authorities. The journey must not be continued before the captain with a surveyor of the class precinct has been connected, and before this has given a statement, instance that the recovery has been made to belong or that the journey without being held.

  • 3 if in the port outside of Dutch, outside the Dutch Antilles or outside Aruba, meant the surveyor is not at the scene or will come, the captain is authorized by inachnum of certainty. Article 9, third member of the shipping law. To continue the journey, unless the authorities are authorized to move against this. Captain's serving to do some in the ship's journal and ascertain as possible by a local Dutch consultant.


Article 18. Costs of research [ Falls per 01-05-1998 ]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

$3.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 19. Form and contents of certificates [falls per 1-05-1998]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 20. Requesting certificates.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 For acquiring a certificate, the owner or the vessel's builder has to apply to the shipping inspection.

  • 2 The head of the shipping tinspection can be adjusting to the rules of the application to acquire a certificate and submit drawings and data from the vessel.


Article 21. Inserting certificates.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

All on the grounds of this decision decreed certificates or perceptive decrees of that should be in one for all the creatures accessible place, under indication of the place in a visible way, so they can take quite acquaintance.


Article 22. Certificate of virtue.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One preserved the certain in the fourth member, a certificate of virtue is given after the investigation intended in article 12, first member, under one and three, and also proven to the prescription.

  • 2 The application to acquire a first certificate of virtue should be accompanied from the preliminary control of construction and institutional drawings and calculations, presumably, these were still not accounted for, in the evidence of the factory, and the evidence of the facts.

  • 3 For a vessel provided by a steam-line installation, any application should be provided to acquire a certificate of virtue accompanied from the date of the last installation.

  • 3 For a vessel under supervision of one of the class agencies, any application should be applied to acquiring a certificate of virtue at the time of applying valid certificate of that agency. The vessel finds itself abroad, then transmitting a marked recognition of that certificate can be satisfied.

  • 4 For a vessel that a certificate is intended in the third member, under two, has been transferred, a certificate of virtue can be given to unless to the officials of the Scheptiny who have become indispensible to the certificate of the certificate to the ability of the certificate, or the ability to the ability to the certificate to the ability to the ability of the ability to the ability to the ability of the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability of the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability of the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the ability to the

  • 5 I'm sure the head of the shipping inspection suggests what time field the certificate of virtue will apply.

  • 5 The validity of a certificate of virtue can be transmitted by or on behalf of the leader of the shipping inspection, after the pleasure of the head has proven to be fulfilled for this decision.

  • 6 On the certificate of virtue, the sailing area is meant in article 7, first member, listed.


Article 23. Safety certificate for fishing vessels.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A vessel must have a safety certificate for fishing vessels on board.

  • 2 A safety certificate for fishermen's vessels is released after an investigation as intended in article 12, first member, under 1 and 3, has been reported to the prescriptions of the chapters to 2 to 10.

  • 3 The application to acquire a safety certificate for fishermen's vessels should be accompanied by the necessary data concerning the rescue and safety supplies, the further equipment and radio transmission.

  • I'm sure the head of the shipping inspection suggests what time field he's given a security certificate for fishermen's vessels will apply to that this time is no longer allowed than five years.

  • If a vessel is at the time of demolition of the validity of the safety certificate for fishermen's vessels in the country, the validity of certificate will be called to a substance of a four-month membership in the first degree of the S.

  • 4 A vessel for the sake of which an extension has been granted under 4.2, may, after it's in the harbor where it will be subjected to the investigation, not forces of which have been removed from one of the ports without establishing safety.

  • 4 One not on the grounds of the certain under 4.2 extended validity of a safety certificate for fishermen's vessels can be reported by or on behalf of the head of the shipping inspection of a time at the highest of the month.

  • 5 The safety certificate for fishermen's vessels must go through or on behalf of the chief of the shipping inspection of notes are provided to indicate that the inspections are meant in article 12, third and fourth members, and three.


Article 24. Certificate of removal.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

If the head of the shipping tranquilizer provides a certificate of remand, he adds to the distinctive certificate. The validity of a certificate of removal can't be more than the validity of the certificate that involves the institution.


Article 25. Decaying certificates [falls per 01-05-1998 ]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 26. Retracting certificates.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • Turns out to a Certificate of the shipping inspection, which is no longer satisfied with the demands that were posted for the release of any certificate, and that in the absent, he's obtained to the certificate.

  • 2 If the first member intended to retract a certificate, he'd be handing this to the head of the shipping tragedy. In Holland, the Head carries care of the retreat. In the Dutch Antilles, and in Aruba, the Head gives up the owner of reasons signed in writing knowledge of the retreat.

Chapter Two.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 27. Construction.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One Material to use for the construction of the shipping tomp and the primary tools as well as remodel, important repair or renewal of vital parts, must be satisfied, and it's graduated by the paragraphs in order to formulate, and its.

  • 2 The strength and the construction of the hull, top buildings, deck houses, shafts of machine rooms, access caps, and any other construction, and the shipping equipment should be sufficient to all conditions, including the circumstances.

  • 3 Both the measurements of all the bandages in the second member called parts, as the way that these are invisible to each other and connected, must be so that, considering the measurements of the vessel and the sufficient forces, and the preservatives, the prestables.

  • 4 The hull of vessels destined to do ice shifts should be reinforced, considering expecting conditions during the sail and in the field.

  • 5 The execution of the construction work of the second members called parts should satisfy reasonable demands.

  • 6 Scots, closures and closures in these shots, as well as the methods of testing these should be satisfyed by proposing the head of the shipping inspection. Freighters that are created from other material than wood, must be provided with a perimeter shot, from waterproof shots that contain the space for machines, where the main alternation processes, and that could convert to the back room, which could convert to the machines. These shots must have been drawn up to the work deck except for a backpack that doesn't do as a backup machinery duty; This rearview should at least be drawn to the first deck above the highest-risk burden. In wooden vessels, such shots must have been inflicted and, as far as such practically executives, these shots must be waterproof.

  • 7 pipes that have been fed through the perimeter, must be provided with targeted closures, which should be served above the work deck and which against the perimeter in the prep. Instead of being served, a statekeeper has been reported to whether the locker is open thanks to closed. The head of the shipping tinspection can also allow the entrepreneurial lockers to the back of the assault shot and there in the field, the shutters will be consistent with all the firm's ability to protect themselves. By the perimeter shot, only one pipeline can be fed, unless the front page is divided into two departments. In that case, it's allowed to carry the assault shot two pipelines, knowing one pipeline for every department. There are no doors, manholes, ventilation cookers or other openings in the work deck.

  • Eight if a long additional uprising on the foreclosure serves as a continuance of the assault shot, a shot, close to weather and wind, being in between the work deck and the deck above the workplace. This advancement of the perpetratorial shot above the work deck is not required to be placed immediately above the attack, if it's placed within the borders, as determined in Article 2, under 351, and it's part of the winds that's closed. The chief of the shipping inspection can give us some more serious rules.

  • 9 The number of openings in the continuance of the assault shot above the work deck should be limited to the minimum that is united with the destination and the normal corporate exercise of the vessel. Such openings should be closed to weather and wind.

  • 10 In vessels where the height 75 m or more behaves, as far as this is practically executive, between the assault shot and the rearview shot, it's a watertight double bottom.


Article 28. Waterproofness and waterproof institution.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The skin and the walls of waterproof departments, like shots, cover and tank top of a double soil, must have been proper waterproof. The skin and these walls must be sufficiently suffocated against the water pressure that was at the scene, in case of emergency, can perform.

  • 2 The waterproof intel must be as purposeful as reasonable, in connection with the demands of the company, may be required. The head of the shipping tinspection can be made in a way that we're not.


Article 29. Watered doors.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 With regard to the certain in Article 27, sixth member, the number of openings in waterproof shots are limited to the minimum that's united with the entire institution and the necessity of the work required. openings have to be, in the pleasure of the head of the shipping inspection, are provided with waterproof closures. Watered doors must be of equal strength as the adjacent construction without openings like that.

  • 2 Watered doors have to be sliding doors when:

    • 1/2. _ Or...

    • 2°. Give these access to the lower part of a space for machines, from which a screwastunnel can be achieved.

    In all other cases, watertight doors can be spinning doors, which should be accessed at the scene of both sides of the door and closed. Turning doors where the top of the threshold has been placed under the highest-risk burden, under normal circumstances should have remained at sea, which should have been indicated at both sides of the door.

  • 3 Water-centered slide doors still need to be opened and closed when the vessel has a rampage of 15 degrees, no matter what side.

  • 4 Water-centered slide doors must be opened at the scene of the door on both sides and closed: Besides, these doors need to be opened by remote control and closed from an accessible place above the work deck.

  • 5 In all places where remote control takes place, a standpointer must be present, indicating whether or not a slider door is opened.


Article 30. Execution of waterproof doors, retainer valves, or closures in pipe throughout waterproof shots; Manholes.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One retaliation valves or shutters in waterproof shots, which are part of a pipeline system, and waterproof doors have to close properly and sufficiently strong and their motion and closing institutions have to do a good job.

  • 2 Manholes on space for salvage of water and oil and bags and dry tanks, when the vessel is empty, it's easy to reach and belong to.


Article 31. Watered closure.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One opens that allow water to intrude the vessel should be provided with closures that meet the certain in this decision. The purchases that can be opened during the fishing catch should be as much as possible on the scene of the valley and stevens of the vessel. The chief of the shipping inspection can allow defective provisions, if to his judgment, that does not reduce the safety of the vessel.

  • Two cocks above fishing towers on fences must be waterproof, mechanically moved, and from a place that provides an inconclusive view of these noises, can be controlled.


Article 32. Opening in the skin, the covers, the upper building and the dens.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One opens to the shipping board, as access and loading gates, must be closed by virtual closures of sufficiently strong watertight.

  • 2 All entry points in shots of closed up buildings and in other words, wind exposed constructs, which, with danger of the vessel, could invade water, should be provided with the doors that are permanently at gunpoint, and the opening is also concluded, as if the opening was concluded, and the opening in the opening in which is in which is in which is also contained. The doors need to be closed to weather and winds by resources of packing and gibberish or other, similar resources that are permanently at the shot or the doors themselves confirmed, and so they're executed, that the doors can be closed to both sides and they've opened.

  • 3 In doorways that give directly access to parts of the exposed deck and that are located in access caps, building and shafts of machine rooms, the height should be above the deck of thresholds, at least a mile or at least 300 mills. When the corporate experiences such righteousness, the head of the shipping tinspection can allow that of these thresholds to be absorbed, with reason that the threshold may be less than a mile or a mile at 150 mills. Considering the minimum threshold of doorways that give directly access to the spaces for machines can't be turned down.

  • 4 C.O. of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules to consider the certain in this article.


Article 33. Lurkopes and the closure from there by hatch of another material than wood.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The height above the deck of hatchheads should be exposed parts of the work deck at least 600 millimeters or at least 300 milligrams. When the corporate experiences such righteousness, the head of the shipping tinspection can allow the height of the heads to be lowered, the hatchheads will be completely removed, if the safety of that doesn't decline. In that case, the leopards need to be held as small as practically executive, and the louds must be permanently confirmed by scanning or similar resources and fast-closed and safe.

  • 2 For the calculation of the strength must be accepted, that shutters have been subjected to the weight of the charge that is transported to that, or to the next statistical taxes, longed to which is larger.

    • 1/2. 10.0 kn per square foot, for vessels whose heights are less than 24 m. Or...

    • 2°. 17.0 kn per square foot, for vessels that carry the height 100 m or more.

    For interfering values of the height, the values for the tax must be determined by linear interpolation. The chief of the shipping inspection can allow the taxes to be at maximum 75% of above-reported values to be reduced, if the shutters of shutters, which are building up to a level of limitations, which is rewarded at the point of L.A.

  • 3 When the shutters of steel are manufactured, the according to the certain member of the calculated tension may multiply with the factor 4.25 are no greater than the minimum mattress of the steel. In the accepted taxes, the perpetrators are no longer allowed to carry over the hatch.

  • 4 lumps of another material other than steel should at least be as strong as samples and their construction should be from such stiffness, that the density against weather and winds under the taxes as determined in the second member is insurance.

  • 5 cocks must be provided with knives and packagings or similar facilities, which should be to the head of the shipping inspection. The execution serves to ensure that the density against weather and wind remains enforced under all circumstances that can present itself at sea. For this purpose, the shutters in the investigation are meant to be in article 12, second member, in density against weather and wind. One of those trials can also be demanded at the periodic research as intended in article 12, fourth member, and as needed with shorter intercourse.

  • 6 The head of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules to consider hatchheads and closures.


Article 34. Adjusting to wooden shutters.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The application of wooden shutters on weather and wind exposed covers is not allowed.


Article 35. Opening up on top of continuing space.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One opens upstairs are supposed to reinforce surrounding areas and contained by shafts of a strong equal to the one from the adjacent upper building. If these shafts aren't protected by other constructs, the strength of special demands must satisfy: Entry openings in such shafts must be provided with doors that meet the certain in article 32, second and third member, and all the other openings in these shafts should be preserved from equally concluded and shut down.

  • 2 Ventilation shafts and chimneys on reservation rooms on exposed places on the work deck or on a building deck should be drawn up as high as reasonable and executive. The openings of ventilation shafts must be provided with sufficiently strong, imprisoned closures of steel or other approved materials that can close the openingst to weather and wind, unless it's in the clearing of the ventilations that are most likely inexistent to the establishing.


Article 36. Other openings in the deck.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 When such a thing for the fishing business is of interest, can be made up in the decks of the screw-up or bayonettype or a similar type, with a maximum of one stretch perpetrand, two fish can be delivered in the waters, The despicable closures must be permanently confirmed to the adjacent construction. In the event of measurements and places of the openings included the execution of the closures, metal at metal closures may have been inflicted in the cover and the edge are for a quadrificial shred of a qualified node of 12.

  • Two opens that aren't hatchheads, openings above the propulsion room, manholes or made-up parts in the work or build-up deck should be protected by closed constructions, regarding the secondary article, or the third. Access caps have to be as close as practically executive to the level of valley and stevens of the vessel have been placed.


Article 37. Air.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 With vessels whose height is 45 m or more behavioured, the shafts of air-free, no shafts of ventilators from the continuing room are at least 900 millimeters or at least. With vessels whose height behaves less than 45 milligrams, the height of these shafts should be respectful 760 millimeters or 450 millimeters.

  • 2 The strongness of air-covered shafts should be equal to the ones from the adjacent construction. If the apron of a skyrocket is higher than 900 millimeters, this extra one must have been supported. Preserve the certain in the following member should be shafts of air-covered closures that form a targeting closure close to weather and wind. The closures must have been delivered. If it's to the judgment of the head of the shipping inspection isn't likely that water invades the vessel through the ventilators of the propulsion room, it'll be able to seal these air-covering devices in particular cases.

  • 3 With vessels that carry the height of 45 m or more, the trajectories require more than 4.50 metres above the work deck or more than 2.30 mil over the upper upper upper-degree significance of his secondary membership. With vessels whose height behaves less than 45 millimeters, air cookers, which the shafts need over 3.40 mil above the work deck or over 5.70 meters above the building's upper-deck signs, not to be removed from the secondary.

  • 4 The Chief of the Creator tinspection can prescribe shafts of oxygen on exposed places in deviation of certain in the first member of the world, a greater height.


Article 38. Vul- and trachea.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 To double bottom or other tanks, air pipes must have been delivered.

  • 2 The exposed parts of trachea which are above the work deck or above the building deck, must be sufficiently protected and in sufficient. Furthermore, air pipes in loading rooms and deck are so protected or so strong, they can't be damaged by shifting charges.

  • 3 air pipes of tanks, which, by opening one or more cranes or shutters from the outside, can be filled by a tooled pump, filled with gas and gas tanks, and all the air supporters in the top of the tanks and the bottom of the tanks.

  • 4 The gas pipes of fuel tanks have to be on top of the judgment of the head of the shipping inspection safe place and its preservation of a targeting flaming facility.

  • 5 It's allowed the trachea of those tanks that allow the contents to flush out on the open deck's defence, or for other reasons, to lead to a liquid or another appropriate supply. In that case, the relief of the liquid above the work deck in the open sky has to be accessible all the time. The relief of the overflower is to have been implicated, that this can expect the maximum increase without overwhelming pressure increase. The overflower tank should be sufficiently implicated. An alarm institution needs to be triggered which alerts a preliminary level in tanks or when the tanks flood.

  • 6 The height of the opening of trachea above the deck should be at least 760 millimeters or at least 450 milligrams. If the height of an air pipe forms an obstruction for the fishing effects aboard, the head of the shipping torch can allow a smaller height.

  • 7 For the closure of the opening of the trachea should be used from automatic working closures that should be at the pleasure of the Creep Inspection.

  • 8 pipes on drinking water tanks must reach at least 150 millimeters above the deck.


Article 39. Provisions for polls.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On double bottom or other tanks as well as the fillings of all the spaces that aren't accessible at all times, preserved for polls.

  • 2 If previews for polls are marked:

    • 1/2. Poll institutions which may not be set up for remote reading:

    • 2°. Institutionalized by alarming that the liquid level in a space exceeds a certain, advanced value;

    • 3°. Pell pipes;

    • 4°. Glasses.

  • 3 The providence of fuel tanks, smeerolic tanks, drinking water tanks and other tanks for consumption fluids, as well as water ballast tanks, it's supposed to be a pollution for dispatching a secondary substitution.

  • 4 In abnormality of the certain in the third member, the chief of the shipping inspection can allow that little, in the engineering room in other, from the engineering room where there's a high-profile consumption stamp as a smaller tool for his smaller tools. If those tanks contain burnable fluids, they also have to be satisfied with the certain article 83, third, 11th and 12th member.

  • 5 In abnormality of the third member, the head of the shipping tinspection can continue to allow that on vessels whose heights are less than 45 milligrams, the article in that pit of gas. If those tanks contain burnable fluids, they also have to be satisfied with the certain article 83, third, 11th and 12th member.

  • 6 The provision for pollens on the fillings of spaces that aren't at all time accessible, including understood loading rooms, served to exist from a pollination for distant distance, as a secondary member, as a member of the United States.

  • 7 Peil institutions, meant in the second member, under one, as well as institutions, meant in the second member under two, must be a approved type.

  • 8 Peil institutions, meant in the second member, under one, must be provided with a built-in opportunity to calibrate. The chief of the shipping tinspection can provide a possibility to calibrate, if the increasing space or space bitches are preserved from a pollippi and the destination of this space or solid to the safety of this area.

  • 9 If it's allowed a space is provided by a facility as intended in the second member under two, this room should also be provided with a pellip pipe.

  • 10 If it's allowed that tanks or trunks are provided with pollipops, these should be as much above the work deck as they can, in a remote place. Pell pipes of fuel oil tanks have to be on the verdict of the head of the shipping torch safe place. Short pellets coming out of the work deck, must be provided by eventful faucets; On fuel oil tanks, they have to meet at the point certain in article 83, third member.

  • 11 If polluts are fed by loading spaces, they must be protected or so strong that they can't be damaged by loading.

  • 12 Underneath pellets must have been put in taps.

  • 13 The chief of the shipping tinspection can give us more serious rules for the construction and administration of pollinations, meant in the second member, under one, and of institutions, meant in second membership.

  • 14 if drinking water tanks are allowed, at least 150 milligrams above the deck.


Article 40. Patricial gates, windows and solid lights.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 With insight of the certain articles 144 and 170, tenth member, patriots, windows, and solid lights in spaces under the work deck, or in a locked up building on the upper side of the blindfolding water.

  • 2 The lowest point of the day-opening of patriots and lights can't be lower than a line that's equivalent to the work deck in the side of the shipping board, and it's at the top of a high altitude, and it's at least elevated to the high altitude of the height.

  • 3 All the patriot marks with the understanding of the containing glass cavities, windows, solid lights and blinds must be from virtual construction, and, by the way, should be satisfied by the leadership and typical demands.

  • 4 For the windows of the wheelhouse, we need hard safety glass or similar material applied.

  • The head of the shipping inspection can allow patriots, windows, and steady lights that were inflicted in the side and rears of the homes on or above the workplace, not to see the safety of it.


Article 41. Spike, intake, and exhaustion.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The shipping shipping shipping pipes of spaces under the work deck or spaces in closed upstairs buildings or covert houses on the work deck, provided by the doors that meet certain articles in the second section, and they need to see the third degree in water. These resources to closure must be reachable. Preserve the certain in the next member should be in general any separate outlets are provided with a retainer valve from which the valve in closed condition can be held directly from a place above workplace. This place has to be easily reachable, and there must have been an institution that indicates whether or not the valve is open. The spikes for water drain from spaces for accommodation can't be in space for machines. If the vertical distance of the highest-risk burden to the inner pipe of a drainpipe is larger than one percent of the height, the extension can be provided with two millimeters to the upper bay. If the vertical distance of the highest-risk burden to the inner portion of a drainpipe is larger than two percent of the height, the chief of the shipping inspection can allow the results to be remanded without remand.

  • 2 If at the maximum admissible depth, the interior portion of a drain pipe of a toilet first at a hill angle is submerged over 15 degrees, instead of the construction of a high-profile membership with a high-profile extension of the intension of the area. Instead of the skin and deck, the support of the pipe must have been done properly.

  • 3 outboards in and outlets of pipelines belong to the tools, must be provided by closures or beads, which, by a flens connection to the skin or built on the skin. For extinctions may be allowed in the place of a cloaker or crane use of a retaliation valve, if it can be held in closed position. Meaning closures should be easily served, along with a time-to-all place above the work deck, in which final case, the services under normal circumstances should allow for all the floors to exist. Lockers, faucets and backstabbing should be served in the place where they can be served, are provided by a statekeeper.

  • 4 spider and drain pipes that are at a distance of over 450 millimeters under the work deck or less than 600 millimeters above the highest possible burden, by the shipping board, must be remanded to the levels of the shipping. Unless it requires certain in the first member, this retaliation valve may fall if the pipe of the pipe is sufficient.

  • 5 spikes from upper-building or dens that aren't provided with doors that match the specific in article 32, second and third member, must be carried out.

  • 6 All the refreshment valves, cranes, closures and rapid days required by the presumptuous members of this article of steel, bronzes or some other by the head of the Scheepvarians's faculty. It's just cast iron or other materials that aren't allowed for this. They're supposed to be provided with a cover that's been removed against loose ends. All the pipes between the skin and the retaliation valves served to be manufactured from steel, with reason that the head of the shipping inspection on non-stealing machinery can allow for other materials.

  • 7 The head of the shipping tinspection can give us more serious rules for the closure of draining supplies other than meant in the preceding members.


Article 42. Waterless gates.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 For the application of this article is understood under the standards, a clump that exists from two half parabolis that have their top at the center of the height and where the ordinates on the front line and the lentility of 103. The ordinates are measured from the deck in the side to an imaginary line that has been drawn to the valley by the sealine in the middle of the height. For a vessel designed with steering, this imaginary line is drawn to the construction water line.

  • 2 If at the scene of a pit on weather and wind exposed parts of work deck and building shelters has been created, sufficient occasion to locate water. Preserve it certain in the third and the fourth member should be the total surface of the waterless gates in every shipping pit for every hole in the work deck, if the sea level of this is equal to the size of the substance of the substance of the substance, The total surface of the waterless gates in every shipyard for every pit on the deck of an upper building should at least carry half of it in one of these formulas.

    • 1/2. If the height of the pharmacy (I) on a side in the pit 20 mills or less bears: A .7 + 0, 35 IM2;

    • 2°. If I behave more than 20 feet: A .07 I m2;

    No need to be taken over 70 percent of the length of the vessel.

    If the average height of the pharmacy is larger than 1200 millimeters, for every 100 millimeters, the required surface of the waterless gates are increased by 0.00 millimeters.2 A meter height from the pit.

    If the average height of the pharmacy is smaller than 900 millimeters, for any 100 millimeters, the required surface of the waterless gates will be confined by 9,00 millimeters.2 A meter height from the pit.

  • 3 On a vessel without a seagull, the surface of the waterless gates, calculated according to the second member's given formulas, with 50% increased. If the surface between the actress of sailing line and the first member of the imaginary line is smaller than the surface between the standard sea and that line, the required surface of the waterless interpretation must be interpreted.

  • Four if a vessel provides a similar to one, next to which is not provided by an abomination, which is at least the height of the weather and wind exposed parts of the work deck by unemployed railroads, or at least the bottom of the substance of the substances,

    Breathe from the hatchhead or the lumber of the affair to the shipbreaking.

    Total surface of the waterless gates in relation to the surface of the pharmacy.

    40%.

    20%.

    75%.

    10%.

    In the meantime, the required total surface of the waterless gates is determined by interpolation.

  • 5 On a craft with upper-buildings that are either open or at both ends, goals must be affected for lure of water from these upper buildings.

  • 6 The bottoms of the waterless gates must be as close to the deck as possible. Second of the prescribed surface of waterless gates must have been brought into that half of the pit, which is the closest point of the sea.

  • 7 Waterless gates and such openings in the pharmacy have to go through grids or roots with about 230 millimeters to be protected. If valves have been delivered, there must be a wide range to avoid clamps. The scissors must be provided with pens of rust-free material. If establishments for the capture of these valves have been delivered, these must have been approved by the head of the shipping inspection and from an easy range. These sequences can only be allowed if they are to judge the head of the shipping inspection necessary for the exercise of fishing.

  • Eight Lastboards and institutions that contain fishing vehicles must have been inflicted that the drill of waterless gates doesn't reduce. Last shelves have to be so consistent that they can be held in the right position and not obstruct the retainer of incoming water.

  • 9 With vessels destined to be used in waters where ice-cream can prevent, clapping and supplies for protecting waterless ports as intended in the seventh member, easy to be removed at the end of ice.


== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 43. Equipment for the anchor and the lakes.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A vessel must be so equipped that it can anchor quickly and safely. The equipment serves to exist from anchors in possession, anchor chains or steel wire cables, stoppers and anchor pills for dropping the anchor's anchor, keeping every anchor's anchor in front of the anchory.

  • 2 A vessel must also be equipped with purposefully more demanded, at the end of all business conditions safely.

  • 3 The equipment for the anchor, and for the lakes, it has to satisfy the certain in this paragraph, and it must also be the pleasure of the head of the shipping tragedy.


Article 44. Anker and more.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The anchors must be in sufficient numbers and sufficient weight and strength. The anchor chains or anchor cables must be of sufficient heights, weight and strength, while each of the anchor chains of the necessary, intercourse, untouchable ends must exist. There's got to be a spare anchor and necklace on board.

  • 2 The anchors and chains need to be approved in the way, as in this paragraph is prescribed.

  • 3 The anchor chains must have been confirmed to the vessel, that they can be unlocked outside the chainpit.

  • 4 The for a vessel's destined anchor chains can't be used for braking during running the vessel.

  • 5 The anchor facility needs to be constructed, placement and ability, so that the anchors can be served easily and fast, while a special bail of the anchors should be present, which is the result of a shock.

  • 6 All the substances on board should be sufficient strength and should be suitable for the intended use.

  • 7 The head of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules than an anchor and more egg.


Article 45. The corroboration of materials - generally.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Only if materials are destined to build or repairs to vessels or shipping vessels, then they're for anchors and necklaces, not approved by or because of a class agency, violated the paragraphics in the spectacles of the s. Besides, the head of the shipping inspection can be given more serious rules.


Article 46. Property planes.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

A device where materials are tested for capacity, served, appears to be a certificate given by one by the head of the shipping institution, to be frozen.


Article 47. Costs of trial.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The expenses of the ordeal come to burden from the involved shipbuilder or machine manufacturer.

  • Two if a trial outside of the Netherlands, the Dutch Antilles of Aruba, the testifying devices served by one in the country's involved authorities to be frozen. A valid evidence of this is being transferred.


Article 48. Consider trial.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Any trial or medical examination may be allowed by the implicated shipbuilder or machine manufacturer or his authorized presence.


Article 49. Couragement, medical records, and so on.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The prescriptions concerning measurements, choice and clues of trials, medical, disapproval, manner and resources of trial, corporations, and all that's part of that as it's consistent with the negotiations, unless the next paragraphernaliaticsity of the negotiationsity of the negotiations.

    Besides, the head of the shipping inspection can be given more serious rules.

  • 2 Where in the first member norms are spoken of cherry or service or sufficiently obtained by elderman == sync, corrected by elderman == == sync, corrected by elderman ==

  • 3 steel modified at the construction of hull and tools and for anchors and necklaces must have been manufactured according to the open-hair trial or according to a trial that the chief of the Schevarians will be delivered by a class.


Article 50. Courage mark.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Both the trials and the pieces that were discharged from, are being provided with the approved official of the after-after statue mark.

Bijlage 249452.png

Article 51. Disappointment notice.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Disapproved objects are prescribed by the approved officials of the article 50 depicted batting marks, which makes a cross struck in a way after this.

Bijlage 249453.png

Article 52. Fallen in which materials aren't approved.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The implicated official of the shipping inspection can for certain cases, with the eye on the nature of the work that the material needs to be used for, part of taking tastes. If it involves in such cases, very small parties, he can be completely rethinked.


Article 53. Disappointment.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Any part can be disapproved at all times, both during and after the processing, even when these flaws show, even when these lacks are material errors that aren't detected by the materials.


Article 54. Ankers, marks, weight.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Each for trial offered anchor must be provided with a well-readable batter and battered number, distinctly indicating the manufacturer's name and the walking manufacturer number.

  • 2 Also, the mass of the anchor without a stick and that of the potential additional stick, both separately weighed, clearly on the anchor's shaft.

  • 3 After the prescribed tax test with proper effect, under the presumptuous members are called by or to oversee the state's approved officials the battle mark of the Scheptin inspection.

  • 4 Ankers with a mass of no more than 70 pounds need not be tested.

  • 5 Where in this paragraph of the mass of the anchor is spoken, the mass is meant without a stick.


Article 55. Property of anchors.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One anchors of poured steel should be subjected to a trap trial that they should be able to survive without breaking, to tear, or other important damage. Also, one of these poured steel samples, or if the anchor was poured out of one piece, the entire anchor, falling over a 4.50-mile valve of an anchor than a hundred pounds of a quarter to 750. The object has to come down to the fall on an iron or steel plate that is so strong that she doesn't break or tear. The ground plate needs to be supported by a massive or concrete fund.

  • 2 A hammer sample should be followed on the precedentive member's impact, where all parts of poured steel hang up freely, with a three-pound hammer of being accused of investigating not visible flaws.

  • 3 all anchors, indifferent from what material created, except for dregs and anchors meant in article 54, fourth member, should be subjected to a tax trial. This trial is taken using a chaintrack or another by the head of the shipping inspection approved wisely. For the working tools, it applies certain in article 46. The article 58 recorded tabel, connected to the mass of the anchor, using taxes. Ankers who should be on the ground of their construction of ringer mass than the usual types should be tested with taxes as prescribed if no reduction on the mass would have been applied.

  • 4 For the tax test, it's tasted an anchor so thoroughly hanged, the pull on one side attracts to the resurrection and on the other side of one of the fluids, at a stickless anchor at the same point of the third limbs, With this height, the distance of the liquid is to the cutting point of the heartline of the shaft with the bottom anchor. In anchors with a scrutiny shaft, the length takes the lead distance between the tip of the liquid and the heartline of the scissors. Every anchor gets tested twice. After the first trial, the anchor will be turned, so that anchors with stick will be charged with the other liquid and with stickless anchors both fluids on the other side.

  • 5 pushing and afterwards of the trial, the anchor is considered to be observed or facing lacks as tears, permanent shape changes and such. If failing, the anchor will be approved. In anchors with scrutiny shafts, they're considering whether the scrutiny points have been adjustable. If they haven't stayed moderate, this will be repaired and repeated the trial.


Article 56. Anchor chain.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 With exception of the final scales and the immediately connecting large shells to every chainboard, all the scales of equal height must be. In the height and width measurements for the scales and closings are permitted a sequence of at the highest plus or less 2. The interpretation of the midlines of the shalmdoor cut can no longer bear more than:

    One mm, for necklace of chain material with a middle line smaller than 50 mm;

    1.5 millimeters for chain material with a medal of 50 to and 75 mil;

    Two millimeters for chain material with a middle line bigger than 75 mm.

  • 2 Each necklace, approximately 27 millimeters, must exist from an uneven number of scales.

  • 3 Wartels can only avoid the ends of the entire chain.

  • 4 The chains may not be painted during the trial, nor oiled, nor with any other filth.

  • 5 Every necklace that matches the demands should be cleared at both ends and in all the closures, end hairs, and warts, or the oversight of the approved officials assigned to 50.


Article 57. Property of anchor chains.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One of the necklaces, also precedences, belonging to the anchor eggs of a vessel must be tested. This is where all the scalms, warts, closures and endorsements, which belong to such an end, as well as the necklace of the chain belonging to any reservations and harps. The article 59 recorded tabel for the various levels of chain the prescription taxes. Important shape changes, fractures or other external signs of damage shouldn't occur. If this were to be the case, the chain of custody will be approved. The particular in article 46 is a match.

  • 2 Before this proprietary test is overruled, the cord-related official, three random, consequenced ordinary scales from a chainfinite for a trial with increased taxes, the first one that breaks over 27 years. In this breaking trial, the scalms can't break down below or a tax like they've been reported for every heaviness of necklace in the preceding member meant tabel. Breaks one of the three shells before the tax is overrated, then a second series of three consequences are subjected to the same trial. If there's another fracture, it'll be disapproved in chains.

  • 3 After the break-up trial, the three high-tasted shrapnel are removed from the necklace and the necklace is redeemed to a whole, by bringing one or three new scales between both parts. After that, until the first member can be called props.

  • 4 After the rack trial, each chain end is thoroughly monitored to determine whether the lases are all right, the different parts are the required form and required measurements and there are no flaws. In preventing flaws, these should be restored and then re-entered the chainboard.

  • 5 For necklaces manufactured from steel with a trachea which is equal to or greater than 690 N/m.2 Need additional trials of the mechanical properties to be conducted, as prescribed by the class agencies.


Article 58.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Mass in the anchor. With cancers, the mass without a stick.

Taste in KN

50

23,2

55

25

60

27

65

29

70

31

75

32.5.

80

34

90

36

100.

39

120

44

140

49

160

53

180

57

200.

6

225

67

250

70

275

75

300.

79

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

84

350

88

375

93

400

97

425

102.

450

106

475

111

500.

1x15

5

124

6

132.

6

140

700

150

750

15

800

165

850

174

9

182

950

190

1,000.

200.

1050

207

11

215

1150

223

12

230

1250

240

1300

247

1350

255

14

260

1450

270

15

275

16

290

1700

305

1800

320

1900

3

2,000.

350

21

360

22

375

23

2400

400

25

410

26

425

27

435

28

450

2900

460

3,000.

470

31

4

3200

495

3300

505

3400

515

35

5

36

5

37

545

3800

5

3900

5

4,000.

5

41

5

4200

5

4300

6

4400

6

45

6

4600

6

4700

6

4800

645

4900

6

5,000.

6

51

6

52

6

5300

6

5400

690

5

695

5600

705

57

710

5800

720

59

725

6

730

61

740

6200

745

6

750

6400

760

6

765

6600

770

67

775

6800

785

6900

790

7,000.

800

7200

815

7400

8:30

7600

845

7800

860

80

875

8200

890

84

905

86

920

8800

9

9

945

9200

960

94

970

9600

9

9800

995

100 grand.

1010

10,500.

1030

1,000.

1060

11,500.

1080

120

11

12,500.

1120

130

1150

13

1170

140

12

14,500.

1220

150

1250

15500.

1270

1,500.

1300

16

1330

170

1350

17500

13909

180

14

18

1450

190

1470

19500

15

200.

1520

2,000.

15

220

16

230

16

240

1700

250

1750

260

1800

270

180

2,000.

1900

2900

1950

300.

2,000.

3,000.

2030

3,000.

20.

340

21

360

2250

3,000.

2350

400

2400

420

25

440

25

400

26


Article 59. Tabel, submitting taxes to testing anchor chains with dam.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Steel with a tractory of 300490 N/mmm.2

Steel with a 490690 N/mmm.2

Steel with a trachea of 6902

Mass per height of 27.50 mills.

Nominal diameter.

Breakfast taste.

Real trial.

Breakfast taste.

Real trial.

Breakfast taste.

Real trial.

With D-close.

With Patent lockdown.

-Mm.

12.5.

66

46

92

66

132.

92

100.

98

14

82

58

1x15

82

165

1x15

122.

120

16

106

75

150

106

215

150

15

155

17.5.

127

89

180

127

255

180

186

184

1919

150

105

210

150

300.

210

2x18

215

20.5.

175.

122.

245

175.

350

245

253

250

22

200.

140

280

200.

400

280

290

287

24

235

166

330

235

475

330

3

3

26

275

195

390

275

5

390

400

395

28

320

225

445

320

640

445

4x02

456

30

3

255

5

3

730

5

5

523

32

415

290

5

415

8:30

5

60

594

34

465

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

6

465

9

6

6

6

36

520

3

730

520

1050

730

760

750

38

5

405

8x10

5

1150

8x10

850

835

40

640

445

895

640

12

895

9

915

42

700

490

9

700

14

9

1030

1010

44

765

5

1070

765

15

1070

1140

1120

46

835

5

11

835

16

11

1235

12

48

905

6

1270

905

1800

1270

1345

1320

50

9

6

1370

9

1950

1370

1460

1430

52

1050

735

14

1050

21

14

1585

15

54

1130

790

16

1130

2250

16

1700

16

56

12

850

1700

12

2450

1700

1840

1800

58

1300

905

1800

1300

26

1800

1980

1930

60

13

9

1950

13

27

1950

2120

2065

62

1470

1020

2050

1470

29

2050

2255

22

64

15

11

22

15

31

22

2395

23

66

16

1150

23

16

3300

23

2570

2505

68

1750

1220

2450

1750

35

2450

2715

26

70

180

1300

26

180

37

26

2900

28

73

2,000.

14

28

2,000.

4,000.

28

31

30

76

21

15

3,000.

21

4300

3,000.

3425

3315

78

2250

1570

31

2250

45

31

3620

35

81

2400

1700

3350

2400

4800

3350

3880

3745

84

26

1800

36

26

51

36

4135

3980

87

27

1920

3850

27

5

3850

4485

4315

90

2900

2050

405

2900

5800

405

4840

4655

92

30.

2120

4250

30.

60.

4250

5040

4845

95

3200

2250

45

3200

6400

45

5410

5190

97

3350

2350

4650

3350

6650

4650

5610

5375

100.

35

2450

4900

35

70.

4900

59

5725

102.

3650

25

51

3650

7300

51

61

59

105

3850

27

5350

3850

7650

5350

6540

6245

107

3950

28

5550

3950

79

5550

6910

6610

111

4250

29

59

4250

8450

59

7270

6930

114

4400

31

6200

4400

8850

6200

7885

75

117

4650

3250

6

4650

9250

6

8260

7850

120

4850

3400

6800

4850

9700

6800

8630

8190

122.

5,000.

35

7,000.

5,000.

9950

7,000.

90

8605

124

51

36

7150

51

102.

7150

9200

8725

127

5350

3750

7450

5350

1,000.

7450

98

93

130

5550

3900

7750

5550

111

7750

10250

969

132.

57

4,000.

80

57

11,500.

80

107

10145

137

60.

4250

8,500.

60.

121

8,500.

115

10920

142.

6450

45

9

6450

130

9

12420

1169

147

6800

4750

9550

6800

136

9550

132

1245

152.

7200

50.

1,000.

7200

14,500.

1,000.

140909

13195

15

7600

5300

106

7600

152

106

150

140

162

79

5550

111

79

1,500.

111

1,500.

14990

Chapter 3.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 60. General.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Fighters must be designed and construed to the decisions of this chapter will be met in the business states as intended in article 66. Contacts of the crops of static stability must satisfy the leader of the shipping inspection.


Article 61. Stability criticia.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A vessel must satisfy the head of the shipping inspection demanding the minimum stability crisis.

  • 2 When substances, other than clippings have been made at the end of the slinginging, should be satisfied with the chief of the shipping inspection, that in all corporate states, the stability will remain in the first degree.

  • 3 When ballast has been made to ensure that is met to the certainty in the first member, this one has to be genetically embeddded from impacted ballast. The chief of the shipping inspection may have fallen as intended in Article 67 allowing the use of water ballast in which case the article 69, first member, meant stability data clear instructions for the Captain to contain such ballast.


Article 62. Getting filled with fishing.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On vessels, other than the value of the tree crusadership is practised, leopards have to be flooded during the course of fishing operations not closed, and they can't be closed shortly, so they can be delivered in the first degree, unless they're in the first places of fishing, or they'res, which can't be s, which can'tained, unless they't be s.

  • 2 The specific in the first member is of similar accommodations to vessels that the tree corfishing is practiced, with reason that the hellhole angle where no waters can enter, should be less than 30 degrees.


Article 63. Special fish methods.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Witnesses that are used for special fishing methods where extra powers from outside on the vessel work during the fishing operations should at least meet the stability criticism in six1.


Article 64. I influence the wind.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Vehicles should be able to resist the leader of the shipping inspection of the influence of the wind and floating in the vastly connected seaway, which should be held accountable with the resistance and the ability of the year will be used.


Article 65. Water on deck.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Vehicles should be satisfied with the head of the shipping inspection can provide resistance to the influence of water on deck, which should be held accountable with weather conditions and the condition of the sea in the yeartime, where the targets will be used.


Article 66. Company.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The number and sort of corporate states that need to be accounted for is determined by the head of the shipping torch.


Article 67. Ice deposit.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The chief of the shipping tinspection gives a lot of bad rules for calculating the stability of vessels that will practice fishing in areas where ice-creaming.

  • 2 Vehicles that are destined to practice fishing in areas that are known to provide ice-creaming, should be satisfyed in the head of the shipping tospection:

    • 1/2. It's designed that ice deposition to a minimum is limited; ♪

    • 2°. with means for removing ice is equipped.


Article 68. Helling trial.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Each vessel must be subjected to a slope test after completion, where the real weight and the length of gravity should be determined for the state of the empty, corporate scum.

  • 2 If a vessel has changed changes that can be affected by the condition of the empty, corporate vessel and the length of the gravity, the vessel must, if such to the ability to re-enact, is to revisit the Heabilitation of the Hell.

  • 3 Even so, a vessel can be subjected to a slope trial if necessary stability data can't be transferred to the judgment of the chief of the Scheepvarty Inspector's incompetent.

  • 4 The head of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules for the way a helling trial should be performed.


Article 69. Stability records.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 To the Captain, sufficiently accurate and reliable data concerning the stability at disposal, that by him in a rapid and simple manner, the stability of the vessel can be substantiated. These data must contain as necessary directed instructions to the captain who warn him of those corporate states that could have an inappropriate influence on the stability or the trim of the vessel. The stability records should be transferred to the head of the shipping inspection.

  • 2 The approved stability records should be present at all times and available.

  • 3 if a vessel has made changes that are affected by his stability, the data concerning the stability should be re-called and applied to the Chief of Defiance. If on the ground of these stability accounts, the chief of the shipping inspection of judgment is that the existing stability records should be revised, the new data to the captain should be reassigned and the removed.


Article 70. Shots.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The fishing load must be rocked properly in the end of transition of the shipment, which could cause a dangerous temptation or batting the vessel. If we're going to get shots in here, these will have to be fulfilled by the head of the shipping inspection.


Article 71. Boegh Eyes.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The boogey eye must be admissible to prevent the vessel from overwhelming quantities of water and must have been determined, which is accounted for with the weather conditions and the condition of the service in which the year will be used to do the craft.

  • 2 The head of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules than the boogey eye.


Article 72. Maximum accessible depth.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

For the Chapter of the Creatorship, a maximum admissible demise must be determined in which yet to be met with the stability crisis in this chapter sobbed to the certain, presumptuously appropriately in the two chapteria. The established value of the maximum admissible depth should be in the article 69, first member, intended to be recorded stability records. If a vessel is set up for more than one fishing method, the head of the shipping inspection for any of those methods can take a maximum depth.


Article 73. Watered intel and leaky.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

From a vessel whose height is 100 millimeters or more behaved and with 100 or more periled on board should be satisfied with the chief of the shipping inspection the stability to allow the league to be compartmented with the skills and the skills to be held with the ability to competitiveness of the ability to compartment to compartment, and the craft, and the ability to be held by the ability of the craft, and the ability to be provided.

Chapter 4.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

$1. General.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 74. General.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One main alert instalments and additional assistances, fuel systems, electrical installations, cooling systems, coal systems, and other pressures, pipelines, pipelines, essentially transmits. The execution and setting of these machine installations, including healing, lining and equipment for the treatment and processing of fish, must be so, that the safety and the safety of the individual is preserved. Where necessary to protect moving parts, hot surfaces and other dangers, shield plates, handshakes or fences have been delivered.

  • Two spaces for machines must be designed to be designed that all the tools and the proper service systems, including all the other parts that can require maintenance, are safe and easy. The enterprise of spaces should be sufficiently given.

  • 3 The construction and the execution of the tools and the institution of spaces that have been placed to the installation of proper tools, should at least meet the demands by a class agency, in which case there are no other decisions. The head of the shipping inspection can provide prescriptions.

  • 4 Roosters, plates and floorboards must have been properly supported and confirmed. Driver's plates should be easily removed.

  • 5 reservations, shipping supplies, and such must have been contained and cannot enter the passage.

  • 6 In spaces for machines, the fillings or the tank top can be controlled at the scene of the lens hives without having to unload that floorboard. On board of a vessel, where the height of 45 m or more behaves, for this purpose, must also be an enclosed lighting that meets the certain article in 127.

  • 6 In spaces where one or more oil-boiled kettles are set up, should be targeted places of rosters at the end of the tank or the fillings under the boiler at all times. For this purpose, there must be a fixed lighting that matches the certain article 127.

  • 7 Surveillances must have been delivered to maintain the good effects of the continuing plantation or recovery, even if one of the essential assistances fail. Adventurous attention should be given to the good work of:

    • 1/2. The institutions that provide the fuel supply to the main propulsion system:

    • 2°. The normal resources that take care of the core oil pressure;

    • 3°. The hydraulic, pneumatic and electrical resources for the main propulsion system with understanding the astonishable screws;

    • 4°. The resources to provide the cool water pressure for the cooling systems of the main propulsion system and the support systems: ♪

    • 5°. The air compressors and the air vessels for deployment or services.

  • 7 Surveillances must have been delivered using which the machine installation can be operated from a death-ship state without being offered outside.

  • Eight-and-a-half lead instalments and all the assistance installations that are necessary for the continuing and the safety of the vessel, should be, as they have been installed, will be able to function at least 15 degrees, or they'll be able to ignited to move to both sides, or they've to the same way to the same as they's. The head of the shipping inspection can, considering the type, the measurements, and the use of the vessel, allowing this criteria to be absorbed.

  • 9 The design, the construction, and the installation of continuing systems must be so substantial, that within the normal corporate areas in no way by vibrations, abnormal tension in this establishment.

  • 10 Aboard every vessel, with regard to control and the security of the tools and the spaces where the installations are placed, as well as the proper tools, so substances have been affected by the Chief of Staff. If under these conditions, an alarm system is understood which warnings against a too high water condition in the fillings of called spaces, construction, execution and affiliation of such an alarming conditions are sufficient to establish the prospective.

  • 11 Electrical installations must have been performed that:

    • 1/2. All electrical services required to maintain the normal condition of corporate and habitability, be assured without need to be relapsed on the emergency source.

    • 2°. Electric services which are essential to safety during several emergency conditions, are assured; ♪

    • 3°. The safety of crew and vessels against dangers of electrical nature is secured.

  • 12 Considering electrical installations serve at all times to be satisfied with the certain in paragraph 3, as far as the vessel applies.

  • 13 Aboard vessels with temporary unmanned engine rooms:

    • 1/2. Must, undiminished it certain in the paragraphs 1 and 2 and certain in chapter 5, addition to the certain in paragraph 4:

    • 2 degrees should, in the pleasure of the head of the shipping inspection, so-called facilities are affected that it is certain that the entire machine installation under all circumstances is reliable. In any case, these preliminary inspections have to contain regular inspections and rounds at the end of the continuing good work of the machine installation: ♪

    • 3°. Must be a statement present, given by or on behalf of the chief of the shipping inspection, indicating that these vessels are set to sail with temporarily unmanned engine rooms.

  • 14 Aboard a tool of a tool moving vessel must be tools, material, and changes in sufficient amounts to the sea emergency repairs to the tools, the kettles, the steering wheels, and the steering equipment, and the electrical engineering.

  • 15. The consistent parts of the shipping strip and of the tools and institutions, which may be of interest to the safety of vessels and sailors, may not be too much intested or dislocated. Ashes aren't allowed in dangerous ways.


Machine installations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 75. Machine installations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The main and assistance workers need to be both in their entirety and in parts, well functioning, sufficiently strongly construed, accurate, well-founded, and for their task to be calculated.

  • Two main and assistance workers that are necessary for the continuing and the safety of the vessel, must be provided with target services.

  • 3 burning engines with a cylinder diameter of 200 millimeters or more, or a crutchest volume of 0.6 mm.3 or more, should be provided with exsanguination valves for crutches; These extortion valves need to be an appropriate type and have a sufficient exposure surface. The inflammation valves must have been inflicted or with so-called substances have been equipped to act on the discharge valves so that the probability of injury becomes minimal.

  • Four if head-or-effects, pressure vessels included, or parts of these tools to internal pressure are subjected and exposed to dangerous exposure, where practically executives are to protect such high-pressures.

  • 5 All dental transmissions and every ashes and clutch that are used for transfering power to to tools that are essential to the continuance and safety of the vessel and the dangers, and they must be submitted against the high-rises. Special attention serves to be given to the execution of the tools they're driven or they're part of.

  • 6 progressive devices and, of course, applications, assistances must be provided with automatic working supplies to disable these in disturbances, as the outburst of the elephant, which could indicate severe damages or explosive damages. Also, a main alarm must have been triggered so that a warning signal is given before the machines are automatically stopped. The chief of the shipping inspection, however, can allow foreseeable facilities, allowing the automatic stoppings to be unemployed, then removed from the certain members, to account for the use of that.


Article 76. Protection.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 There must be a so-called persuasion that the vessel under all in practice is quite maneuverable.

  • 2 In the pleasure of the chief of the shipping inspection must be shown that the machine installation is able to remove the culprit within reasonable time to reverse and hereby retrieve the range of advanced advances.


Article 77. Bomb and damp machines, relief vessels and other pressure holders.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One steam and damp machines, relief vessels and other pressure holders should be sufficiently construed and secured.

  • 2 By reviewing the construction and execution of the precedentive membership, air vessels and pressure holders, so much for their appendages, connections, and pipes, the rules of the classes will not be given to any consequences.

  • 3 The first member of the group meant admissions, air vessels and pressure holders should be tasted the rules of the class agencies, as far as or powers, this decision has been given no other prescriptions.

  • 4 Hydrofortanks must be provided by a manometer, a safety valve and a pollen glass or from there to the judgment of the Creep inspection of equal safety benefits. A tank with a content of over 200 I should be provided with a man or a handhole.

  • 5 undiminished the certain in this article should be steam and damp techs, relief vessels and other pressure holders meet the specifics in the articles 78 to 80, and with 80, so far from appropriate.


Article 78. Stombags, nutrient water systems and steam lines.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Each steamroll and every unspoken steam engineer has to be provided with at least two safety valves of sufficient capacity, with reason that the chief of the creation inspection, is accounted for the unaccesssolved, that he'stained in any stance, or is convinced with any s, that he's.

  • Two with oil-boiled steamer that was designed not to be managed with the hand, must be preserved with safety inflammations that shut down the oil supply and alert in case of low water pills, or inflammation.

  • 3 The chief of the shipping inspection can give narrow regulations for steam lines, to ensure that nutrient water systems, service equipment, and safety supplies in all the steaming rooms, to ensure the gases.


Article 79. Bloom shutters.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Lockers to a steamroll, through which steam can be accessed into a head or aid tomb, should be closed from the head of the shipping tospection. Where the shutters are served, a clear lead must have been made in which direction should be turned to shut down the steam.


Article 80. Systems for compressed air

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Each vessel must have been provided to prevent unwanted override in any part of the systems for compressed air and in those cases where water mantels or cylinders from air compressors and homes can be suppressed from being suppressed by a dangerous level of air. Target resources must have been made on these systems.

  • 2 The deployment of all progress engines must be provided with a safety facility. The deployment of immediate refugees of direct reversal engines must continue to prevent safety inflammations near the atmosphere of any working liner, to prevent the explosions. The up here called safety institutions must have been placed or protected, that in the process, there will be no danger to the servants.

  • 3 All the pressuring compressions of the designated airlines must be directly connected to the designated air vessels, while all additional relief systems from the atmospheres should be aligned to the main engine towers.

  • Four substances must have been affected to intrude oil in the systems for combined air to limit a minimum and to carry this oil out of the entering system.

  • 5 The total capacity of deployed air vessels should be sufficiently large to, without intervening air pumps, by...

    • 1/2. Reverse engines immediately. 12 times to be able to turn on, exchange in both twists;

    • 2°. Engines with one twist: Six times to turn on.

    The abilities of the air compressors must be sufficient to bring the empty air vessels back to work within an hour.


Article 81. Communication between bridges, engine room, remote control facility.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 From the bridge, at least two independent communications can be given orders to the place in the engine room or in the control room where normal conditions can be maintained. Meaning orders should be answered from this place as well.

    On board of a vessel that the height of 45 m or more behaves, one of these communications should be a machine room telegraph, which is both on the bridge and on the server's location, and the answering of that is admissible. Between the bridge and every other place where the propulsion system can be served must be targeted communication.

    Aboard a vessel whose height is less than 45 milligrams, where the services are served from the continuance of the bridge can be provided by the execution of the substance of the substance of the devices, and its ability to submitancescriminate to substancestancestancestance to the ability to the devices.

  • 2 From the bridge, also serves a purposeful commendation to exist with the location where the captain's deployment is served and staying.

  • 3 To vessels whose height can either carry 45 m or more from the place or places where the continuing task force or the proceedings can testify or be managed to be managed, a directive to the consistent with the existence.

  • 4 The members of the preliminary members meant targeting pronouncement should satisfy the certain in article 111.


Article 82. Control of the continuing instalment.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • If a continuing processing vessel, except for the scene or from a special attending post, can be served directly from the bridge.

    • 1.1. Under all corporate conditions, including maneuvering, the speed, the direction of the force and, if appropriate, the ER of the astonishable screw can be completed by remote control.

    • 1.2. Must be the remote control as intended under one in sufficient to the head of the shipping inspection and to be performed by the means of a controlling device that should be required to provide an institution that provides the transgressions.

    • 1.3. Must be the main thrusting vessels provided from an emergency stop on the bridge, which should work independently from the system on the bridge as intended under 1:

    • 1.4. Must have been the required to switch to the head of the shipping inspection, which is,

      • 1/2. Not at the same time from more than one server, the procreation worker can be turned on, then, if appropriately, the ER of the astonishable screw can be amazed;

      • 2°. It can't stop the circumstance of the servicing the forces to make a significant change. ♪

      • 3°. On every remote location in a clear way, it turns out which server's been taken. The switch from the bridge to the bridge to space for machines only serves to be possible in space for machines or in the control room. For vessels that carry the height less than 45 milligrams, the head of the shipping inspection can allow the services in space for machines only to be an emergency service, mitigating the bridge controls.

    • 1.5. Must be instruments on the bridge that indicate:

      • 1/2. The circumstance speed and the rotation of the screw in case the vessel is provided with permanent screws;

      • 2°. The equivalent speed and the position of the emergency in case the vessel is provided with astonishable screws; ♪

      • 3°. The main arm as prescribed in article 75, sixth member;

    • 1.6. Should, if a disturbance interacts in a part of the remote control system, the continuing processes can be operated in different ways:

    • 1.7. Should, unless the Circumstantial Inspection of Conjunction is that such virtue is practically not executive, the remote system is designed, which is issued by raiding alerts, and the precursion of the velocity, until the speed of the other, ♪

    • 1.8. Must, if the remote control of the continuing processing vessel has been set up for automatically, the number of times that automatically, consequent, consecutive, forgiving attempts can be sufficiently sufficient. There's got to be an alarm in space for machines that indicate a low setup, and that's been postponed to a pressure that suggests the continuing process is still possible. If the continuing engine is a direct reverse engine, this alarm must have been put on the bridge as well.

  • 2 Aboard a vessel that reverse the screw-outed thrust has been compromised by restoring the screws, this should at least reverse in space for machines.

  • 3 When the main power sources and corresponding machine installations with intensity of the electrical main power source are provided with several degrees of automated remote control or remote control, and it should be held directly to the effective system, as well as it should be monitored.

  • 4 automated systems for settings, arrangements and services have to contain general resources to take control of these systems. Interference in any part of these systems can't prevent the use of facilities for handcraft.


Article 83. Using inflammable oils.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 If liquid fuel can only be used oil from which the flame isn't lower than 60 degrees, except for emergency gaps, for which oil with a lamp of no lower than 43 degrees.

  • 2 The chief of the shipping inspection, however, can allow the general use of fuel oil with a lamp lower than 60 degrees, but not lower than 43 degrees, under solid precautions if necessary, and for the bulance of the oxygen, it will not be used in which it's rately increased to increased in the fuel.

  • 3 safe and purposeful resources to determine the amount of fuel oil to be present in a tank. If polls have been delivered, the upper hand must come out in safe places and provide target resources for closure. Buis-shaped polls can't be applied. Other resources to determine the amount of fuel oil can be allowed in a tank, if it's disabled from that or filling the tanks, that's not possible for fuel to get out of the tank.

  • Four substances must have been affected in avoidance of pressure in a fuel oil tank or in a part of the fuel oil system, including heating devices, filling and the similarities. Extract valves and air or fluids have to take to a safe place, in pleasure of the head of the shipping inspection.

  • Any fuel line from which in damaged oil could escape from a top of the double soil-recorded supply, fabric or day tank should be directly on the tank of a cloaker that can be transferred from a safe place in which the gas can be shut down. In the particular case of deep tanks in a screws or pipe tunnel or such a space, closures must have been put on these tanks. The closure in the case of fire may also be processed by an extra closure in the pipe or pipes outside the tunnel or such space. If such an extra closure was created in space for machines, this locker should be served from a place outside of this room.

  • 6 pumps that are part of the fuel system, must be separated from each other's leadership system and the connections to the implicated pumps should be provided with a targeted exposure valve that is part of a closed system. When fuel oil tanks can be used as ballast tanks, targetive facilities must have been affected to separate the fuel system and the ballastic system.

  • 7 Oil tanks can't be as high as it's flooding or liquid liquid from there on hot surfaces can be a danger. Precautions should have been taken to prevent that oil from being under pressure, which could be out of a pump, filter or warlords, in touch with hot surfaces.

  • 8 fuel lines and their closures and confirmations, must be steel or otherwise approved material, preserve that the head of the creation can be a limited use of flexible pipes at which it is required to be held in place. Such flexible pipes and their endorsements must be approved burning materials of sufficient strength and their construction should be at the head of the shipping torch.

  • 8 Where this is necessarily necessary, fuel oil and smeer oil lines, as far as practically executive, are protected or otherwise targeted at the end of oil or preventing oil. The number of couples in pipelines must be limited to a minimum.

  • 9 As far as this is practically exportable, the fuel oil tanks must be part of the shipping construction and outside the spaces for machines of category A. When fuel oil tanks, no double bottom tanks, necessarily besides or in spaces for machines of category A, at least one of their vertical sides should be conspired with the limits of the soils and the substances of the substances. The surface of the containment wall between the tank and space for machines must be as small as possible. When such tanks are laid within the limited walls of spaces for machines of category A, they can't contain fuel oil with a flame that's lower than 60 degrees. The use of free fuel tanks in fireplaces and especially in spaces for machines of category A is not allowed in general. The head of the shipping inspection, however, can allow the application of free fuel oil tanks. In that case, they must have been placed in a leak of vast measurements which is provided by a drain of sufficient measurements, which leads to a licoil tank with sufficient capacity.

  • 10 The ventilation of spaces for machines must be sufficient under all corporate conditions to prevent consistent with oil vapors.

  • 11 The institutions for the storage, distribution, and the use of oil for smeeroly systems must be under pressure for the head of the shipping tong. When these institutions have been placed in spaces for machines, at least they have to meet the certain in the first, second, fourth, seventh and eighth member, and, as far as the chief of the createpathy, this is necessary, in the third, and third member. The use of glasses in smeer oil systems is allowed, as a result of a trial has shown that they are in sufficient fireproof.

  • 12 The institutions for the storage, distribution, and the use of flammable oils that are under pressure applied to hydraulic systems for transmitting ability, and those are not olivians, as they intended, to be used in the captivity, and the leadership of the s. In places where inflammation sources are present, such institutions should at least meet the certain in the third, fifth and seventh member and considering strength and construction in the fourth and eighth.

  • 13 In abnormality of the certain in the first member, the head of the shipping tinspection can be undermined by determining him to secondary terms, allowing engines of relief boats to be used liquid fuel with a lower lamp.

  • 14 prepictive tanks can't contain fuel oil, smeer oil or other flammable oils.


Article 84. Lens institution.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Every part of a vessel, as far as the head of the shipping tinspection, it's probable for this, and any waterproof department that isn't permanently destined for the mountain of oil or water, under any circumstances that could be prevented by the law, or inevitable. For this purpose, a main lens line must be present, where the lens pumps are connected, and it's provided with the necessary closers and sucks to lenscapes in the departments that need to be pumped. The placement of the lens pumps and the length of the lension must be so substantial, that a good work has been held under all custody conditions.

  • 2 The lension has to be ruled in the side departments. In narrow divisions, this can be assessed with the head of the shipping inspection, with one lens hive, while these in departments of extra form of lens corves can demand.

  • 3 maintenances must be affected, so in a department, water can flow to the lens hives.

  • 4 In abnormality of the certain in the first member, the head of the shipping inspection can allow certain departments where a suction would be unnecessary or unwanted, not in the lension.

  • If in a portion of a vessel through the nature of the company or for other reasons, unwanted amounts of water can prevent, the head of the shipping inspection can prescribe special supplies for the reading of this part.

  • 6 The lenses of cooling should be done in a purposeful way.


Article 85. Institution of lens and ballistics.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The institution of lenses and ballastics with the additional pumps should be so, no water directly from outside or out of water ballasts to loading rooms and spaces for machines or other waters. Furthermore, all pipes must be connected to pumps served to loading rooms, spaces for machines or other in article 84, first member, meant to keep space lens, separated from pipes that can be used for liquids or liquids. The same precautions need to be taken as much as possible in consideration of fuel and ballast towers in which tanks can be swapped for fuel oil and ballast water.

  • 2 Supposedly, it must have been affected to prevent a deep tank from connecting both to the lens line and to the ballastrics by inevitableness, the seawater is fulfilled.

  • 3 In a lens line that can be connected by opening closures or faucets with an outboard or water ballasting area, must be interfered between the inner and the open end of the sucker at least two.

  • 4 The transition of a lens line through the perimeter shot should meet the certain in article 27, seventh member.


Article 86. Dispatch.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

If a tank or a space that isn't connected to the lens line, it's preserved from a water decorator, it should be able to operate above the work deck, it's in a remotely accessible place, and it's even possible.


Article 87. Execution lens and ballasting.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One Lens and ballastics must have been manufactured from steel or another approved material and, uh, where necessary, pretty against damage are protected.

  • Two dividing cabinets in lenses must have been assigned that it's not possible to unlock and steady valves in there at montage abusively. Flaps in the dividing cabinets of the lension must be from the relapse type. Lockers and backups in lenses need to be disabled in simple ways.

  • 3 A lead of non-corrosive material being fed by a tank that's not open to that lead, inside that tank must have a wall dirt that's in the pleasure of the chief of the shipping department.


Article 88. Dimensions of lenses.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The internal mediocrity of the lenses must be calculated according to next formulas, with reason that:

    • 1/2. If internal medication may be applied to the nearest standard pipeline, if this is no more than five percent than the calculated;

    • 2°. The internal medieval line of the main lenses and the pipes to the pumps can't be any smaller than the ones from the hives to the lens hives;

    • 3°. _

  • 2 The first member meant calculated mediocre, expressed in millimeters, behaved:

    • 1/2. For the main line and the pipes to the pumps:

      25 + 1.68 L.B. plus D;

    • 2°. For the suctions to the lension:

      25 + 2,14 I'B plus D.

      In these formulas,

      L = the height, meant in article 2, first member, under 17;

      B's the width, meaning article 2, first member, under 19;

      D is the cavity, meant in article 2, first member, under 21; ♪

      It's the height of the waterproof space, expressed in meters.

  • 3 The passage of suctions of pumps, faucets, and closures should at least be equal to the ones connected to that.

  • 4 The lens facility must be so substantial, that the total capacity of the pumps, meant in article 89, third member, can be acquired for any waterproof department that lies between the attack and the rearview.


Article 89. Less pumps.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The article 91, first member, prescribed lens pumps must be toxic and connected to the main line.

  • 2 With exception of any additional prescription pumps, exclusively destined for spike tanks, any prescription lens pump should be pumped into every room that filled in certain article in 8, 4, 1,4.

  • 3 Sanitary, ballast and general pumps can be accepted as independent tools of lens pumps, if they are preserved from the necessary affiliations in the spring. Pompes whose press can be sealed, should be provided with expelled valves. Every pump that's supposed to be used as a lens pump must be self-sucking.

  • Four if the work of two or more pumps depends on just a hit-and-run or a power source, only one of these pumps can be detected as a prescription pump.


Article 90. Right pipes.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Every article 91, first member, prescribed lenspomp should be provided with a direct suction on the space where this one was set up. When two or more of these suctions are present in a space, at least one on port side and one of the starboard sides of space must be spilled. The middle line of a straight sucker can't be any smaller than the main line.

  • 2 In abnormality of the certain in the first member, requires aboard a vessel that the height is less than 75 m behaviour, only a lenspomp provided from a direct pipe on the floor where this sucks.

  • 3 In spaces for machines, the shutters of straight suckers can be served above the floorboards.


Article 91. _

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A vessel must have been equipped with at least two in the main lensing lensips, which is independable of the main powercraft, with sensible to accommodate a substance of pollentry, which could be used by one of the most inextances. The head of the shipping tinspection can provide for vessels, whose length behaves less than 24 millimeters, allowing deviation from the certain in this member.

  • 2 One of the lens pumps, prescribed in the presumptuous member, may be replaced by a lension officer with consistent tool pump, if the other prescribed lenspom can be used independence. The at the lensescaping pump should be sufficient capacity and independent of the main engineering vessel and the lens system can be used.

  • 3 Any prescribed lens pump should provide a speed of at least 122 millimeters. One through the main thruster driven lens pump has to give the same speed in front of machines prescribed suckpipe to the lensfles.


Article 92. Provisions in connection with damage to the lension.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel with more than a clear front or behind the space for machines, preservations must have been affected, so that one of these will not be satisfied by a present lens affluent, in the executive area. This is what needs to be in every suction, within the hold of the open suction, where she enters that room, a retainer valve, or from an increasing place to be present, the only way to get close to this area is to 20.

  • Two Lens leaders aboard a vessel in the double soil or in a cooking valve, in a way that has to go to the judgment of the Creeping inspection of the Board, which has to be removed from a high-production facility, which is to be removed from an open-entained area. The head of the shipping inspection can allow another performance to safeguard the same safety.


Article 93. Protection of sound stop.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One measures must be affected to limit sound stops in spaces for machines to acceptable levels.

  • 2 If the sound system can't be sufficiently restricted, the sources of the overwhelming sound have to be targeted or separated, or there must be a separate sound room provided in space for the machine. If necessary, ear protectors must be provided by staff to enter these rooms.

  • 3 The Circumstantial Inspection's Head can give us more serious rules regarding measures in connection with protection from sound stop.


Article 94. Surveillance and stirrup.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Each vessel should be satisfied with the head of the shipping inspection of a main dispatch and aid facility. These institutions are supposed to be like this, that as far as this is possible and practically executive, a single error in one of the institutions doesn't expose the other.

  • 2 The main facility must have been built sufficiently strong and suitable for the vessel's speeding up at maximum speed. The main disorder, the stirr and the steering king must be designed, that they, also, at speed reverse or at the maximum maneuver during fishing, not being damaged.

  • 3 The ability and the execution of the main disorder should be solely that the stirr of 35 degrees rashes on a silk to 35 degrees rashes on the other side can be moved when the maximum speed limited. The stirring should be moved under these circumstances of 35 degrees rashes on one side in no more than 28 seconds to 30 degrees rashes on the other side. As necessary, the main management institution is to be moved to satisfy these demands.

  • 4 When the main deployment includes two or more similar forcepieces, no need to be assisted in dispatcher if the main compound is suitable to move the grid to accommodate it in the outdoors.

  • 5 The aid facility must have been built sufficiently and suitable for the vessel's craft at a speed, where it's still maneuverable and continued to be remanded in emergencies.

  • 6 The deputy dispatcher must be suitable to increasing the stretch in no more than 60 seconds of 15 degrees rashes to the other side, at a speed limit, or the maximum amount of the service, or the value of the seven hours. As necessary, the assistance institution is to be managed to be moved at the end of these demands. If a steering king with a medal at the scene of the helmet stick is prescribed by over 230 millimeters, at least the deputy institution can be moved.

  • 7 The stretcher's position should be reported on the bridge if the rudder is moved. The stirring point must be independent of the remote system.

  • 8 On board of a vessel, any forcepiece of an electrical or electrical hydraulic steering direct from the main switchboard. One of the power rings can be fed from the emergency switchboard. The power rings must be over their entire height as far as it's practically possible, removed from each other.

  • 9 Every power ring and every engine should be provided with a short-circuit security and an overload alarm. If an overload of security has been compromised, this shouldn't have been lower than twice the nominal power surge of the engine or power surge and must continue to be performed at the usual course of progress.

  • 10 On board of every vessel, it must be in business from the engines of electric and electrical hydraulics on the bridge.

  • 11 The power workers for the main displacement and the aid facility must have been performed that they automatically reenacted as soon as the energy supply, after falling out, is recovered.

  • 12 The power workers for the main dispatch and the aid facility should be set up on the bridge. The explosives of the energy supply of any forcecraft must be reported on the bridge by a sensible and visible alarm.

  • 13 The main dispatch must be served on the bridge.

  • 14 If the main discharge has been performed as indicated in the fourth member should be two remote systems present, which can work independently from each other and be operated from the bridge. It's also not necessarily necessary that every system is provided with a separate wheel or wheels.

  • 15. If the assistance system is driven by a forcecraft, she should also be provided with a remote control system that can be operated on the bridge and this system should be independent of the remote control system for the mainframe.

  • 16 Any remote control system for main transmissions and resources that can be served from the bridge, must meet the next demands:

    • 1/2. If electrical conducted, the remote system must be fed by an abundance for this purpose destined power ring, involved from the nutrition of a power workforcement to the wheelhouse;

    • 2°. Disappearing the electrical nutrition of a remote control system should be reported on the bridge by alarms. These alarms have to be both understandable and visible and easily detected; ♪

    • 3°. The nutrition for remote control systems can rule out against short-circuitment are secured.

  • 17 If preserved in an automated steering facility, this one is to satisfy by setting the head of the shipping lines.


Article 95. Alarminstallion for mathematicians.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

On board of a vessel whose height 75 m or more behaves, an alarm installation must have been brought in to the machine-control room, the side of the manufacturer's office, which should be cleared for the work of the work.


Article 96. Cowlin installations, cool and freezing.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One Koelinstallations should be satisfied in the head of the shipping inspection were designed, construed, tested, tested and installed, which is considered that the safety of the injury could be consistent with the individualsistent with the injury.

  • 2 coolmedia for using cow lines should be honored by the head of the shipping inspection. The use of methylchloride as cold medium is not allowed.

  • 3 collar installations should be sufficiently protected from vibrating, shocking, shrinking, and such and must be provided by an automated security facility, which makes a dangerous stirrup and preventing the pressure.

  • 3 Koelinstallations where toxic or inflammatory cooling are used, must be preserved from draining plants provoking in a place where the cooler mudium doesn't compromise.

  • 4 cooling machines, including coolers and gas tanks, using toxic cooler media, must have been placed in a separate space that's gas-proof shots of adjacent spaces. This space must have been provided with a leaky system with a lead instruction that must have been delivered next to the entrance to this room, an independent ventilation system and a water supply plant.

  • If by the consequence of the size of the vessel, it's practically not executive, that a colinstallation meant in the third member, in a separate space, the installation can be placed in space for how many of the machines in space.

  • 5 In spaces for cooling machines and in cold and freezing spaces, an installation must have been delivered by individuals who can be locked up on targeted location alarms. At least one exit of such a space should be opened from the inside. Exits of the spaces where colinstallations have been brought toxic or flammmable gas that may not be able to give directly access to spaces for accommodation.

  • 6 When in a carriage lab, a toxic coolant is used, at least two press aircraft should be present, which are at all time available in case cold medium escapes. For each and every aircraft belonging to air ciliner, at least a spare-ciliner has to be present with cooperative air. Pers airlines that are part of the craft's fire equipment, can be used to this, if the placement of it is that can be met with both ends.

  • 7 For the sake of a secure corporation and the performance in emergency situations, regarding cowlinations, aboard target guidelines are clearly hung up visible.


$3.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 97. Adjustments.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Electrical installations must have been set up by the prescriptions that are provided by the distinctive class precinct in this paragraph, no affirmative or additional prescriptions. For unlassed vessels, equal demands are made.

  • 2 Electrical institutions for the benefit of elevators being drafted aboard vessels, should be left on the prescriptions of this paragraph and to those of the distinctive class offices, also satisfied by the four occupations in 192.

  • 3 In addition to certain in this paragraph, the head of the shipping tinspection can be ruled against electrical installations.


Article 98. descriptions.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

In addition to the certain in article 2, first member, is understood for the application of this paragraph under:

  • 1/2. Electric machines: Generators, engines, and transformers;

  • 2°. Tension: Nominal tension where electrical energy is used under normal circumstances; ♪

  • 3°. Hot rooms: Spaces where the preserving of a normal isolation state interfere with or the electrical resistance of the insensitive individuals is importantly reduced.


Article 99. Admitted tension.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 At the same time, the tension can be at the highest amount:

    • 1°, 250 V for all targets, except for the certain in article 132, second member: ♪

    • 2°. 500 V for the established power instalment under by setting the Chief of the shipping inspection conditions.

  • 2 In exchange, the tension can be at the highest amount:

    • 1/2. 250 V for:

      • 1.1. The cuffed lights;

      • 1.2. The established telecommunication devices for internal use;

      • 1.3. The established power plantation and the heating machines in cabins and stay, no rooms for general use;

      • 1.4. == sync, corrected by elderman ==

      • 1.5. == sync, corrected by elderman ==

      • 1.6. _ CCTVs for other destinations are not allowed in those rooms; ♪

      • 1.7. _

        • 1.7.1. This tension for every contact box is separated from one of these contact boxes imprisoned protection radius; Or...

        • 1.7.2. To join the contact boxes, double isolated.

    • 2°. 55 V, as this tension is obtained from a reformer or protection radius. For:

      • 2.1. The under 1.7 meant contact boxes that aren't satisfied in there under 1.7.1 and 1.7.2. ♪

      • 2.2. _

    • 3°. 660 V for:

      • 3.1. The established power plantation and heating devices, other than that one, and...

      • 3.2. Contact boxes for moving tools and adjustments that are not taken in hand, some under the head of the shipping inspection.

  • 3 The particular in the precedents of this article doesn't apply to preliminary instalments and for installations where a higher tension is necessarily necessarily necesssarily necessssssarily necesssssssssssarily necesssarily necesssarily, under conditionsssssity, under condition that such conditionsssssssities have been affected to the safety of the paroleumationsity of the decisionsity of the parole.


Article 100. Material, mental institution and setting.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 For the electrical installation, material benefits used the way of setting the installation under all circumstances need to ensure a sufficient safety and corporate insurance.

  • Two instalments must have been deployed and established, that under normal corporate conditions, they are not exposed to danger of exposure from outside and can't achieve such high temperatures, that the good work is done. As necessary, spaces in which electrical installations have been submitted from a target ventilation facility.

  • 3 instalments should be both in the entire and in parts as well as deployed and set up, that the performance of fire and power transition on people, both in the use and the service and reassignment, and as well as the maintenance, and as many consistents, as possible.

  • 4 Electrical machines, switch and distribution and admissions, as far as they're not targeted, they're not targeted, they're not in the vicinity of pollipies for fuel tanks.


Article 101. I influence instruments and measures against interference or caused by electronic navigation and communication equipment.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The institution and the setting of electrical machines, electronic equipment, transformers and accumulators, sought the choice and the system of pipes must be so much that the good work is electronic and electronics.

  • 1 In addition to interference in the electronic navigation and communication devices through the electrical installation of the vessel and the wires connected to this, all measures have to be taken or underwritten. To be paid attention to, particularly in the dire environment of equipment, to the application and adjustment of electrical pipes with fence and the nature of this.

  • 1 In addition to interference in the electrical and electronic installations of the vessel, due to electromagnetic fields that are inflicted by the transmitter plantations on the shipment, the electronics should not be inflicted by the electromagnetics, and the electromagnetics that are inflicted on the electromagnetics.

  • 2 To satisfy the first member of the proposed demands in the design of a vessel's special attention should be spent on the necessary supplies to prevent mutual interferences in and on the communications and equipment.


Article 102. Electric main power source.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Each vessel that allows electrical energy to form the only means to maintain the propulsion and the safety of the vessel's unbearable services must be from an electrical source. This main source must at least exist from two generatoragreholes, where one of the generators can be pushed through the main threshold.

  • 2 The ability of the generators, meant in the preceding member, must be that, except for the ability that is required for fishing, the processing, and the conservation of the services, is insured, amongst the company, insured, For vessels that carry the height less than 45 me, need to get in unreasonable from one of the generatorag registers only the necessary assistances for the survival, and to be safe and safe.

  • If the electrical power supply in the regulation by more than one generator in parallel company is taken care of, must have been provided, as by removing less important groups, in which to maintain the safety of the insurgents, in which to keep them safe.

  • 4 The electrical main power source of the vessel must have been assigned to the services called in article 74, 11th member, under one, can be enforced, regardless of the tower and the raid of the roots.

  • 5 If transformers form an essential part of this paragraph requires power supply, these must be designed to be the same continuit of the power supply in the second member, is assured.

  • 6 The electrical main lighting system should have been assigned that a fire or any interference in the space or spaces where the electrical main power source, including any transformer, are secondary, and the secondary membership of the operation, and the secondary dispatch, is not the secondary.

  • 7 The emergency lighting system must have been ascertained as a fire or any accident in the space or spaces where the electrical emergency power source, including any transformers, the emergency board, and it's not an outlet.


Article 103. Installations for navigational lights and resources to give sound signals.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The electrical installation for the article 205, second member, meant navigation lights should meet the next demands:

    • 1/2. The top, board and henchers must have been connected to a special for this purpose destined distribution placed in the wheelhouse or in the card room. This distribution should be fed directly through transformers through the main switchboard. The nutrition for this distribution is also allowed to be involved in a distinction board, if this separation board is transmitted directly through transformers being fed through the main switchboard and placed in the wheelhouse or in the card room.

    • 2°. The spare top-, board and heklanters must be connected to a special for this purpose destined distribution placed in the wheelhouse or in the card room. This distribution should be fed directly through transformers through the emergency switchboard. The nutrition for this distribution is also allowed to be involved in a distinction board, if this distinction board will be transmitted directly through transformers through the emergency switchboard and placed in the wheelhouse or in the card room.

    • 3°. The under 1 and 2 called navigation and reserve navigation lights may also be connected to one for this purpose. This distinction should be both through the main switchboard and through the emergency switchboards can be fed with insubordination of the demands as to the nutrition of this distribution as it is set in 2 and 2:

    • 4°. In the event that according to article 285, second member, the spare navigation lights aren't required, the installation for the top, board-and heklants meet at certain levels with the disability of the transformation. This emergency food may also be involved in a distinct board if this participation board is directly transmitted through transformers by the emergency switchboard is fed and placed in the wheelhouse or in the card room.

    • 5°. The top-, board-and henchers, and if requires the spare top, board- and henchers, each must be connected through a separate leadership at 1 and 4. All power surroundings must be melted and switched. Instead of melting security and switches are allowed automatic switches with short-circuit and overloading security. ♪

    • 6°. For each of the top, board and heklanters, and if requires the spare top, board and heklanterns, a targeting control facility that should be warned in the event of the light. In application of an optical institution in the show with the light, defect from this facility cannot lead to the deaf of the light. Named control facilitys aren't required on a vessel whose heights are less than 24.

  • 2 All the other in the power-hising decisions for the coming of hazards called sea navigation lights should be fed by the emergency source. These navigation lights are enclosed on the first member of the first known distribution of the top, board- and heklantars, if all the power lines of melt and are safe. Instead of melting security and switches are allowed automatic switches with short-circuit and overload security.

  • 3 An electrical installation for the need of resources for giving sound mines aboard a vessel, to be fed by the emergency source.


Article 104. Installants in space with explosives.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In all the spaces where burnable gas mixtures could gather, in each separate area, mainly destined for accumulators, in paints, storage for acelene or species,

    • 1/2. Being necessary for corporate reasons;

    • 2°. of being some kind who can't detonate the entrepreneurial mix;

    • 3°. Be suitable for the increasing space; ♪

    • 4 degrees from a approved explosive type are for use there where dust, fumes, or gases can be present.

  • 2 If cables were created in dangerous spaces, providing fire and explosive damage to an electrical error in that room, should be satisfied in the head of the creation precautions against these dangers.

  • 3 chess players and security cameras, for the sake of installations in spaces with explosive dangers, they have to break and not be placed in that room.

  • 4 For temporary enlightenment of the first member meant spaces can only be used from portable lights that satisfy the demands in article 105.


Article 105. Temporary lighting of dangerous spaces.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

An electrical security lamp that's destined to be used for temporary lighting of dangerous spaces as intended in article 104, first member of a approved type, and must be...

  • 1/2. Bearable;

  • 2°. Having own power source, existing from dry elements or batteries with a total tension of at the highest 6 V;

  • 3°. Have a fire hour of at least three chasing hours; ♪

  • 4°. So they're performed, that she can't give a lead to ignition of a flammable mixture of carbon and air.


Article 106. Deckworkers.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Electrical driven decks must have been assigned to that:

    • 1/2. _

    • 2°. At the removal of the decent tension or interrupting the power supply to the drive engine automatically impacts the brakes and holds the burden. This recipe doesn't apply for decrees where for celebrating the burden, the brake should be lighted with the hand; ♪

    • 3°. In addition to aiding power, the origin of an earth shutdown in the auxiliary chains can't reach it or stay off the drive engine or the lights or lights of the limb.

  • 2 near the operating trading of electrical driven covers must be the position of hillows and celebrating in obvious and sustainable way.

  • 3 near the scene where the tool is served, a switch or aid switch must have been delivered, using the power supply to the drive engine or to the engine of nutrients can be independed.


Article 107. Vision.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The head of the shipping tinspection can give us more serious rules regarding the performance of vision.


Article 108. Emergency fire explosives.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In application of an electrical driven emergencies as intended in Article 154, fourth member, under 3, the nutrition must be delivered by an independent generator, sufficiently sufficient to the outside of the machine. This generator may be the emergency generator assigned to article 92, if this is sufficient capacity.

  • 2 The pump engine and the nutrient cables, the starter, and any providences for remote control with the additional electrical pipes should be entirely outside the spaces where a fire pump could set out.

  • 3 For determining the place where the pump engine should be able to operate in must be accounted for the certain in article 154, fourth member, under 4th.


Article 109. Emergency stopping.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On board of a vessel, the electromagnetic engines must be:

    • 1/2. Artificial ventilation of spaces for accommodation, service areas, control stations and spaces for machines meet the certain in article 146, third member, or article 171, first member:

    • 2°. Artificial ventilation of charges outside these rooms can be stopped;

    • 3°. Forced pull from a place out of space where the kettle is or where the kettle are set up, and outside a space for machines of category A can be stopped; ♪

    • 4°. Fuel pumps, pumps of oil towels, and such fuel pumps meet the establishment in article 148, eighth member of article 173, seventh member.

  • 2 Aboard a vessel must be electrical driven decks foreseeing an emergency stop facility as intended in article 106, third member.

  • 3 C.O. of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules for emergency stoppings of central heating plantations.

  • 4 C.O. of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules for emergency stoppings of fishing.


Article 110. == sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel provided by electrical affidavits for the benefit of the progress engine or engines, should be at the next.

    • 1/2. In the presence of one continuing engine, this engine has to be a start battery of such a capacity, that the engine can be at least turned on six times. The loading of this battery must be done by two loading institutions that can't be dependent on the same tool. Also, a second battery of at least the same capacity that can be started on the progress engine. Instead of the upper battery second battery, a battery battery that serves for the lights or the emergency lights of the vessel, before it starts, mimics, except for the powers, ♪

    • 2°. In attendance of two or more continuing engines, the electrical administrations to the under one set, however, with reason that any progress engines should be battered.

  • 2 If continuing engines only from an electrical administration are provided, before the start-up installation, a complete start-up engine should be present as a spare aboard.


Article 111. Phones or other speech connections.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The targeting direct speech connection as intended in the articles 81, fourth member, and 135, the shipping net must be independent.

  • 2 If a central phone installation or similar speech system is adapted, the bridge, the engine room, and the captain's stays and the main engineer are provided with administrative transmitting a high-profile connection.


Article 112. Electric emergency resources aboard vessels where the height rates 45 m or more.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel whose height should be serving 45 m or more independence in an independent working power source.

  • 1 The electrical emergency power source, including any transformers, the temporary electrical emergency power source, the emergency switchboard, and the emergency lighting board should be the upper hand. They can't have been placed before the attack, however, in particular cases can be granted by the head of the shipping inspection.

  • 1 The electrical emergency power source, including any transformers, the temporarily electrical emergency power source, the distress signal, and the emergency switchboard, should be perceived to the power of the device, including the power of the device, and the power of the power of the devices, and the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the device, and the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of

  • 2 The available electrical ability must be sufficient to deliver the power to all those services that are in case of need for safety, which should be accounted for with those services that should be in business at the same time. The electrical resources should be able to, uh, considering start floods and convertibles of certain consumers, simultaneously, during the next reported time, the power to deliver, at least, for the next hand,

    • 1/2. For three hours the emergency lights at every collection and, on deck and outboard, at every integration where the group rescues have been set up, as prescribed in certain articles in the 202, and 206.

    • 2 degrees.

      • 2.1. In all services and accommodations, at all the stairs and exits, and in elevator cages and shafts of elevators with accessible cages;

      • 2.2. In spaces for machines and main generator stations, including their services;

      • 2.3. In all control stations, machine control rooms and every head and emergency switchboard;

      • 2.4. at all the refugees of firefighting equipment;

      • 2.5. at the wheelhouse;

      • 2.6. At the emergency fire extinguish pump, if present, at the sprinkler pump, if present, and the places where the pumps can be accessed with those pumping motors.

      • 2.7. at magnetic compasses;

      • 2.8. at poll glasses of steam seats;

      • 2.9. in combs, dining rooms and other rooms for common use;

      • 2.10. At the central operating sites of established fire extinguishments; ♪

      • 2.11. In spaces where the fish is treated and processed;

    • 3 degrees, over 6 hours, the navigation lights and other lights required by the power-histing decisions to prevent the dangers at sea;

    • 4°.

      • 4.1. All internal communications, which in case of necessity is necessary, as the direct pronouncements, meant in article 81, fourth member, and 135 and the distress system in case this is established,

      • 4.2. The fire escape and fire alarms;

      • 4.3. The intermitting use of the daylight lamp, the resources to give sound mines if electrical performed or operating electrical, and all internal signals in case of his distress. ♪

      • 4.4. The general alert installation and the transmitter installation, meant in article 239, second member, the alert installation for the established fuel extinguishment with gas as bluster and the emergency room isolated, unless there's a sufficientific ability to maintain a power cell for the establishments,

    • For three hours, the emergency explosive pump as intended in Article 108, first member, if the electrical power source depends on the emergency generator.

  • 3 The electrical resources should be a generator they're a battery battery that needs to meet the following terms:

    • 1/2. If the power source is a generator, then this one has to be:

      • 1.1. Being driven by an appropriate toolic institution, provided with an independent fuel food and an approved setting system, where the raft of the fuel is not lower than 43 degrees.

      • 1.2. automatic starts with exploding the electrical feed, from the electrical main source, unless is provided in a temporary emergency resource as intended under 1.3. If the emergency generator is automatically launched, this automatically needs to be switched to the emergency switchboard. The services called in the fourth member should be automatically switched to the emergency generator. Unless in a second independent contraction for the emergency generator is provided, the only source of battered energy should be secured against full explosive exhaustion by the automatic asset. ♪

      • 1.3. Foreigning a temporary electrical resources as described in the fourth member unless there's an emergency generator available to deliver the power to that article called services and is in as soon as possible and as possible,

    • 2°. If the power source is an accumulator battery, this one should be able:

      • 2.1. Without recharging the emergency taxes, during the entire discharge period, the tension of the battery battery remains within 12 percent above or under his nominal tension.

      • 2.2. automatically switching on the emergency switchboard to exit the electrical main food; ♪

      • 2.3. immediately deliver the power to at least the fourth member called services.

  • 4 The temporary electrical resources, if required by the third member, under 1.3, to exist from an accumulatory battery, set up for an emergency room, sufficiently enough to operate on the next level, which will continue to exploit the highest levels of the power of the elevate.

    • 1/2. The lighting requires second member, under 1 to 3. For the transitional phase may provide the required electrical emergency lights in spaces for machines, in spaces for accommodation and in service areas, are used to be delivered, exceptionally removed, ♪

    • 2°. All services required by the second member, under 4.1 to and 4.4, unless these services are independed by an accumulator battery with a capacity for the necessary time, independed independent.

  • 5 The emergency switchboard should be as close as practically as possible at the electrical emergency source.

  • If the power source is a generator, the emergency switchboard must have been set up in the same room unless it affected the operation.

  • 5 Accumulator batteries that should be subsequently present, shouldn't have been placed in the same room with the emergency switchboard. In an appropriate place on the main switchboard or in the machine-control room, a indication that indicates when the accumulator batteries are supposed to be the electrical discharge, or the third membership, or the third membership in the necesssssity, or the third membership of the dispatance, or the dispatance of the third membership.

  • 5 The emergency switchboard should be secured from the main switchboard and automatically disabled by overload and short-circuitment should be secured, fed from the main switchboard and automatically disengaged on the mainframe. If the system is set up for a company with refurbition, then the cable should also be in the emergency switchboard against at least short-circuited.

  • 6 The emergency generator and his floating tools, and every emergency battery has to be set up and set up that their good work in their nominal capacity is ensured with righteous rates and rates of twenty-four-four-four-four-four-four degrees.

  • 7 Surveillances must have been made for the periodic tests of the entire emergency system, including testing the automated contraction.


Article 113. Electric emergency resources aboard vessels that carry the height less than 45 mm.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel that the height should be provided less than 45 milligrams in an independent working power source.

  • 1 The electrical resources, including any transformers, the emergency switchboards, and the emergency power switchboards should include the power of electrical powers, including the power of the power of the power, in which the power of transformation, and the power of the power of the power, and the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power, and the power of the power of the power of transformation, and the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of transformation, and the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power to transformation, and the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the power of the devices of the power of the power of the power of the power

  • 2 The available electrical ability must be sufficient to deliver the power to all those services that are in case of need for safety, which should be accounted for with those services that should be in business at the same time. The electrical resources should be able to, uh, considering start floods and convertibles of certain consumers, simultaneously, during the next reported time, the power to deliver, at least, for the next hand,

    • 1/2. For three hours the emergency lights at every collection and, on deck and outboard, at every integration where the group rescues have been set up, as prescribed in certain articles in the 202, and 206.

    • 2 degrees.

      • 2.1. In all services and accommodations, at all the stairs and exits, and in elevator cages and shafts of elevators with accessible cages;

      • 2.2. In spaces for machines and main generator stations, including their services;

      • 2.3. In all control stations, machine control rooms and every head and emergency switchboard;

      • 2.4. at the wheelhouse;

      • 2.5. at magnetic compasses;

      • 2.6. at poll glasses of steam seats;

      • 2.7. in combs, dining rooms and other rooms for common use;

      • 2.8. At the central operating sites of established fire extinguishments; ♪

      • 2.9. In spaces where the fish is treated and processed.

    • 3 degrees, over 3 hours, the navigation lights and other lights require, according to the power-powering decisions for providing dangers at sea;

    • 4 degrees.

      • 4.1. All internal communications, which in case of necessity, as the direct pronouncements, meant in the articles 81, fourth member, and 135;

      • 4.2. The fire escape and fire alarms;

      • 4.3. The intermitting use of the daylight lamp, the resources to give sounds if electrical performed or operating electrical, and all internal signals in which case of his requirement: ♪

      • 4.4. The general alert installation, the alarm installation for the established fire extinguish installation with gas as blush and the alert instalment of elevators with accessible cage, unless these services are sufficiently accurate for a 3-hour accumulatory.

  • 3 The electrical resources should be a generator they're a battery battery that needs to meet the following terms:

    • 1/2. If the electrical resource is a generator, then this power must be driven by an appropriate tool dispatch, provided with an independent fuel fuel supply, and a resolved rate of a high-profitting fuel cell toolint, unless it's using a high-productive fuel cell toolintrics.

    • 2°. If the power source is an accumulator battery, this one should be able:

      • 2.1. Without recharging the emergency taxes, during the entire discharge period, the tension of the battery battery remains within 12 percent above or under his nominal tension.

      • 2.2. automatically switching on the emergency switchboard to exit the electrical main food; ♪

      • 2.3. immediately deliver the power to at least the second member called services.

  • 4 The emergency switchboard should be as close as practically as possible at the electrical emergency source.

  • Four if the electrical resource is a generator, the emergency switchboard must have been set up in the same room unless it affected the operation.

  • 4 Accumulator batteries that should be subsequently present, shouldn't have been placed in the same room with the emergency switchboard. In an appropriate place on the main switchboard or in the machine-control room, a indication that indicates when the accumulator batteries, the electrical force is discharged.

  • 4 The emergency switchboard should be secured from the main switchboard, which is automatically disabled by overload and short-circuited, must be fed from the main switchboard and automatically disengaged. If the system is set up for a company with refurbition, then the cable should also be in the emergency switchboard against at least short-circuited.

  • 5 The emergency generator and his executive tools, and every emergency battery has to be set up and set up that their good work at their nominal ability is ensured with righteous rates and rates of twenty-four-four-four-four-four-four degrees.

  • 6 supplies must have been conducted for the periodic tests of the entire emergency installation, including the testing of the automated contraction.


Article 114. Original accumulator batteries.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One accumulator batteries must have been set up so well that they are against exposure of excessively targeted and that they are not exposed to overly heat rather than very cold or very highly affected by other forces.

  • One accumulator batteries must be set up, that sufficient space is present in need of maintenance and control.

  • One accumulator batteries must have been set up, that the free gases can't cause damage to objects in the area. Place in stay is not allowed. Alcalic batteries are not allowed to join with lead batteries in one coffin, closet or battery room.

  • 1 The setting of battery batteries for the need of the emergency installation, has to meet certain in the articles 92, fifth member, and 113, fourth member.

  • 2 accumulator batteries connected to a loading facility with a loading power of 2 kW or more, to calculate the nominal tension of the battery and the loading loading loadings that can be placed in a special area.

  • 2 Accumulator batteries connected to a loading facility with a loading power of 0.2 kw or more, less than two kWs, to calculate as described under 21, to be placed in a special battery. As well as they may have been placed in a space for machines, as it is met with the certain in the preceding member.

  • 2 accumulator batteries connected to a loading facility with a loading capacity of less than 0.2 kW, to calculate as described under 2.1, may be free in a suitable place, in which it is sufficient.


Article 115. Ventilation of battery space.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Accu rooms, boxes and Cases need to be given in such a way that can't collect explosive gas mixtures. That should be able to be given that per hour a number of liters of air, equal to 110 times the producing of the number of cells and the loading crate in ampère, the space, or coffin. For the calculation of the number of liters of air, the maximum value of the loading magnificence should be taken during the period of gas formation. However, this value cannot be taken smaller than one fourth of the value of the loading current that can be delivered at the highest level of loading.

  • 2 In application of artificial ventilation of battery spaces, coffins, and--cases must be the institution that feeds the gases above space, casket or closets. These gases can't reach the fan engine. The wailer or the shipping radius should be from such material, that spark formation is prevented under all circumstances.

  • 3 In application of natural ventilation is met to the certain in the first member, if:

    • 1/2. The gases are removed from the top of space, coffin or closets are carried away;

    • 2 degrees, ventilation pipes, or-coachers are so produced, that their heartline in no place forms a bigger angle with the vertical than 45 degrees:

    • 3°. _ Flaming institutions that call the passage, must not be applied;

    • 4°. The ventilation of ventilation pipes or-coachers at least has a value as indicated in subliminary tabel:

      Maximum loading in KW as intended in article 114, second member.

      == sync, corrected by elderman ==2

      Load batteries.

      Alkalic batteries.

      less than 1.0.

      == sync, corrected by elderman ==

      12,000.

      1.0 to 1.5.

      12,000.

      180

      1.5 to 2.0.

      3,000.

      24,000.

      2.0 to 3.0.

      24,000.

      4,000.

    • 5 degrees, ventilation pipes, or--cocks for drain to the upper end are preserved from a targeted hip or similar institution. They must be as high as practically as possible.

  • 4 The certain in the preliminary member is not appropriate.

    • 1/2. accumulator batteries of category as described in article 114, second member, under two, if they're free in space for machines or in another appropriately-appropriately-approved space.

    • 2°. accumulator batteries of category as described in article 114, second member, under 3.

  • Five if to the judgment of the head of the shipping inspection by the means of natural ventilation cannot be obtained sufficient safety, can be called main artificial ventilation.


Article 116. Diverse prescriptions regarding battery batteries.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The intern of the battery rooms, boxes or--cases and connected ventilation pipes or -- cookers must be durable for the electrolyte.

  • 2 In battery rooms, boxes or--cases can't have machines or admissions that can provide spark formation. For artificial enlightenment of battery spaces, only lamps in captivated explosive devices are used. For temporary enlightenment of these rooms, only of portable lights are used, which matches the certain in article 105. In the name of spaces, no other pipes are present than those required for the presence of electrical installation.

  • 3 On the doors of battery rooms must have been reported that entering with open fire and light is forbidden. On the covers or the doors of battery boxes or--cases must have been indicated that opening up in the vicinity of open fire and light is forbidden. In the clear-up batteries, it must have been reported that bringing it to the nearest point of fire and light is forbidden.

  • 4 At a hill to 40 degrees with the vertical ashes, no electrolyte can flow from cells of batteries.

  • 5 In all cases where a battery battery can be discharged while these bitches are loaded, the battery should not go up to the battery one by the adjusted value. If in addition to a resistance is loaded from the shipping grid, the administration should be able to resist the neat strain against Earth. Also, in a purposeful place, it must have been indicated which actions serve to do a safe work on the battery and on by the battery feeding powers or supplies.


Article 117. General prescriptions regarding switch and distribution.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In the execution of switch and distribution, as much as it can be used from main rails and divides that aren't from an isolation insult.

  • Two leads that belong to different power rings can't be connected to the same pair of clamps.

  • 3 By switch and distribution sites, sufficient service room should be present. Maintenance and service can't go through the near-producted devices or objects are obstructed.

  • 4 chess and distributions should be provided with the necessary corporate regulations. The data on the admissible power surge of any power surroundings should be consistent with the nominal value or the deposition of security against overloading appropriate device, target and sustainable.

  • 5 non-solved, under tensional power guidance from different polarity or phase by distinguishing different colors clearly.


Article 118. Place of switches.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In every electrical installation, the company and for the purpose and safely act of services, repair and maintenance operations required switches.

  • 2 engines and consistent contractions have to be separated completely from the net. A so-called switch should be on or in the vicinity of the proceedings. If the engine isn't set up in the vicinity of the current institution, or if there's no progression in the area, the engine has to be one of those separation switches or similar institution, unless it's in order to be disableduced or as a targeted.

  • 3 The separation switch or similar institution called in the second member should not have been inflicted if to the judgment of the chief of creation, there's no danger of injury to human beings moving through resources during rehab.

  • If for the service of motor engines automatic switches are applied with remote controls, as necessary measures must have been taken, which prevented from consistent with an earthquake in the motorbikes, or in any way that they can keep in motion.

  • 5 chess players for power-consuming devices, except for lights, the out-of-the-art aircraft should be completely separated from the net.

  • 6 chess players can't have been made in pipes from the main of the company with the Earth, unless this one act can be disabled with the remaining pipes.

  • If a diesel engine can be launched remotely, a switch must have been delivered to prevent electrical starts. A so-called switch must have been placed on or near the diesel engine.


Article 119. Walking in for motorcycles.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Engagements for motorcycles with a ability of 500 W or more should have been deployed, which, at the expiration of the tension, will be after the performance of a tension to about 20% of the nominal, and it's not in the ability to retracturrecturreat, unless it's ability to the engines power, or it's power, or it's power, unless it's power, it's power, or it's power, it's power, or it's the power to the power to the power, or it's power. They're gonna have to continue to provide security for overload. This last one doesn't apply to engines of electric and electro-hydraulics.


Article 120. Electrical heating and cooking equipment.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Electrical heating and cooking equipment must have been set up. The devices must have been assigned that the heating events have been surrounded by a purposely sworn shell.


Article 121. Melting security and maximum switches.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One melting safety should be a screw-melt safety or at least similar patterns were performed.

  • Two melting security must have been set up like this:

    • 1/2. It's melting patterns that are designed to be steamed between 6 and 25 A, including this border, is not possible by disregard or by mistake, a steamroll of which is highly unprofitted, but it's not possible. ♪

    • 2°. At a nominal power surge of the melt pattern of less than 6 A, it's not possible to bet a melt pattern of over 6 A.

  • 3 melted security must be so deployed, that taking out or betting the melt pattern can be done without that unsolved, under tension with the hand tools or tools. Besides, there's no danger of getting under tensional parts in touch or injury due to flamebow phenomena.

  • 4 The use of open tube security, then the use of melting safety with switchable melted wire from a nominal power surge of 25 A or less, is not allowed.

  • 5 The use of repaired melt patterns apparently not for replacement of the melted wire, is not allowed.

  • 6 On the melting security holder and on the melt patterns, the nominal power surge and the tension they can be used for are indicated.

  • 7 melting safety and maximum switches must possess as much a disabled power that is at least equal to the short-circuit. If this isn't the case, these melting safety and maximum switches are secured by melting security and switches, who do possess the maximum power.

  • 8 In series of dispatched melting security and maximum switches must be sufficiently selective.


Article 122. Meet and control.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In every installation, we need a virtual service and control, and for a purposefully useful measure and control devices have been made. On the measurements, the highest admissible value has been reported by a red line.

  • 2 In control of whether or not it's in the company of the generators and engines at the service of the vessel or the vessel's steering, we need to be at some sort of targeted location control facility involving a manufacturer, and the leadership of Scheptin.

  • 3 if a security facility is present in Article 102, third member, served on the main switchboard to be a control facility, which indicates the action of this security facility.

  • If a non-serving primary or secondary distribution system is used for power, heating or enlightenment, this has to be provided with a means for continuing control of the isolation opposition in the world, or if there's any indication of whatsounds to be found.


Article 123. Wearable isolation meter and tension.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On board of a vessel, when electro-motors with a ability of over 2.5 kilowaves are part of the electrical installation, in control of the isolation system of this installation, an appropriate one isolable.

  • 2 To examine whether or not the parts of electrical installation are under tension, that should be appropriately portable volt meteres, test lights or other tension pointers.

  • 3 A portable tensionalist must satisfy the following demands:

    • 1/2. He's got to be so focused, that there's no short-circuitment to perform;

    • 2°. The part that indicates the presence of tension must be surrounded by virtue and difficult fragile isolation material: ♪

    • 3°. He must be filed against rough treatment, falling and punching.


Article 124. General demands for enlightenments and lamps.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One enlightenment positions must have been performed in such a way, that no temperature can cause damage to the pipes. No part of the possibility, as far as this can be touched within reach, normally a higher temperature than 60 degrees.

  • 2 bulbs, fluorescent pipes and other light sources, placed in places where they're exposed to damage, must be targeted.

  • 3 In damp spaces, waterproof lampatures need to be used. The head of the shipping tinspection can allow that in certain damp spaces, it's dripping waterproof, it's spat waterproof lighting.


Article 125. Lamb groups.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In spaces for machines, kettle crumbs, generally in motions and steps, as well as in those rooms that have reached the head of the Creeping inspection, should be present, at least two points each.

  • 2 enlightenment groups in loading areas or bunkers, must be provided with alpolite switches that have been placed outside these rooms.

  • 3 Group leaderships for enlightenment must be secured by melt patterns or maximum switches of at the highest 16 A nominal power.


Article 126. Hand lamps.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One torches destined for temporary enlightenment, not loading lights, must be manufactured from isolational materials of sufficient strength or opposite moisture imprisoned wood, where the lamp should have been made up as much as possible. Metal lamp holders in wooden torches must have been confirmed on isolation material that they don't touch the wood. They need to be provided with a safe house and a bad glass. There's no way that we can touch the lamp holder and the lampbar. The protection of the lamp foot should be sufficient to mechanical damage.

  • Two hand lamps of deviant type may be applied if they are to the judgment of the head of the shipping membership at least are equal to the lights as intended for.


Article 127. Enlightenment to control the fillings in space for machines and kettle crumbs.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The established lights meant in article 74, sixth member, must have been waterproofed. The lighting point or the lighting points of this must be special for this target's destined power ring, then, by the means of a separate switch, all of the other lights can be separated.


Article 128. Security and taxes of electrical pipes.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • Each separate power ring should be secured by short-circuit. Each separate power ring should also be overloaded, except for the power rings as intended in article 94, ninth member, and 16th member, under 3, or if the chief of the Scheptin will allow otherwise.

  • Two Leaders cannot be charged with a higher power limit than the maximum power surge prescribed by a class office. The data on the admissible power surge of any power surroundings should be consistent with the nominal value or the deposition of security against overloading appropriate device, target and sustainable.


Article 129. Sort and construction of electrical pipes.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One leadership should be completing the construction and assembly to the prescriptions of a class office. The prescriptions of this agency are also required to be followed by the choice of the leadership type and regarding the manner of inflicting, some of which in this paragraph have not been given any distinctive prescriptions.

  • Two other than there where the head of the shipping tinspection in particular circumstances allows such different circumstances, all metals have to be casings and shields of electrical pipes are unbroken and its own.

  • 3 All electrical pipes and external wiring to equipment should be at least of the burning type and so are indicated that their original burning properties are not affected. If special circumstances make this necessarily necessary, the head of the shipping inspection can allow the use of special cable types, as high-frequent cables, who don't meet the precedent.

  • 4 Leadings or wirings for the sake of essential or emergency instalments, lighting and internal communications or signal institutions, as far as they've been explained, they're not being treated by combats, where there's a lot of spaces, and there's that's a lot. Undiminished the certain in article 108, second member, must be connected cables between the emergency switchboard and the emergency fire extinguishing pump, running through spaces with a large fire rising of the fireproof type. Where potentially all these cables must have been laid in such a way that outside the company hit by heating gunshots caused by a fire in an adjacent space is prevented.

  • 5 Electrical pipes and wiring must have been delivered, which is damaged by scales or otherwise prevented.

  • 6 The connections and delays of every leadership must have been performed, that the original electrical, mechanical, mechanical, mechanical, delaying, and where needed burning properties from the leadership.

  • 7 leads that have been delivered in cold spaces should be appropriate for low temperatures and a high moisture level.


Article 130. Cable fluids through shots or covers.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 If cables are caused by waterproof shots or covers, preservations must have been affected at the waterproof of the shot or the deck.

  • 2 If cables are fed through covers, they must be at least 200 millimeters above the deck of damages protected.

  • Three if cables were shot by shots or the classes of classes, classified as a class-free member of the S.E.C.U.C.U.'s cables, they must have been affected by the burning ability of the retreating shots.


Article 131. Prescriptions in connection with the use of the vessel's casing as a back-leader.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The casco of a vessel whose height 75 m or more behaves can't be used as a retainer for power, heating, or lighting.

  • 1 The specific under 1.1 is not appropriate to the use of under the head of the shipping inspection approved circumstances:

    • 1/2. Catholic protections that work with pressured power;

    • 2°. Systems of limited extension that are localized; Or...

    • 3°. Institutions for control of isolation as the current under the most inappropriate circumstance no longer bears over 30 mA.

  • 2 If the cascade is used as a back-to-door leader, all the end groups, are behind the latest security, double-crosses, and the connections with the cascases need to be accomplished, and they can easily be disableduced to disable. The head of the shipping tinspection can provide multiple symptoms where the casco is used as a leader, set up additional demands.


Article 132. Precautions against dangers of electrical origin.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 unprotected metal parts of electrical machines or equipment, which are not meant to be under tension, yet, due to a defect under tension, should be equipped, unless the machines or the machines,

    • 1/2. Being fed with a tension not higher than 55 V equal tension or 55 V change between the leaders. Spain transformers may be allowed to gain the name changes are not used;

    • 2°. _ Or...

    • 3°. Construed by the principle of double isolation.

  • 2 For relocated electrical equipment being held in hand during the use, the next demands...

    • 1/2. Transferable electrical equipment that are held in hand during the use as manuals, open and walk lights and such servings, preferably to be construed according to the principle of double isolation. If this isn't the case in moisturized spaces and on deck the nutrition tension isn't higher than 55 V equal tension or 55 V change between the guides, Spain transformers may be allowed to gain the name switching. This tension may be raised to the highest 250 V, under condition that this tension is obtained from a protection radiator that only one consumed:

    • 2°. For jobs in close spaces like kettles, tanks, and such, the nutritional tension can be higher than 55 V equal tension or 55 V change between the guides. Spain transformers may be allowed to gain the name changes are not used; ♪

    • 3°. The head of the shipping tinspection can demand additional precautionary measures for moving electrical equipment that can be used in close or extraordinary moisturizing spaces that can be connected to special danger.

  • 3 All electrical devices have to be construed and installed that they can't cause injury when this is normally treated or touched.

  • 4 main and emergency switchboards must have been placed and deployed, that without danger for the attending staff to give easily access to the equipment and further equipment. The sides and the back, and so the front should be targeted. On the front of these switchboards, no unprotected electrical parts have been released from which the tension of the earth is higher than the tension that the Head of the Creep Inspection is acceptable. What needs to be front and back mats or rosters of non-electrified material are present. On the front of switchboards, a handler must have been delivered. By a switchboard of the open type, this manual should have been isolated.

  • 5 If the back of head and distress signals are open, on that side should be a well accessible free space, which is at a total length of 6 feet or more of both ends is well accessible. On the back, an isolated handler must have been delivered. The accesses must be shut down by purposeful closure, turning out doors or sliding doors. On the doors, on the outside, the nominal tension and the power species are listed.

  • 6 main and emergency switchboards must be provided with the necessary indications at the service of the company.

  • 7 All wooden mases or stents must be lightning distractors. On vessels that have been manufactured from unleashed materials, the lightning divers must be connected to a copper plate that was shot under the waterline of the romp.


$4. Temporarily unmanned engine rooms.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 133. Fire safety.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One more special attention should be given to the shield of high-pressure fuel lines. Where practically executive, leaks of these plumbing systems need to be captured in a targeted drain tank, which should be provided with a high level of alarm.

  • 2 When fuel day tanks automatically or by remote control filled, a facility must have been removed in the end. This application is also appropriate to other institutions for the automatic treatment of liquids. Fuel facilities must have been installed in a special room for centrifuges, filters and their forewarmers.

  • 3 When fuel day tanks or gas tanks are preserved from a heating facility, should, if the flame of fuel can be overrun, a high-temperature alert has been compromised.

  • 4 In spaces for machines, an automated fire alarms have to be detected from a approved type that matches the certain in article6, second member. Considering vessels whose height is less than 45 milligrams, the head of the shipping inspection can allow this installation to be delivered, if the space for machines is so substantial, it can be detected by a fire in here.

  • _

  • 6 For the Circumstantial Inspection of the Circumstantial Director of the Circumstance of the Circuits, first member or 182, first member should be present to apply.

  • 7 On board of a vessel whose height 75 m or more behaves, preservations must have been affected for an immediate water supply from the main extinguishion, which means by preventing remote control from the main explosivesion of the main explosivesion of the main explosivesion.

  • 8 The fire safety of spaces for machines, from where the operating equipment from the fire extinguishing facility has been brought together and the safety system assigned to article 138, should be in the pleasure of the Massacity. Indefinitely in chapter 5, the head of the shipping inspection can prescribe additional fire extinguishing devices, firefighting as well as press airplanes.


Article 134. Security against being filled.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One filling in spaces for machines must be provided with a approved alarm installation that gives a high-level alert and the good work within the normal states of wheel and head taxes is insurance. This bilge-alarmination has to be there, where constantly guarded, can trigger a hearing and visible alarm signal.

  • 2 On board of a vessel whose height is serving 45 millimeters or more, the server place of every closure that is part of a sea inlet, an outlet below the waterline or a bilge that's been sufficient to seduce this space.


Article 135. Connects.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

On board of a vessel whose height 75 m or more behaves, in addition to the certain article in article 81, addition to a targeting connection between the bridge and the attending of the worker's workership, must have been completed in certain 111.


Article 136. Alarminstallion.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 An alarm installation must have been triggered by every interference that requires to be repaired.

  • 2 The alarm system needs to be in space for machines to signal a hearing alarm signal, and it needs to indicate any separate alarm function at a targeted location. Aboard a vessel whose height behaves less than 45 millimeters, the head of the shipping torch can allow the installation to provide any separate alert function alone on the bridge and visible.

  • 2 Aboard a vessel that the height of 45 m or more behaves, the alarm system should be connected to the vessels of the tools by a choice switch to every cabin, and with the employer's employer, The head of the shipping inspection can allow other supplies that were safeguarded the same safety.

  • 2 On board of a vessel whose height is serving 45 m or more, a general tool alert and an alarm on the bridge should be destined for the people who keep the watch, in effect, in fact, in fact, there's no need to be an alert in the suffimetery of Sche.

  • 2 On the bridge, hearing and visible alarms have to act in every situation that needs to be brought to the attention of the responsible waiting person, then what this acting is supposed to be doing.

  • 2 The alarm system must have been designed as much as possible by a principle that excludes the performance of mistakes.

  • 3 The alarm system needs to be:

    • 1/2. Unbroken feed; In case the normal food drops, the installation should automatically switch to an emergency food; ♪

    • 2°. Alerts a disturbance in the normal nutrition.

  • 4 The alarm system should be able to report more than one interference at the same time. Accepting an alarm shouldn't prevent another alarm.

  • 5 Acceptations of every alarm state in the scenes as intended in the second member, under one, must be reported to the locations where the alarm system was reported. An alert state must remain enforced until this is accepted while the visible indications of separate alarms must remain visible until the interference is removed, where the alarm system should be reenacted.


Article 137. Special prescriptions for machine and ketlin installations and electrical installations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 When aboard a vessel, where the height 75 m or more behaviour, the electrical energy supply in the region can be provided by one generator, targeted supplies are to ensure that the ship can be provided for, in order to ensure the ship's safety. Passing supplies should be present for automated starts and switching onto the net of a Sentinel Universe Universe Universe by raiding the working generator. This generator must be of sufficient capacity to ensure the progress and control of the ship and secure the safety of the ship by automatically starting the important tools, where there's aiding order.

  • 2 In case establishment-by-employment vehicles are required for others, for the continuity of emergency assistances, automatically transmitted.

  • 3 An automated regulation and alarm system should be satisfied with the following decisions:

    • 1/2. The regulation system must have been performed in such a way that the services are required for the work of the main engineering and the assistance workers, by the necessary automatic supplies,

    • 2°. automatically transmitted through an alarm must be reported:

    • 3°. An alarm system that fits the certain in article 136 must have been delivered to all major pressures, temperatures, liquid levels and other important parameters:

    • 4°. A central post must have been set up with the necessary alarms and instrument panels, which could indicate any alarm: ♪

    • 5°. Sufficements must have been affected to keep the relief pressure on the required level when burning engines are used for the continuance.


Article 138. Security system.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

A security system must have been entered to ensure that a severe interference to the work-stating tools or kettles, which will cause a direct danger automatically, automatically determinating part of the installation, which will be issued. Setting off the continuing instalment can't be automatic, except in those cases of serious damage, although unlocked or explosive. If substances have been made to stop the main engineering procession, these conditions must have been performed that unwilling use isn't possible. When such a substance is used, this is to be revealed.

Chapter 5. Protective protection against, tracking and combat.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 139. General.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The prescriptions in this paragraph are appropriate for vessels that carry the height 55 m or more.

  • 2 In spaces for accommodation and service rooms, one of the next methods of protection are applied:

    • 1/2. method I F.- Inflicting divorce shots of II or III F in the spaces of acquaintances, in general, without installations as prescribed to methods of II or III F in space for accommodation and the service.

    • 2°. method II F.- installing an automatic sprinkler and fire alarm and fire alarm and fire escape installation for discovering and blowing fires in all the spaces that could be expected from a fire, in general, in the typing of separation. Or...

    • 3°. method III F.Instructing an automated fire alarm and fire escape installation in all the spaces where the origin of a fire can be expected in general without limitations regarding the type of separations that have been released from the areas of the United States.2 You can carry. The chief of the shipping inspection can allow spaces for general use, however, a larger surface. The decisions with regard to the application of incendiary materials at the construction and isolation of gunshots that form the limitations of machines, control stations, and such, protective methods, and all three different methods.


Article 140. Construction.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The hull, the upper-building, structural shots, covers and cover houses must have been manufactured from steel or other, similar material.

  • 2 The isolation of gunshots of construction sites, classes, surrounding areas of oxygen, which are established, except for which of those to the leader of the Schevarians, are not the only one who's been affected by the temperature of the establishing the ability of the establishment.

  • 3 In addition to the isolation of parts of the study, styles, and other parts of the construction that were created from aluminumlegation, and they are required to support the positions of the United States, and they're in the position of the classroom,

    • 1/2. That for such construction parts that the places with the group salvations and shots of classified supporting the border called the temperament in the preceding member, at the end of an hour, ♪

    • 2°. That for such construction parts that shot class. _

  • 4 In abnormality of the certain in the first member should be cutting and shafts of spaces for machines of category A of steel and belong to belongings are isolated, while the openings in there, in attendance, should be removed from its.


Article 141. Shots inside for accommodation and service areas.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One indoors for accommodation and service rooms serve all the shots of class-secretive policies have to be drawn from deck to deck and to stretch to the skin or other limitations, unless they've been drawn to both ceilings, or the ceilings of the ceilings.

  • 2 Method I FAll gunshots that didn't subsequently enter the class dictator of the classes have to be paraphrased or otherwise, who have to be at least class establishment ability to be.

  • 3 Method II F- What? The construction of gunshots that didn't substitute in this class paragraph, essentially 44 articles of choice, were not subjected to restraints, preserved in those cases of classic policies.

  • 4 Method III F- What? The construction of gunshot not involved in this paragraph of classes, evidently 44 articles, specifically suggested, is not subjected to restrictions, preserved in those cases in which classic policies are politely obligated. The surface of some space or space or accommodation by a passing through class-shotting shot of artificially obtained by eldermans in cases to be entered.2 Payments. The chief of the shipping inspection can allow spaces for general use, however, a larger surface.


Article 142. Protection of stairs and elevator shafts in space for accommodation, service areas and control stations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One steps that don't serve more than two covers, should at least be protected by shots of class rank-O and shutting doors. Lifts that don't serve more than two covers should be circulated by shots of class identA/O on both levels of steel doors. Bullets and elevator shafts that serve more than two sets, should at least be circulated by shots of classic levels of level-O are protected and eventful doors on all.

  • 2 The constructive part of all the stairs must be from steel, except when the head of the shipping inspection allows the use of others, equal material.


Article 143. Doors on firefighting shots.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One doors must have a firefighting ability that-- as far as practically possible - is equal to the shot they were brought in. Doors and doorknobs shot in class ..A.'s office must be steel. Doors in shots of class ..B. Must be from incendiary material. Through the doors in containment shots of spaces for machines of category A, must be even close and reasonably gas-proof. The chief of shipping inspection can allow the use of burnable materials in the doors that separate cabins from the very own consistent sanitary spaces, like shower cells, in method IFget's appropriate.

  • Two doors that need to be even close, can't be preserved from holding. Supposed to be as well as applied, if these are provided from remote-controlled dislocations of a type that closes the door in case the system hits the system.

  • 3 Ventilation options may have been brought in and under the doors in shots of corridors, sensible that such openings shouldn't have been in and under the doors of stairs. The openings in doors can be ruled out in the lower half of a door. If such an opening is found in or under a door, the total surface of this opening or openings can no longer bear more than 0.05 mm.2! If an opening like this is placed in a door, this should be provided by a roster of incendiary material.

  • 4 Watered doors don't need to be isolated.


Article 144. Firefighter of shots and covers.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One that should be satisfied to the specific settings for firefighting of gunshots and covers that are prescribed elsewhere in this paragraph, the firefing of gunshots and at least are prescribed in two tables.

  • 2 The application of the tables is arranged by the next few decisions:

    • 1/2. The Tables 1 and 2 are distinctly applied to gunshots and covering which limited spaces separate: ♪

    • 2°. In order of the appropriate standards for the arson of fire that should be laid down for gunshots and covers between boundaries, these rooms are shared on the ground of their fire rising as well as here, which is placed between the carriages, which are listed between the carriageways, and the carriages,

      • 2.1. Controls (1)

        Spaces in which the emergency sources and the facilities for the emergency lights have been placed;

        Sentry and card room;

        Spaces in which the radio installation of the vessel has been submitted;

        Spaces for need of fire extinguishing, stations for fire control and burning;

        Control room for the continuing instalment if there's room outside machines;

        Spaces in which the fire alarming equipment was brought together.

      • 2.2. Gongen (2)

        Gangen and portals.

      • 2.3. Spaces for accommodation (3)

        Spaces as described in article 2, first member, under 59, except for corridors.

      • 2.4. (4)

        Breaking in, lifting and rolling, other than the ones that are all within the spaces of machines, sought the consistent rooms. In this connection, a staircase that's only enclosed on one level, is considered a part of the space where he's not separated by a firefighting door.

      • 2.5. Serving rooms that are in slightly dangerous.

        Mountains and mountains that have a surface of less than two mills.2, dry rooms and laundry.

      • 2.6. Space for machines of category A (6)

        Spaces as described in article 2, first member, under 63.

      • 2.7. Other spaces for machines (7)

        Spaces as described in article 2, first member, under 64, as well as rooms where fish is processed to visual, yet except for spaces for machines of category A.

      • 2.8. loading rooms.

        All the spaces used for loading, including loading oil tanks as common shafts and shutters of such spaces.

      • 2.9. Serving rooms in high levels are dangerous.

        Tubes, pantries that are foreclosed from cooking machines, paint cabins, lamps, mountainhouses and mountains that have a surface of two mils.2 or more, as well as workshops that aren't part of the spaces for machines.

      • 2.10. Open cover.

        Open decks and closed walks, spaces where fish is processed in raw state, spaces where fish is washed clean and similar spaces that aren't dangerous;

        Air spaces outside the upper buildings and houses.

    Tabel 1 Firefense of shots that separate bordering spaces.

    Space.

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    Control.

    (1)

    A-0.

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-15

    A-60

    A-15

    A-60

    A-60

    (chuckles)

    Go.

    (2)

    C

    B-0

    B-0

    B-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    Space for accommodation.

    (3)

    C!

    B-0

    B-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    A-0 (c)

    Kicking.

    (4)

    B-0

    B-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    A-0 (c)

    A-0 (c)

    Serving rooms in slightly dangerous.

    (5)

    C

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    Space for machines of category A.

    (6)

    (chuckles)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    (chuckles)

    Other spaces for machines.

    (7)

    A-0.

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    Loading space.

    (8)

    (chuckles)

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    Serving rooms in high levels are dangerous.

    (9)

    A-0.

    (chuckles)

    Open cover!

    (10)

    - What?

    Table 2 firefighting of covers that separate boundaries.

    Space under.

    Space upstairs.

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    Control stations.

    (1)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    Go.

    (2)

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    (chuckles)

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    Space for accommodation.

    (3)

    A-60

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    Kicking.

    (4)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    Serving rooms in slightly dangerous.

    (5)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    Space for machines of category A.

    (6)

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    (chuckles)

    A-60

    A-30

    A-60

    (chuckles)

    Other spaces for machines.

    (7)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    Loading space.

    (8)

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    A-0

    (chuckles)

    Serving rooms in high levels are dangerous.

    (9)

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0.

    (chuckles)

    Open cover!

    (10)

    (chuckles)

    (chuckles)

    (chuckles)

    (chuckles)

    (chuckles)

    (chuckles)

    (chuckles)

    (chuckles)

    (chuckles)

    - What?

    Nuts: Internal nuts apply, as far as applied, for both tabel 1 and Table 2.

    (a) In the fireproof according to method II F and III F, no special demands are made to these shots.

    (B) In the application of method III, we must have shots of class FB-0 have been placed between spaces or groups of spaces with a perimeter of 50 feet.2 or more.

    (Chuckles) In clarification of what's appropriate, the articles are 141 and 142.

    (Door closes) If spaces fall under the same numbercategory and the letter is mentioned, the shot or deck with a firefight as indicated in the tables, only demanded the limited spaces for different purposes, for example. If two compounds are bound to each other, at the shot, no demands, yet if a comb borders on a paint cabinet, is a shot of class A-O veritist.

    (Exhales) Those who separate the wheelhouse, the card chamber, and the radio cabin from each other, they're allowed to shoot themselves in front of their class.

    (chuckles) When a starlet is listed in the tables, the divorce shot or steel cover of steel or any other similar material, yet it doesn't have to be of class establishment A.

  • 3 sweeping ceilings or schemes of classes can burn, along with the distinctive covers or destinations, are accepted as a full or partial contribution to the removal and isolation.

  • 4 For spaces for machines, to see lights, windows, patriots, and lights next:

    • 1/2. When lights can be opened, they need to be out of space where they've been delivered, easily closed;

    • 2°. Appears to space for machines of category. A can't be provided with windows, patriots or lights;

    • 3°. If in light of spaces for machines, other than spaces for machines of category A, windows, patriots or lights, these must be from thread glass. They're also supposed to be on the outside provided by blinds who are bound by the light, and they're made of steel or other, similar material; ♪

    • 4°. glass or similar material can't be entered into containment shots of spaces for machines. This shuts down the use of glass in walls of control rooms that are entirely in space for machines, not out.

  • 5 In the outer containment walls that have been subsequently entered into Article 140, first member of steel or other, similar material, may be windows and french marks, if not to mention the paragraphics that have been written in this class. As such a matter of fact, doors are allowed in such comprehensive walls that are not advocate of class fire quoting requirements, manufactured by materials that are in the pleasure of the Chief of Sche funeral.


Article 145. Construction details.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Method I F- What? In spaces for accommodation, in service spaces, and in control stations, all the shootings, depositions, ceilings, and the consistent grounds of incendiary material.

  • 2 Method II F and III F- What? In the corridors and locked rooms for stairs that give access to spaces for accommodation, service areas and control stations, ceilings, shootings, stoppings, and the consistent grounds are unfitable.

  • 3 Method I F, II F and III F_

    • 1/2. Unless applied to loading spaces or cool and freezing rooms in service areas, the isolation materials must be incendiary. Dampware layers, lubricants used in isolation, as with the isolation of pipelines of cold water systems, not to be incendiary material, do they have to be practically exposed to the capacity of the ability to exposecremplorete. In spaces where oil products can be present, the surface of isolation must be impenetrable for oil and oil vapors.

    • 2°. If incendiary gunshots, shootings and ceilings have been brought into spaces for accommodation and service rooms, these inside these rooms can be provided with a burnable finer mits, these thickers are not allowed to be in, but they can't have 1/2 mills.

    • 3°. Air spaces, trapped behind walls and shootings and between ceilings and covers, must be consistent with consistently divided by stoppings that are going against the appetite and which are not more than 14 millimeters. In vertical directions, such spaces, including those behind shots of stairwells, shafts, shafts, and such, on each deck, they're stopped.


Article 146. Ventilation system.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One Ventilation canals must be manufactured from incendiary material. Short pieces of channels that are generally no longer than two mills and the surface of the cross-section no more than 0.02 m.2 Behaves, however, not to be incendiary, as the subject of substance is satisfied:

    • 1/2. The channels must have been manufactured from a material that's only in limited extent of arson, this is the pleasure of the chief of the creation.

    • 2°. They can only be used at the end of the ventilation system; ♪

    • 3°. They can't be measured by the canal, less than 600 millimeters from a passage through a class shot of a class policies or policies, through the ceilings of class funds, understood?

  • 2 If ventilation shafts or... Channels on backwards of gunshots or classics, the ability to squeeze the claps must have been delivered to the preclude of fire and smoke to the other room. Hand-staffed valves should be on both sides of the shot or the deck open and shut down. If the surface of the cross-section of such shafts or channels over 0.075 mils.2 Bears, automatically shutting valves have been made, which are also at both sides of the shot with the hand can be closed. The valves need to be provided by a statekeeper who reports whether the valve is opened or closed. Instead of gunshots and decks, ventilation shafts or -- channels have to meet with the certain under 2.2.1 and 2.2.2.2.2.2.

  • 2 If ventilation shafts or channels operate spaces only on one side of shots of class == sync, corrected by elderman ==2_

    • 1/2. In the transitions for the channels shot or covering class. _ The circuit has to have at least three millimeters and a height of at least 900 millimeters. As a result of a gunshot, the recommendation deserves to divide this height across both sides of the shot;

    • 2°. The channels have to, if appropriate, at the scene of the transition are preserved from a burn isolation. The although isolated channel must have at least the same firefight as the shot or the deck that's fed the channel. The head of the shipping inspection can allow a through him equal esteemed security of the transition:

    • 3°. == sync, corrected by elderman ==2 Bears, should, in addition to the certain under 2.2.1 and 2.2.2, are preserved with fire valves. The fire valve must be automatically working, yet it should also be on both sides of the shot or deck with the hand. The valve needs to be provided by a state-of-the-art who indicates whether the valve is opened or closed. Fire valves aren't required, though, in channels through space that are circumcised by classic shots, and they don't run through these canals, if these canals have the same firefighters as they've taken through.

  • 2 Ventilation channels for spaces for machines of category A or for combs generally can't walk through spaces for accommodation, service spaces or control stations. The head of the shipping tinspection can also allow these ventilation channels to walk through the super-generated spaces, if they're manufactured from steel or other, similar material and sophisticated that the fires are not fired.

  • 2 Ventilation channels for spaces for accommodation, service areas or control stations generally can't walk through spaces for machines of category A or through combs. The head of the shipping tinspection can also allow these ventilation channels to walk through the super-generated spaces, if they're manufactured from steel or other, similar material and sophisticated that the fires are not fired.

  • 2 If ventilation ducts from which the surface of the crossroads are more than 0.02 mm.2 Behaves, shots fired by classes, openings must be preserved from steel manner-matter cooks that should have at least 900 millimeters, unless the canals are overwhelmed by the same length of the length of the same length of the length of the length of the length of the length. This height, where it is possible, equally from both sides of the shot of Class ÅB are divided.

  • 2 All possible needs to be done to achieve, that in control stations that are outside of machines, ventilation, visibility and absence of smoke, so in case of the tools and the administration can continue to operate. An extra separate system of air supply must have been delivered; The inlets of both air supply systems have to be so isolated, the danger that they simultaneously sue smoke to a minimum remains limited. Such demands don't need to be placed on control stations, located on and exit to an open deck, or there, where local closures have been assigned, this in judgment of the Sentinel.

  • 2 If cookers of drains over forests through spaces for accommodation or spaces with flammmable materials, they must be recruited as classic shots of opportunity. Every drain has to be equipped with:

    • 1/2. A veterinarian who can easily be removed for cleaning;

    • 2°. A fire valve in the lower part of the cook;

    • 3°. A hospital that can be served from the comb for stopping the suction tunnel; ♪

    • 4°. A steady institution to explore a fire in the cook, unless to the judgment of the Head of the shipping inspection, to create such a distinctive institution on a vessel, which the length is not treatable than 75.

  • 3 The main in and out of all ventilation systems need to be outside the spaces that are given, can be closed. Authorities for mechanical ventilation of spaces for accommodation, service areas, control stations and spaces for machines should be stopped from an easy location outside the spaces they operate. This place has to be so much as a place where it won't be easily unable in case of fire in the spaces being served.

    The institution that allows the devices for mechanical ventilation of machines to be stopped, must be entirely separated from that, where the ventilation of other spaces can be stopped.

  • 4 centimetres must be present to close the ring-shaped spaces from a safe place.

  • 5 Ventilation systems that operate spaces for machines must be independent of systems that operate other spaces.

  • 6 mountains where substantial quantities are easily inflammable fabrics should be provided with ventilation institutions that are separated from other ventilation systems. The ventilation must be on high and low level. The in-and-out of the ventilators must have been placed in a safe place and provided with flaming institutions.


Article 147. Heating installations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The heating of spaces for accommodation, service areas and control stations served by supply of steam, hot water, hot air, or electricity.

  • Two heatings and cooking equipment must have been set up and must have been assigned that the fire hazard is limited to a minimum. These devices can't be provided by a heating heat that can scrub fabrics in the immediate environment or set fire by the element delivered heat.

  • 3 The construction and establishment of oil stoves must satisfy by setting up the head of the shipping inspection rules.

  • 4 Propaan and butane installations for domestic purposes have to satisfy by setting the head of the shipping lines.


Article 148. Diverse.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 All exposed surfaces in corridors and locked rooms for steps, as well as surfaces, including the contained ground contents, hidden or inadmissible places in space for accommodations and servations. Blocked surfaces of ceilings in spaces for accommodation, service areas and control stations must have a low flame spreading ability.

  • Two paints, dismemberment and other substances for processing, used on exposed internal surfaces, must be so that they can go to the judgment of the Creeping inspection, not to mention any unnecesssary flames, or how many toxications.

  • 3 The bottom layer of covers in spaces for accommodation, service areas and control stations are supposed to be approved materials that can neither easily burn, nor temptation, nor temptation, nor temptation, nor temptation, nor temptation attation.

  • 4 When shots or the crops of class-shots-fixed-out-of-the-book shots, shots of class-shots, shots, shotguns, channels, and such, for the arsons, or the arguing systems of electricalities, or the kinds, they'remonitations, and they'res.

  • 5 In spaces for ammodation, control stations and control stations that have to pipe through shots of cover-ups or classified materials, involved in their services, are temporarily established with the temperatures of manufacturers. If by the head of the shipping inspection is permitted by spaces for accommodation and service areas of oil or burnable fluids, the pipes that allow those oil or fuels to be fueled with good fuel.

  • 5 Materials that are easily unusable by heat, shouldn't be used for spitting, sanitary exhausting and leaving other people close to the burden and melting, in case of fire, in danger, in water.

  • 6 film material based on cellulose nitrate can't be used in cinematographic installations.

  • 7 trash cans, other than they are used in the processing of fish, must be manufactured from incendiary materials and can't have openings in the sides or bottom.

  • Eight workers for the drive of fuel pumps, pumps of oil boilings, and such fuel pumps must be provided with remote controls, which could be used to prevent the extractions from interfering.

  • 9 Where needs to be leaked, at the end of preventing oil from flowing to the fillings.

  • 10 Brandable isolation in fishing is to be protected by a proper closure.


Article 149. Gas bottles and consistent installations, as a result of dangerous materials.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One Flessen destined for cooperative, liquidated, or under pressure-solved gases, including understood flammable and other dangerous gases, as well as the additional installations, have to satisfy the leadership of Scheptiny.

  • Two spaces where easily flammable fluids, like fleeting paints, paraffin and such are stored, can be exclusive to exposing his exposures from exposures. When containment shots of such spaces border on other blocks of spaces, these gunshots must have been performed.

  • 3 Electrical wiring and connections are not allowed within spaces which are used for the mountains of easily flammable fluids, unless required within those rooms. In that case, the electrical connections should be satisfied with the head of the shipping inspection suitable for use in a flammable atmosphere. Warmbron isn't close to the areas like that, and notebooks are allowed with identical ropes, and obligations need to be open fire at a target.

  • 4 Every kind of compressed gas must be separately stored. Spaces that are used for storage of gases like that can't be used for storeing fireable produks, nor for tools or parts that aren't part of the gas distribution system. The chief of the shipping inspection, however, can be in regard to the distinctive properties, quantities, and presumed use of such complicated gases, lighting these prescriptions.


Article 150. Invention for escape.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In and out of all the spaces for accommodation and spaces in which the crew is served under normal circumstances, other than spaces for machines, must be kicked and ladders have been placed where the open and then the group can be easily achieved. In particular, the following decisions are sufficient.

    • 1/2. On every deck where there are spaces for accommodation, at least two, as far away from each other as possible for escape. The normal providences for access to every decided space or group of spaces are allowed to be understood under this:

    • 2.1 degrees. Under the exposed deck, the main supply for escape must be from a stairwell, while the second supply of escape may exist from a shaft or stairs; ♪

    • 2.2 degrees. above the exposed deck, the provisions for escape are kicked or doors to an open deck, then from a combination of both:

    • 3°. In the manner of exception, the head of the shipping inspection can allow only one provided for escape, if the nature and the place of the spaces and the number of the individuals that are in service or conditions,

    • 4°. Dead ends with a height of over 7 m are not allowed;

    • 5°. The measurements of and the way that the facilities of escape were executed, serve to be the head of the shipping inspection; ♪

    • 6°. If a radio telegraph station doesn't have a direct access to the open deck, should be satisfied with the head of the shipping inspection two supplies for escape.

    • 7°. Provisions for escape are in the right place provided with signals that are satisfying at the Prime Minister's settlement.

  • 2 In every room for machines of category A must have been created two conditions for escape, which should exist from the side:

    • 1/2. Two sets of steel ladders, inflicted on a as large internal distance, leading to as far away as possible from each other's doors in the upper part of where the open deck can be reached. In general, one of these ladders has to give an unbroken protection against fire from the lower part of space to a safe place outside of space. This protection must be from steel, where required isolation to the head of the shipping inspection and the bottom of an eventful steel door. The chief of shipping inspection can allow a so-called protection to be inflicted, if the institution and the measurements of space for machines are so substantial, that in a safe escape route from the bottom of this room, '

    • 2°. a bunch of steel ladders, which leads to a door in the top part of space, where the open deck can be reached. Also, in the lower part of the space, wide shots removed from this ladder, a steel door that can be served on both sides, and that offers a safe flight path from the bottom of the room to the area.

  • 3 From spaces for machines, other than the category A, should be satisfied with the head of the shipping tinspection in safe flight paths, containing the nature and the lining of doing the properties.

  • 4 elevators cannot be considered one of the required providences for escape.


Article 151. Automatic sprinkler, fire alarm and fire escape installations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On vessels where method II F is applied, an automatic sprinkler, fire alarm and fire detection of a approved type must have been fulfilled in the process of this. This installation must have been delivered in such a way, that spaces for accommodation and service areas, except for spaces that are virtually unable to provide fire, like empty spaces and sanitary spaces, protecting spaces.

  • 2 The installation has to be ready at all times for immediate use and generic activation of the crew's side needs to be needed to set up the installation. The installation must be from the wet-pipe type, yet small exposure parts can be from the dry-pipe type, if this is to the judgment of the chief of the shipping spectacle. Parts of the system that can be exposed to temperatures below the freezing point, serving appropriately against freezing. The installation must be under sufficient pressure and a constant water supply should be assured, as required in the sixth member under two.

  • 2 In every sprinkler section, resources have to be automatically indicated of visible and hearable signals on some or more alarm panels when a sprinkler's gonna work. These alarm panels have to give a clue to which installation-protective section provides fire and must be focused on the bridge; Also, visible and hearable signals have to come from the alarm panel in a place like this outside the wheelhouse, which is certain that the fire alarm is immediately detected by the crew. One of those alarm systems has to be construed, which is also indicated in the installation activated defects.

  • 3 The sprinklers must be registered in separate sections, each not more than 200 sprinklers.

  • 3 Every sprinkler section has to be separated from the other part of the installation. The locker in every section should be easily reachable and the place must have been clearly and sustained. Surveillances must be affected at the end of preventing the lockers from being served by an unauthorized person.

  • 3 A manometer who reports the pressure in the installation must have been delivered to every section shutter and in a central place.

  • 3 The sprinklers must be filed against corrosion. In spaces for accommodation and service areas, the sprinklers have to work at a temperature between 68 degrees and 79 degrees, preserved that in spaces like dry rooms, where a high temperature can't be expected to be more than 30 degrees.

  • 3 On or at any alarm panel, the installation controlled spaces and the place of the remarkable sprinkler section to the other sections. Passing instructions for the trial and maintenance must be present.

  • 4 The sprinklers must have been raised high in space in such a pattern that delivers an average amount of water from no less than five l/m/m.2/min. is enforced over the nominal surface that is controlled by the sprinklers. The head of the shipping tinspection can allow the use of sprinklers that divide another amount of water, in the right way, deliver, and the pleasure of which is known as the head is that they are no less useful.

  • 5 A pressure tank must have been inflicted with a content at least double the amount of water as indicated in this member. The tank should permanently contain a amount of sweet water that is equal to the amount of water that would be delivered in one minute by the pump meant in the sixth member, under two. The institution must provide that a so-called air pressure in the tank is maintained, which is preserved that, after the permanent amount of sweet water is driven out of the tank, the pressure will not be less than the pressure of the tank. Passing resources must be present for the addition of the under pressure air and the sweet water supply in the tank. A poll glass must have been indicated that the water pill in the tank.

  • 5 centimetres must be present to prevent seawater from flowing into the tank.

  • 6 An independent mechanical pomp must be present, which is exclusively dedicated for automatically to continue the poison of water from the sprinklers. The pump has to automatically act through a pressure trap in the system before the permanent amount of sweet water in the pressure tank is completely exhausted.

  • 6 The pump and the leadership system should be able to maintain the necessary pressure at the height of the highest sprinkler, at the end of a continuous toxin of water that is sufficiently sufficient for the maximum amount of damaged sprinklers, or inflicated from a high-strictanced s of oxides.2..which the smallest surface may be held at a quantity of water per time as appointed in the fourth member.

  • 6 The pump must be on the pressure side of a test hydrant with a short open drain. The effective stream of the crane and the pipe must be big enough to take down the required pump capacity at a pressure in the system, as it is described in the fifth, under one.

  • 6 The sea intake of the pump should, if possible, were placed in the same room as where the pump was set up, and so it's placed in the watering vessel, not required to seal the feed from the pompion to the other pump.

  • 7 The sprinkler pump and-tank must have been set up on a reasonable distance of spaces for machines of category A. They can't be set up in a room that needs to be protected by the sprinkler system.

  • 8 At least two power sources should be present for the drive of the sprinkler pump and for the nutrition of the automatic fire alarm and fire escape. If the pump is driven by an electromotor, these must be connected to the electrical main source that can be fed by at least two generators.

  • 8 The nutrients must have been assigned that they're not through combs, spaces for machines and other enclosed spaces with high-risk, preserved as far as necessary to reach the impending switchboard. One of the power sources for the fire alarm and fire escape installation has to be an emergency source. If one of the power sources for the pump is a burning engine, the setting of this has to meet the certain in the seventh member and is also so, that the air supply to the motor is not affected by a protective engineer.

  • 9 The sprinkler installation must have a connection to the main fire extinguishing of the vessel through a closure with a loose valve that's preserved from a lockdown with lockdown, which prevents the fluid from being retrieved from the main line of water.

  • 10 A trial crane should be present for the ordeal of the automated alarm for every sprinkler section, allowing a quantity of water to be removed from the work of a sprinkler. The trial crane for every section must have been placed at the section shutter.

  • 10 Middles must be present for the trial of automatic function of the pump by reduceing pressure into the system.

  • 10 chess players should be present at one of the alarm panels as intended in the second member, under two, which allowed the hearing and visible alarms of every sprinkler section to be tested.

  • 11 For every sprinkler section, one must determine the head of the shipping tinspection number of spare sprinkler heads are present.


Article 152. Automated fire alarm and fire escape installations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On vessels where method III F is adapted, an automatic fire alarm and fire alarm institution of a approved type are applied, which fits certainly in this article. This installation must have been made in such a way, that the presence of fire in all the spaces for accommodation, service spaces, and control stations with exception of spaces that are virtually increasing fires, like sanitary spaces can be discovered.

  • 2 The installation must be ready at all times for immediate use and generic activation of the crew needs to be needed to set up the installation.

  • 2 In every section as intended in the third member, resources have been made for automatically automatically indicating visible and hearable alarm signals on one or more alarm panels when a fire detector starts to work. These alarm panels have to give a clue to which installation protected section is setting fire and must be focused on the bridge and on other places, which is certain that every alarm from the crew is immediately detected. Also, preservations must have been made at the end to ensure that a hearing alarm signal is given on the deck that the fire was discovered. One of those alarm systems has to be construed, which is also indicated in the installation activated defects.

  • 3 The fire detectors must have been registered in separate sections, stretching out to no more than 50 spaces, where such installations have been placed, which are not allowed to include more than 100 detectors. The fire detectors must have been placed in zones, which can be indicated in which deck fires.

  • 4 The installation needs to be set up by an abnormal temperature of the sky, by an abnormal smoke concentration or by other factors, which suggests a start of fire in a space. The installations that react to the temperature of the air are not allowed to operate at a temperature of less than 57 degrees and have to operate at a temperature of no more than 74, when the temperature is over 1/2. The head of the shipping tinspection can allow that in spaces like dry rooms, where high environmental temperatures can be expected, the temperature where the installation in progress is increased to over 30 degrees at the top of the highest level. Instances responding to smoke concentration, must act in motion by decreasing the intensity of a broadcast light beam in a head of the shipping inspection. Other as targeting methods for initiating the installation can be accepted by the head of the shipping inspection. The discovery system cannot be used for other purposes than fire escape.

  • 5 The fire detectors must have been executed in such a way that they're setting off the alarm by opening it or shutting down contacts, side by way. They must have been placed high in space and in virtually protected against bumps and possible other causes of damage. They have to be file against the cooperation of sea air. They must have been placed in an open place, free of decks and other objects that could interfere with hot gases or smoke to the sensitive element. Detectors entering through closing contacts, must be from a type where the contacts are locked from the outdoor. Supports must be present to monitor the system constantly on defects.

  • 6 In every room where preservations of arson are required, at least a detector must have been inflicted with reason that for every 37 millimeter.2 At least a detector should be present. In large spaces, the detectors must have been placed in a regular pattern, so no detector has been removed more than 9 feet from another detector or more than 4.5 feet of a shot.

  • 7 At least two power sources should be present for the electrical equipment, required for functioning the fire alarm and fire escape. One of these power sources must be an emergency source. The nutrition must be done by exclusively for this purpose destined nutrition. The feeding lines must be connected to a switch at the control station for the fire detection system. The pipes must have been so deployed that they don't go through combs, spaces for machines and other decided spaces with a great fire risk, preserved as far as such pipes are needed for fire escape in this area or to reach the mainframe.

  • 8 On or on every alarm panel, the installation controlled spaces and the lining of the entering zone of the discovery system has been clearly reported. Instructions for trial must be present.

  • 8 centimetres should be present with hot air or smoke on detectors can be targeted at the end of the good work and tasting the alarm panels.

  • 9 For every section of the fire explosive installation, one should be able to determine the head of the shipping inspection number of spare detectors are on board.


Article 153. Inflicted fire extinguishing plantations for loading rooms that are destined for loadings that are highly dangerous.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Loading spaces that are destined for loads that are high-profile burning, must be protected by a fixed fire extinguishing plantation with gas as blus dust or by a fire extinguishing facility that should be protected from the leadership of Schept.


Article 154. Fire explosives.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel must be at least two fire explosives.

  • 2 When a fire in a certain department could disable all fire explosives, a substance should be present for delivering water for the fire. On vessels whose height 75 m or more behaves, this substance must exist from a established, independent fire extinguished pump. This emergency extinguishing pump should be able to deliver two radiation waters, one and another, to the head of the shipping torch.

  • 3 The fire explosives, the fire extinguishing pump, should be able to supply fire extinguishers with a minimum of 0.25.2_

    == sync, corrected by elderman ==23/ hour.

    The required total capacity of fire explosives, however, is no longer required than 180 millimeters.3/ hour to bear.

  • 3 Every prescribed fire explosive pump, except the fire extinguishing pump, must have a capacity of not less than 40 percent of the under 3.1 required total capacity of the fire explosives, and each one should be in the least 15. These fire explosives should be able to provide the main fire extinguish under the article 155, second member, prescribed conditions of water. When more than two pumps are set up, the capacity of those extra pumps should be satisfied with the head of the shipping inspection.

  • Four fire extinguish pumps have to be tooled pumps that can be used independently from the continuing processing vessel. Sanitary, ballast, lens- or general service pumps are allowed to be accepted as fire extinguishing, if under normal circumstances, they are not used for pumping oil, and if they have to be targeted by the purposes of Schmidtling.

  • 4 fire explosives must be provided by explosive valves if they're capable of delivering a pressure that exceeds the pressure for which the fire extinguishes, fire hydrants and fire hoses are designed. These extortion valves must have been placed in such a place, and such are delayed, that a too high pressure is prevented from being part of the main fire extinguishion.

  • 4 unemployed emergency explosive devices must be self-sucking pumps that have been equipped with their own diesel engine and fuel supply, which are set up on an accessible outer space where the fuel pumps are flooded. The drive of the emergency extinguishing pump may be electricalized, if meticulously satisfied to the certain article in 108. The work of the emergency explosive pump must have been insured for at least three hours.

  • 4 Emergency fire explosives, sea-integral shutters and other necessarily necessarily shutters need to be served from a place that's been placed outside the areas where the remaining fire explosives have been compromised. This place has to be so probable that it's not likely that in case of fire in the meant spaces, it's unreachable.


Article 155. Head burnouts.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel must have been a main fire extinguish.

  • One of the main fire extinguishments can't have any other connections than those, which are required for the firefight, except for connections that were brought in to wash the deck, the anchor's biscuits or the necklaces.

  • 1 In main burn extinguishments, detap hydrants are designed to target sites, which can prevent damage by freezing.

  • One of the main fire extinguishes must be manufactured from materials that are in enough heat-proof.

  • 2 The passage of the main burn extinguishion and the declines of that should be sufficient for a purposeful processing of the maximum amount of two similar working fire explosives. However, the passage doesn't need to be any bigger than the 140-mile process.3/ hour is necessary.

  • 2 When the under 2.1 accounted for, delivered by the altar called pumps, it's processed by radiation as described in article 156, fifth member, linked to a serpended serpent,2 Can be enforced.


Article 156. Fire cranes, fire hoses and radiation.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Every prescribed fire hydrant serves a fire hose. Besides, a spare fire hose should be present. The chief of the shipping tinspection can prescribe a larger number of fire hoses that, accounting for the size of the vessel, sufficiently available and available.

  • 1 Brandsnakes must have been manufactured from approved material and sufficient heights to reach all the spaces with a water ray that they are meant for. This height can't carry more than 20. Every fire hose has to be provided with a radiation and the necessary matches. Fire hoses need to gather with the necessary parts and tools for us to be preserved in distinctive places near the fire hydrants or snake connections.

  • 2 The number and the place of the fire hydrants must be that with at least two rays of water, not coming from the same fire hydrant, where for one of these radiations, only one of these radiation can be used, any part of the company can be reached.

  • 2 A fire hydrant must have been brought to access the space that needs to be secured.

  • 2 In spaces for machines of category A must have been at least two fire hydrants, one of which is starboard and one to port.

  • 3 fire cranes must be manufactured from materials that are in enough heat-proof. Fire extinguishes and fire hydrants must have been placed that the fire hoses can easily be linked to that. On board of vessels that can transport charges to deck, the site of the fire cranes should always be easy to reach and the pipes should, as much as practically as possible, have been compromised, that danger of being damaged. Unless at every fire hydrant, a consistent fire hose with radiation is present, every fire hose on every fire hydrant and every radiation on every fire hose can be connected.

  • Four each connection to a fire hose must be provided by a crane or a clone, so a fire hose can be easily and easily disconnected while the fire explosives are working.

  • 5 radiators need to be a approved type and have to have a standard syringe with a diameter of 12, 16 or 19 mm, then leave a mark that matches this. The head of the shipping inspection can allow a larger syringe.

  • 5 In spaces for accommodation and service areas, the syringe of the radiation should not be bigger than 12 mm.

  • 5 In spaces for machines and open covers, the diameter of the syringe of the radiation should be so substantial that with two beams of water at the pressure in article 155, second member, under the second, with the smallest possibility, However, there's no need for radiation to be used with a syringe that bears the diameter over 19 millimeters.

  • 5 Every radiation has to be provided with an institution that makes it possible during exploding with a simple hand movement of spraying on sprays and reversed, without the water supply to the radius. Also, the radiation has to be provided by a facility to interrupt the water supply.

  • 6 fire cranes, snake hacks, firehouses, and such must have been painted in a red color.


Article 157. Fire extinguishing.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A fire extinguishing device must be a approved type. The contents of a prescribed fire extinguishing device with liquid blush shouldn't be bigger than 13.5 l and not smaller than 9 I. A fire extinguishing device with another bluster should at least be portable as a device with liquid bluster of 13.5 l and the blussability should at least be equal to that of a blush with a 9/4. The resemblance of fire extinguishing is determined by the head of the shipping inspection.

  • 2 The number of aboard present reservations requires to be consistent with the head of the shipping inspection to give rules.

  • 3 fire extinguishing devices filled with a blush that goes to the judgment of the leader of the shipping inspection, it's on its own, to expect useful conditions, so much toxicity that it's not for the toxics.

  • 4 fire extinguishing devices, both portable and unbearable, must be seen periodically and subjected to the trials that are prescribed by the Chief of Creeping.

  • 5 One of the portable fire extinguishes that were meant for use in a certain space must have been placed near that space.

  • 6 In the proximity of electrical tools, switchboards, and such, no portable fire extinguishing devices are placed where the blush is powered.

  • Apart from the radio cabin should be near the access door of this cabin, a portable fire extinguisher filled with an electrical current not guided bluster, are set up. In the radio cabin, as a nearby a non-trained radio-phone station, at least a portable fire extinguishing device, also filled with an electrical current, with a high-level blush, with a higher volt.

  • 8 A special, portable foam extinguishing device should be from a approved type, and it has to exist from a skydiving radiation of the inductortype that can be connected by a fire hose to the mainland, which containsistent with a reservative I. The radiation should be able to do its purposeful foam, suitable for exploding an oil fire to make with a capacity of 1.5 millimeters.3/min.

  • 9 fire extinguishers must have been painted in a red color.

  • 10 The head of the shipping tinspection can give us more serious rules to consider the placement, the right type in connection with the expected class fires and the blousing of fires.


Article 158. Wearable fire extinguishers in control stations, spaces for accommodation and service areas.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

A sufficient amount of portable fire extinguishing devices should have been placed in control stations, spaces for accommodation and service rooms, at least a fire extinguishing device with one in this room to expect fires blouse. The total amount of fire extinguishing devices for top-notched spaces should at least five.


Article 159. Fire explosives in space for machines.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One spaces for machines of category A must be provided by:

    • 1/2. One of the next incarcerated fire exlusives:

      • 1.1. A spray installation for water under pressure;

      • 1.2. an installation with gas as blus dust;

      • 1.3. An installation of corogenized carbon substances with a low toxic wire as blush; Or...

      • 1.4. An installation for foam with a high foaming number;

        If spaces for machines are bound together and not completely separated or when fuel oil from a space can flow to another space, the involved rooms must be considered one space. The head of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules regarding fire extinguishments;

    • 2°. At least a specially portable foam extinguishing device that matches the certain article 157, eighth member.

  • 2 A space for machines of Category A in which oil-boiled kettles or oil plants have been set up, must be in addition to the one in the first members.

    • 1/2. At least two portable foam extinguishing devices or at least similarly qualified fire extinguishes at every boiler site of every kettle compartment and in every space where a part of the oil facility has been submitted.

    • 2°. At least a foam fire extinguishing device with a content of at least 136 l or a similarly established fire extinguisher, provided with hasple-inflicted snakes that are long enough to reach any part of the space.

    • 3°. One or more baking, containing at least .3m sand, with soda-freaking sawdust or other goals in every boiling place, kicking benches to spread these fabrics; A portable foam extinguishing device or similarly set fire extinguishing device can be put in place for this. ♪

    • 4°. A steam fire extinguishing on the oppressive air ducts of kettles with forced trajectory, if they can gather in these air ducts.

  • 3 CSU can account for the measurements and the nature of the space that needs to be protected, reduced to the second member, under 1 and 2, required.

  • 4 A space for machines of category A in which burn engines or guests are set up, must be filled with the certain in the first member, also provided by...

    • 1/2. a sufficient amount of foam extinguishing devices with a content of at least 45 I or there are similarly qualified fire extinguishes to focus blus dust at any part of the fuel systems, hydromes and other fuels. ♪

    • 2°. A sufficient amount of portable foam extinguishing devices or similar fire extinguishing devices, which should have been placed that no point in space at a barrel of over ten millimeters of a fire extinguishment should be at least two.

  • 5 For smaller spaces, the head of the shipping inspection of the fourth member, under 1 and 2, establishment.

  • 6 spaces for machines where steam tubes or closed steam engines have been set up, modified as main proprietary vessels, the side of other targets, where these workers have to have a total of 37 million dollars,

    • 1/2. a sufficient amount of foam extinguishing devices with a contention of at least 45 l or there are similarly qualified fire extinguishes, to focus blus dust at any part of the smeerolic pressure system or the other substances. These fire extinguishing devices, however, are not required, if in such spaces, a established fire extinguishment is present in the first member, under one: ♪

    • 2°. A sufficient amount of portable foam extinguishing devices or similar fire extinguishing devices, which should have been placed that no point in space at a barrel of over ten millimeters of a fire extinguishment should be at least two. The certain in this part is not appropriate when subsequently the certain in the fourth member, under two, foam extinguishments are required.

  • If seven to the judgment of the head of the shipping inspection fires are present in spaces for machines, which no prescription of fire explosives have been given in presumptuous members, or should be drawn to a fire extinguisher, or in a number of other fire extinguishments.

  • 8 In application of tweet engines, each of these engines with a ability of 750 kw or more are preserved from a facility to allow gas or steam as a blush in spitting, unless it's not enough for the leadership to provide.


Article 160. In addition to spaces for machines.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

For a space for machines of category A, which is accessible to a low level from an adjacent screwdriver, must be - except a watertight door - at the hands of these machines to open fires to both sides.


Article 161. International delusional.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 At least an international delusion that fits the certain in the following members should be present.

  • 2 The standard measurements of flenses for the international delusion should be consistent with the subsequent tabel:

    description.

    Math.

    Extraterrestrial phlensdia meter.

    178 mm.

    Internal phlensdiameter.

    64 mm.

    Diameter of the spike of bolts.

    132 mills.

    Boutholes.

    4 holes of 19-millimeter, attached to the top level of the bolts, with sleuven radal to the perimeter.

    Flensy.

    At least 14.5 mm.

    Bouts and bitches.

    4, each with a 16-millimeter diameter and a height of 50 millimeters.

  • 3 The international delusion must be manufactured from material, suitable for a 1.0 N/m.2!

  • 4 The flens must be at a silk level. On the other side, a clutch has to match the fire hydrants and fire hoses of the vessel are permanently inflicted. The international delusion should be kept aboard the vessel, gathering with a flens pack suit fit for a workload of 1.09/m.2As a matter of fact, with the bolts and bitches as mentioned in the second member, as a matter of eight closings.

  • 5 supplies must have been made to use such a connection to both sides of the vessel.


Article 162. Fire department equipment.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Every vessel has to be equipped with at least two firefight gears that match the certain article in 163.

  • 2 The fire gears need to be locked up so they can be easily accessible and ready for use. They need to be kept in far apart places.


Article 163. Community fire gear.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A firefight gear serves to exist from a personal equipment that matches the number in the second member and from a press aircraft that meets the certain in the third and fourth member.

  • 2 A personal equipment should include the following parts that serve as an approved type:

    • 1/2. Protective clothes. The material that this clothing is manufactured from, serves to be so...

      • 1.1. The skin of the user is protected from the heat that radiates a fire and against the origin of burns by steam;

      • 1.2. The user's body ventilation isn't obstructed; ♪

      • 1.3. The outer layer of water strikes;

    • 2°. Boots and gloves, manufactured from rubber or other material that doesn't run electrical power. Boots serve antislips to be executed;

    • 3°. a firm helmet that provides targetive protection against bumps;

    • 4°. An electrical security lamp that meets the certain in article 105, first member; ♪

    • 5°. A fire axe.

  • 3 A press aircraft must be a approved type. The volume of air in the cylinders has to at least 1200 I at at atmospheric pressure. Every press aircraft must be provided by:

    • 1/2. A carriage;

    • 2°. a chapter;

    • 3°. An institution where the user is easily able to control the remaining stock of collateral air;

    • 4°. An institution, acoustic, then resistant working, warning the user as soon as the safe minimum supply is attached to collateral air, ♪

    • 5°. A fire-proof rescue line of sufficient height and strength, which, at the end of preventing the device from unleashing on the rescue line, should be confirmed by a musketon hook to the harness or a seatbelt.

  • 4 Every press aircraft has to be at least a reservation ciliner with cooperative air.

  • 5 The chief of the shipping inspection can give us the rules of the firefighting equipment.


Article 164. Fire safety plan.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

In instruction of the shipping officers, a fire plan must have been permanently hung for that, in remarkable places. The execution of this plan is to satisfy the certain in article 165, first member.


Article 165. Executive fire plan.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A burning plan has to be a general plan, which for each deck is clearly indicated, the control stations, the different burning units, surrounding the class reserves by the fireworks, the firewaves, and the surrounding the sections, including the circumcistance of the special ventilation systems in the ventilators. Instead, in assessment of the chief of the shipping inspection, the mentioned details were recorded in a notebook, which requires a copy of every officer, while a specimen should be on a board. Plans and books need to be held properly by making changes as soon as possible. A translation in English has to be recorded. Also, instructions are required to enter the maintenance and the workings of all equipment and installations aboard the alarms and discover, for the incarceration and for the combat in a collection, to be delivered immediately available.

  • 2 The head of the shipping tinspection can rule out narrow regulations regarding the execution of the fire plan or -book.


Article 166. Immediate availability of firearms.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Firearms must be maintained properly and at all times for immediate use.


Article 167. Admissions of replacements.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Where in this paragraph, a special device, special bluster, or institution of a certain nature can be prescribed, with regard to the certain in article 4, any other device, any other device, blushing or institution.


Article 168. Not prescribed fire extinguishing.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

A fixed fire extinguishing plantation that isn't prescribed in this paragraph should be honored by the head of the shipping inspection.


== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 169. General.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The prescriptions in this paragraph are appropriate to vessels whose heights are less than 55 m.


Article 170. Constructive fire safety.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The hull, the upper-building, structural shots, covers and covert houses must be manufactured from incendiary materials. The chief of the shipping inspection can allow a burnable construction, which is satisfied with the applications of this article and to the articles of 176, first member, and 182, five members.

  • 2 In vessels where the hull is manufactured from incendiary materials, should be seen by limitations and covering spaces for machines and control stations to the next.

    • 1/2. Covering and shooting, those spaces for machines of category. A separation of spaces for accommodation, service spaces and control stations, should at least be class identification rate-of-the-cops.

    • 2°. Covering and shooting, those spaces for machines, other than category. A, separate from space for accommodation, service rooms, and control stations, should at least be class identification and surgery;

    • 3°. Covering and shots, which separate control stations from spaces for accommodation and service rooms, should at least be class establishing a-a-30. The head of the shipping inspection can provide walls of class .B.-15 to allow the divorce between spaces like the captain's cabin and the bridge.

  • 2 In vessels where the hull is manufactured from burnable materials, must be seen by limitations and covering spaces for machines and control stations to the next.

    • 1/2. Cocks and shots, which separate spaces from machines for accommodations, service spaces, and control rooms and classrooms should be minimal of class or class polite.

    • 2°. Decks and shots, surrounding spaces for machines, must prevent practically the passage of smoke; ♪

    • 3°. Coverts and shots, which separate control stations from spaces for accommodation and service rooms, should at least be classified.

  • 3 unless on the grounds of the certain in the second member, under 2.1, otherwise prescribed in vessels that the hull is manufactured from incendiary materials, shots of corridors in space for accommodation and his class.

  • 3 In vessels where the hull is manufactured from burnable materials, they have to shoot corridors in spaces for accommodation, and control stations at least of class politely.

  • 3 shots of corridors meant under 3.1 or 3.2 must have been drawn from deck to deck, unless on both sides of the shooting ceiling with the same burning as the corridors, it's allowed to end up in the ceiling.

  • Four steps into spaces for accommodation, service areas and control stations must be from steel or other, similar material. In vessels where the hull is manufactured from incendiary materials, the forces must have been invaded in spaces that are perpetrated by shots of shots fired, class 15. In vessels where the hull is manufactured from burnable materials, must have been interfered in spaces surrounded by classes, shotgun. If either one of these entry traps connects only two covers, this only needs to be on a deck by being shots.

  • 5 doors and other closures in gunshots and cover as intended in the second and third member, doors that were brought in in in gunshots that contained the fourth members and the doors that were brought to the same contained to the same devices and the same devices. Doors that give access to spaces for machines of category A must be even close.

  • 6 loft shafts that go through spaces for accommodation and service areas, must be from steel or from others, similar materials have been manufactured and must be provided with closure and the smokes can be kept under control.

  • 7 In vessels where the hull is manufactured from incendiary materials, should be seen by limitations and covers of spaces where the emergency resources are set up and of combs, refreshments, and the next lamps,

    • 1/2. From the limiting shots and the covers of spaces where an emergency source is set up, the top-secret covers must be class-A-T-O-T-O-T-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I- For gunshots and covering which consistent with the outdoors, no demands apply to the fire department; ♪

    • 2°. Covering and gunshots, those combs, paint cabins, lamps, or other mountains, where there are significant amounts of light unflamable material, separated from spaces for accommodation, service station, and they're supposed to be class 15. If in a comb only an electrical stove, electrical hot water bubbles and other electrical heated devices are set up, cover the covers and shots between the service station and accommodations, and accommodation for his class 15 minutes.

  • 7 In crafts that the hull is manufactured from burnable materials, the limitation walls and shots of the spaces as mentioned under 1.1 and 1.2, at least of Class establishment.

  • 7 light flammable produks must be stored in suitable closed barrels.

  • 8 When the shots and the ones that followed it in second, third, fifth, or the seventh member of class ranked up, classy leadership, classy leadership, certain classic tribute, must be fired by the fact that the purchases are purchased.

  • 9 air spaces trapped behind walls and shootings between ceilings and covering in spaces for accommodation, service spaces and control stations, must be subverted by pulling down which ones don't go off.

  • 10 For spaces of machines to look like lights, windows, patriots and lights the next:

    • 1/2. When lights can be opened, they need to be out of space where they've been delivered, easily closed;

    • 2°. Appears to space for machines of category. A can't be provided with windows, patriots or lights;

    • 3°. If in light of spaces for machines, other than spaces for machines of category A, windows, patriots or lights, these must be from thread glass. They're also supposed to be on the outside of blinds, which are bound to the light, and they're manufactured from steel or other, similar material; ♪

    • 4°. glass or similar material can't be in containment walls of spaces for machines. This shuts down the use of glass in walls of control rooms that are entirely in space for machines, not out.

  • 11 isolation materials in spaces for accommodation, service areas except for provisand, cool and freezing rooms, in control stations and in spaces for machines, must be incendiary. The surface of isolation material that's been delivered to the inside of limitation shots and covering spaces for machines of category A, must be impenetrable for oil or oil vapors.

  • 12 flammable isolation in fish vacants must be protected by a proper closure.


Article 171. Ventilation system.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One centimetres must be present for stopping ventilators and shutting down head in and out of ventilation systems outside the areas that are given.

  • 2 Middles must be present to close the ring-shaped spaces from a safe place.

  • 3 Ventilation options may have been brought in and under the doors in shots of corridors, sensible that such openings shouldn't have been in and under the doors of stairs. The openings in the doors can only be placed in the lower half of the door. If such an opening is in or under a door, the total surface of these openings or openings can no longer bear that 0.05 mm.2! If an opening like this is placed in a door, this should be provided by a roster of incendiary material.

  • 4 Ventilation channels for spaces for machines of category A or for combs generally can't walk through spaces for accommodation, service spaces or control stations. The head of the shipping tinspection can also allow these ventilation channels to walk through the super-generated spaces, if they're manufactured from steel or other, similar material and sophisticated that the fires are not fired.

  • 5 Ventilation channels for spaces for accommodation, service areas or control stations generally can't walk through spaces for machines of category A or through combs. The head of the shipping tinspection can also allow these ventilation channels to walk through the super-generated spaces, if they're manufactured from steel or other, similar material and sophisticated that the fires are not fired.

  • 6 mountains where substantial amounts are easily flammable fabrics should be provided with ventilation institutions that are separated from other ventilation systems. The ventilation must be at high and low levels in space; The in-and-out of the ventilators must have been placed in a safe place and provided with flamming institutions.

  • 7 Ventilation systems that operate spaces for machines must be independent of systems that operate other spaces.

  • 8 Ventilation channels must meet the certain in Article 146, first member and second member, under 1 and 2.


Article 172. Heating installations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The heating of spaces for accommodation, service areas and control stations served by supply of steam, hot water, hot air, or electricity.

  • Two heatings and cooking equipment must have been set up and must have been assigned that the fire hazard is limited to a minimum. These devices can't be provided by a heating heat that can scrub fabrics in the immediate environment or set fire by the element delivered heat.

  • 3 The construction and establishment of oil stoves must satisfy by setting up the head of the shipping inspection rules.

  • 4 Propaan and butane installations for domestic purposes should be satisfied by setting the head of the shipping inspection rules.


Article 173. Diverse.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One blocked surfaces in spaces for accommodation, service areas, control stations, corridors, and locked rooms for steps, as well as surfaces hidden behind shots, braids, braids, and vegetations in the top.

  • 2 All exposed surfaces of glass-inflicted polyester constructs within spaces for accommodation, service areas, control stations, spaces for machines of category A and other spaces for fireworks, have to keep on fireworks with fireworks, or proper fireworks.

  • 3 paints, dismemberment and other substances for processing used on exposed internal surfaces, must be so that they can go to the judgment of the Creeping inspection, no unnecesssary fires, or how many toxic toxicate.

  • 4 The bottom layer of covers in spaces for accommodation, service areas and control stations are supposed to be approved materials that can neither easily burn, nor temptation, nor temptation, nor temptation, nor temptation, nor temptation attation.

  • 5 In spaces for ammodation, or control stations, they have to pipe through gunshots of cover-ups or polite materials, involved in their services, temperatures are temporarily established by manufacturers. If by the head of the shipping inspection is permitted by spaces for accommodation and service areas of oil or burnable fluids, the pipes that allow those oil or fuels to be fueled with good fuel.

  • 5 Materials who are easily unusable by heat, may be used for spitting, sanitary exploiting and leaving other people close to the burden and melting, in case of fire, in danger, in water.

  • 6 trash cans, other than they are used in the procession of fish, must be manufactured from incendiary materials and can't have any openings in the sides or bottom.

  • 7 workers for the drive of fuel pumps, pumps of oil boilings, and such fuel pumps, must be provided with remote controls, which are removed from the outdoors, so that they can stop at the scene of the fire.

  • 8 Where needs to be leaked, at the end of preventing oil from flowing to the fillings.

  • 9 film material based on cellulose nitrates can't be used in cinematographic installations.


Article 174. Gas bottles and consistent installations, as a result of dangerous materials.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One Flessen destined for co-operative, liquidated or under pressure resolved gases, including understood flammable and other dangerous gases, as well as the additional installations, should be satisfied by the leadership of Scheptiny.

  • Two spaces where easily flammable fluids, like fleeting paints, paraffin and such are stored, can be exclusive to exposing his exposures from exposures. When containment shots of such spaces border on other blocks of spaces, these gunshots must have been performed.

  • 3 Electrical wiring and connections are not allowed within spaces which are used for the mountains of easily flammable fluids unless required within these rooms. In that case, the electrical connections should be satisfied with the head of the shipping inspection suitable for use in a flammmable dismosphere. Warmbron isn't close to the areas like that, and notebooks are allowed with identical ropes, and obligations need to be open fire at a target.

  • 4 Every kind of compressed gas must be separately stored. Spaces that are used for the storage of gases like that can't be used for storeing other flamable produks, nor for tools or parts, which aren't part of the gas distribution system. The chief of the shipping inspection, however, can be in regard to the distinctive properties, quantities, and presumed use of such compliant gases, lighting these prescriptions.


Article 175. Invention for escape.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In and out of all the spaces for accommodation and spaces in which the crew is served under normal circumstances, other than spaces for machines, must be kicked and ladders have been placed where the open and then the group can be easily achieved. In particular, the following decisions are sufficient.

    • 1/2. On every deck where there are spaces for accommodation, at least two, as far away from each other as possible for escape. The normal providences for access to every decided space or group of spaces are allowed to be understood under this:

    • 2.1 degrees. Under the exposed deck, the main supply for escape must be from a stairwell, while the second supply of escape may exist from a shaft, a hatch or a stairwell. ♪

    • 2.2 degrees. above the exposed deck, the provisions for escape are kicked or doors to an open deck, then from a combination of both. If it's out of practical consideration, it's not possible to bring up stairs or doors, one of the facilities for escape can be made from a hatch that should be protected from ice-creaming.

    • 3°. In the manner of exception, the head of the shipping inspection can allow only one provided for escape, if the nature and the place of the spaces and the number of the people who do it in the service or conditions,

    • 4°. Dead ends with a height of over 2.5 mil are not allowed;

    • 5°. The measurements of and the way that the facilities of escape were executed, serve to be the head of the shipping inspection; ♪

    • 6°. If a radio telegraph station doesn't have a direct access to the open deck, should be satisfied with the head of the shipping inspection two supplies for escape.

    • 7°. Provisions for escape are in the right place provided with signals that are satisfying at the Prime Minister's settlement.

  • 2 In every room for machines of category A must have been created two supplies for escape that should have been as far away from each other as possible. Vertical fugitives must exist from steel stairs or ladders. If the measurements of the spaces for machines to lead to that, the head of the shipping inspection can allow that only a substance for escape. In such a case, special attention must have been given to this exit.

  • 3 lofts cannot be considered one of the required providences for escape.


Article 176. Automated fire alarm and fire escape.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On vessels where the head of the shipping inspection on the grounds of the certain article 170, first member, has allowed a burnable construction as well as all the other vessels that the length of an artificial service has been released to a high-level combat facility, as well-emered a fire engineer, which has been released from access, and access to accescape to accescape, and a firearms, and a fire engineerators, and acces, and a firearms, and acceleraved to acceleraved to access, and acceleravedicate firearmed space-readed space-readed space-readed space-readed space-repres, and a fire engineerators, and access, and access, and access to access, and access, and access, and access, and access to accescape to access

  • 2 An installation as intended in the first member, serves to meet the next:

    • 1/2. A possibility should be present to test the installation periodic;

    • 2°. On the bridge should be given as much as visible and visible alarm. Also, this has to be done in advance to qualifying spaces, when the vessel is in a port, to warn the presence of people:

    • 3°. On the alarm panels must be visible that the system has been compromised;

    • 4°. The installation must be connected to the emergency source, then on the main source, in case of the power supply falling, automatically switched to the emergency source: ♪

    • 5°. The position of the burners in protecting spaces should be in the pleasure of the head of the shipping inspection.


Article 177. Fire explosives.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel should at least be a fire extinguisher. A fire extinguishing like that should be:

    • 1/2. A tool driven pump which is not driven by the main engine; Or...

    • 2°. A toxic driven pump, which is driven by the main engine, under condition that the continuity of continuity is provided for a disabled turncount, or from a disposable screw.

  • 2 Sanitary, ballast, lens-, general service pumps or other pumps are allowed to be used as fire extinguishing pumps, if they meet the ranks in this paragraph and use these pumps when they don't affect the firepowers. Fire explosives must be so connected, it's not possible to pump oil or other flames.

  • 3 At centrifugal pumps or other on the fire extinguished pumps where it's possible that the water can flood back through the pump must have been retrieved in the pressuring.

  • 4 The total capacity.

    == sync, corrected by elderman ==23/ hour.

  • 5 undiminished the certain in the fourth member, may, if two tools driven fire extinguishing which are not driven by one and the same power source, are inflicted, the capacity of every single one of the most influential polls that are not ested.

  • Six if the fire extinguishing pumps the fourth member requires total fees to the main fire extinguishing, fire hoses and radiation, the pressure of every fire rate is at least rate, at least $25.2!


Article 178. Head burnout.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 If subsequently the certain article 179, first member, requires more than a fire hydrant, a main fire extinguishion must have been made.

  • One of the main fire extinguishments can't have any other connections than those, which are required for the firefight, except for connections that were brought in to wash the deck, the anchor's biscuits or the necklaces.

  • 1 In main burn extinguishments, detap hydrants are designed to target sites, which can prevent damage by freezing.

  • One of the main fire extinguishes must be manufactured from materials that are in enough heat-proof.

  • 2 If the fire extinguishing pumps were delivered, the design of the main fire extinguishion could have been compromised, discharged valves.


Article 179. Fire cranes, fire hoses and radiation.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Any connection to a fire hose must be provided by a crane or a clone, so a fire hose can be easily and easily disconnected while the fire explosives are working.

  • One fire hydrant must have been placed that any part of the vessel that is under normal corporate conditions, at least a radius of water can be achieved.

  • 2 For the first member of the known water beam, only a fire hose can be used.

  • 3 In addition to certain in the first member, we need space outside for machines of category A, near the access, at least a fire hydrant with snake and radiation has been placed in use in space.

  • 4 Every prescribed fire hydrant serves a fire hose. Besides, a spare fire hose should be present.

  • 5 Brandsnakes must have been manufactured from approved material and sufficient heights to reach all the spaces with a water ray that they are meant for. This height can't carry more than 20. Every fire hose has to be provided with a radiation and the necessary matches. Fire hoses need to gather with the necessary parts and tools for us to be preserved in distinctive places near the fire hydrants or snake connections.

  • 6 radiation pipes must be a approved type. The standard syringe of a radiation must have been adjusted to the total extension of the installed fire explosives. The syringe should also have an internal diameter of at least 12 millimeters, or a passage that matches this. Every radiation has to be provided with an institution that makes it possible during exploding with a simple hand movement of spraying on sprays and reversed, without the water supply to the radius. Also, the radiation has to be provided by a facility to interrupt the water supply.

  • 7 On vessels, where the height is less than 24 m behaved, for fire extinguisheds, the decryption hose is used if this one is sufficient to achieve all compartments. In this case, a radiation with spray, equivalent, and in addition to confirming this on the deck hose, hung on the bridge.

  • 8 fire cranes must be manufactured from materials that are in enough heat-proof. Fire extinguishes and fire hydrants must have been placed that the fire hoses can easily be linked to that. On board of vessels that can transport charges to deck, the site of the fire cranes should always be easy to reach and the pipes should, as much as practically as possible, have been compromised, that the danger of being damaged by a shipment. Unless every fire hydrant is a consistent fire hose with radiation, every fire hose on every fire hydrant and every radiation on every fire hose can be connected.

  • 9 fire cranes, snake hacks, firehouses, and such must have been painted in a red color.


Article 180. Fire extinguishing.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A fire extinguishing device must be a approved type. The contents of a prescribed fire extinguishing device with liquid blush shouldn't be bigger than 13.5 l and not smaller than 9 I. A fire extinguishing device with another bluster should at least be as well portable as a device with liquid blushing of 13.5 l and the blussability should at least be equal to that of a 9/2. The resemblance of fire extinguishing is determined by the head of the shipping inspection.

  • 2 The number of aboard present reservations requires to be consistent with the head of the shipping inspection to give rules.

  • 3 fire extinguishing devices filled with a blush that goes to the judgment of the leader of the shipping inspection, it's on its own, to expect useful conditions, so much toxicity that it's not for the toxics.

  • 4 fire extinguishing devices, both portable and unbearable, must be seen periodically and subjected to the trials that are prescribed by the Chief of Creeping.

  • 5 One of the portable fire extinguishes that were meant for use in a certain space must have been placed near that space.

  • 6 In the proximity of electrical tools, switchboards, and such, no portable fire extinguishing devices are placed where the blush is powered.

  • Apart from the radio cabin should be near the access door of this cabin, a portable fire extinguisher filled with an electrical current not guided bluster, are set up. In the radio cabin, as a nearby a non-inflicted radiophone station, at least a small, carryable fire extinguishing device, also filled with an electrical fluid, with a high-profile blush,

  • 8 fire extinguishers must have been painted in a red color.

  • 9 The head of the shipping tinspection can give us more serious rules to consider the placement, the right type in connection with the expected class fires and the blousing of fires.


Article 181. Wearable fire extinguishers in control stations, spaces for accommodation and service areas.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

A sufficient amount of portable fire extinguishing devices should have been placed in control stations, spaces for accommodation and service rooms, at least a fire extinguishing device with one in this room to expect fires blouse. The total amount of fire extinguishing devices for top-notched spaces should at least be paid three.


Article 182. Fire explosives in space for machines.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One spaces for machines of category A must be provided by a steady fuel extinguished with exclusively energized carbons with low toxic gasoline. If spaces for machines are bound together and not completely separated or when fuel oil from one space can flow to another space, the involved rooms must be considered one space. The head of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules regarding fire extinguishing.

  • 2 The first member meant fire extinguishing installation should be served from an easy accessible place outside of protecting spaces, which is as if it's not likely that, in case of a fire in a space, it becomes unavailable place. Surveillances must have been affected at the end of the power supply, which is necessary for initiating the installation in case of protecting fire in space.

  • 3 spaces for machines of category A must be provided by:

    • 1/2. At least two portable foam burning extinguishes or similar burning extinguishes:

    • 2°. At least a portable foam fire extinguishing device or attached burn extinguished fire extinguishing device more than the number mentioned under one in space burning engines or hosts that have a collection of 250 or more.

    • 3°. One or more baking, consistent at least 0.3 mm.3 sand, soda-freaked sawdust or other goals on every boiling ground, kicking benefits to spread these fabrics. A portable foam extinguishing device or similarly set fire extinguishing device can be put in place for this. ♪

    • 4°. A steam fire extinguishing on the oppressive air ducts of kettles with forced trajectory, if they can gather in these air ducts.

  • Four if in a space for machines of category A an oil-boiled heating chart has been set up one of the third members required bearable fire extinguishes in the nearby.

  • 5 On vessels which are largely or entirely manufactured of wood, art dust, or aluminum, and where the spaces for machines are all or partly shot by, covering or capting these materials are tools, in which the first places are fueled, fueled in which are fuel tools, fueled in the first places, in the first places, in which are fuels, in which are in which are fuels, in which are fuels, in which are fuels, fuel, fuel, fuel, fuels, in the first places, in which are in which are fuel, fuel, fuel, fuels, in the to be used toolations, fuel, fuel, in the first places, in which are fuels, in which are fuels, in the first places.

  • Six if to the judgment of the head of the shipping inspection fires are present in spaces for machines, which no prescription burns have been given in the precedentive capacity, or any other fire extinguished areas, or any other fire extinguished.

  • 7 In application of tweet engines, each of these engines with a ability of 750 kw or more, are preserved from an institution to allow gas or steam as a bluster in the sweep, unless it's not enough for the leadership to be provided.


Article 183. Fire department gear.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A vessel, where the height of 45 m or more behaviour should be equipped with at least two fire gears, each one of them.

    • 1/2. A press aircraft that meets the certain article in 163, third to fifth member;

    • 2°. An electrical security lamp that matches the certain article 105: ♪

    • 3°. A fire axe.

  • 2 A craft whose height is less than 45 m's behaviour should be equipped with a firefight.

  • 3 The first and second member meant equipment should be locked up so easily they're available and ready for use. They need to be kept in far apart places.


Article 184. Fire safety plan.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

On vessels that carry the height of 35 m or more, an instruction of the shipping officers must be a fireproofing plan for a presumed permanently hanged. The performance of this plan is to satisfy the certain article 165.


Article 185. Immediate availability of firearms.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Firearms must be maintained properly and at all times for immediate use.


Article 186. Admissions of replacements.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Where in this paragraph a special device, device, special bluster, or institution of a certain nature can be prescribed with insight of the certain in article 4, any other device, any other bluster, or substance, or instance.


Article 187. Not prescribed fire extinguishing.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

A fixed fire extinguishing plantation that isn't prescribed in this paragraph should be honored by the head of the shipping inspection.

Chapter 6.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 188. Protection of the crew.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One decryptions of hatchheads or thresholds that carry the height less than 600 millimeters should be equipped with security supplies like shattering or moving rails or networking. The chief of the shipping inspection can allow small openings of these demands.

  • 2 shine lights or other, similar openings should be provided with security staff that no longer bears the internal distance than 350 millimeters. The head of the shipping inspection can allow for small openings of this demand.

  • 3 The surface of every deck must have been designed or treated that the possibility of slipping through perils to a minimum is limited. In particular, we need to cover for places where work, like in spaces for machines, in compounds, in lips, and places where fish is processed at the scene of the bottom and top of the ladders and the foreclosers.

  • 4 Declaration should be entered at the scene of openings that have been entered into the quarters, continuing spaces, and other areas that are connected to the workings aboard, so they've been pushed, that these openings can be opened up against water.

  • 5 There's a valve, treadmill or comparable provider with an adequate and safe way on and on board.


Article 189. Coppers.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One shattering blankets of shutters, manholes and other openings must be secured against accidental shutdown. In particular, heavy covers must be equipped with contingent weights. Furthermore, decks in emergency veins are so consistent that they can be unlocked from the inside of the lid.

  • 2 The measurements of entry locks and escape locks can't be any smaller than 600 millimeters or a smaller diameter than 600 millimeters.

  • 3 Where practically executive, must be above the deck where emergency exits have been delivered.


Article 190. Blackmails, railroads and security supplies.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • All in weather and wind exposed covers, as far as these are meant to be working there, must be provided with a virtuous pharmacy or railroad. The height of the pharmacy or the railroad has to be at least one m above the deck, including the cover, If this height forms an impediment for the normal workers aboard, the head of the shipping torch can allow a slightly slightly higher height, if in sufficient protection.

  • 2 The smallest distance, tranquilizer measured, from the highest-risk burden to the lowest point of the shipping, or to the edge of the work deck, in which a railroad is sufficiently remanded, with the ability to reproduce with the ability to reproduce the ability to provide the ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to establish the establish the ability to ability to ability to sweignounce the ability to ability to ability to sweignounce the ability to ability to provide the ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to suffibilitation, with the ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to suffibilit, to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to ability to sweignate the

  • 3 The height of the opening under the lower pack of railroad can't be bigger than 230 mm. The internal distance of the remaining packs can't carry over 380 millimeters and the interlong distance between scepters can't be more than 1.50 mm. On vessels where the transition of the railroad to the deck as a circumcised record, the scepters of the railroad must have been placed in the area of the deck. Ringings can't have sharp points, edges and corners and need to be sufficient.

  • 4 In the pleasure of the head of the shipping tin views must have been provided as railroads, manual guides, trespasses or lowered hallways, protecting the crew from going to or the other machines. As necessary, outside all the houses and shafts of management or other goals have been made at the end of the dangers to guarantee a safe passage and safe work.

  • 5 The top of an ending part of the deck aboard the recruiters must be provided with a targeted security in the shape of doors, fences or networks that should have been at the same height as the administrative resurrection. In case temporarily not provided in such security, a necklace or other security devices must have been brought to the sloppy part.

  • 6 Aboard a vessel should be resources present in personal protection of the creatures against injury that could be done by performing them. The head of the shipping tinspection can set off a number of rules, the kind, and the use of personal protection.


Article 191. ♪

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

With the eye on the safety of the crew, to be satisfied with the head of the shipping inspection, stepping and ladders of sufficient measurements and strength, they must be provided for lengths and anti-related lips.


Article 192. Accesses, exits and elevators.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The access to the crew's stays at all times outside spaces for machines to be quite available. In addition to being accounted for by the demands in chapter 5.

  • 2 The particular in the first member is of similar application to considering places that are meant to work there, unless these places are entirely within the spaces of machines.

  • 3 spaces for machines can't be directly connected to the crew's quarters.

  • 4 Electrical persons and rigs and rollers that were set on board, must be provided with a valid certificate, handed by a managed by the Head of the Scheepvarinspective bureau.


== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 193. Stay with the crew.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Indefinitely the certain in this chapter must satisfy the rest of the crew's demands or forces it. Creatory rule.!


Article 193a

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The place, the construction, the sound and heat isolation and the institution of the whereabouts and the service rooms, as far as it's concerned, the access to that provides adequate protection for the crew.

  • 2 When the construction, the measurements or the destination of the vessel make it possible, the residence areas are as good as they can be.

  • 3 As far as possible, there are fitting measures for protecting non-smokers from obstruction by tobacco smoke.

  • 4 For food storage, there are fridges or other cooling supplies.

  • If for the sake of the ventilation in closed work rooms, a mechanical air-refueling facility is used, this is always business.

  • 6 At the Prime Minister's settlement, we can be dedicated to seeing certain in the first to and with the fifth member.


Article 193.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In the residence of the crew, as far as present, there are vibrations, sound and consequences of motions and disruptions to a minimum limited.

  • 2 For food storage, there are fridges or other cooling supplies.

  • 3 if in need of the ventilation in closed work rooms, a mechanical air-refueling facility is used, this is always business.

  • 4 At miniscular arrangements, narrow regulations can be set to consider certain in the first to and with the third member.

Chapter 7. Rescue and... supplies and safety supplies.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

$1. General.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 194. Dragged vessels.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The particular thing in this chapter is not appropriate for a vessel dragged to its destination, with reason that, if the vessel is manned, it must be restored with rescuing and controlling the safety of this facility.


Article 195. Confirmation, trial, and redemption and... supplies.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One preserves it certain in the fifth member serve the reservations and providences that are prescribed in this chapter, of being a approved type and fitting the leader of the creation.

  • 2 Alfens can administer an approval, serve the salvations and providences to determine whether they meet the particular chapter in this chapter, in a way, as a prescribed for the Chapter of Scheptin.

  • 3 Alfens can acquire approvals, serve reservations or-- supplies of a new design to be reviewed and tested to determine whether they fit to fit in with the standards of safety that are at least equal to this chapter. The ordeal serves to be done in a manner as prescribed by the head of the shipping inspection.

  • 4 The head of the shipping inspection declined approvals also mention the conditions that include approval remain valid.

  • 5 reservations and supplies that have been subsequently prescribed in this chapter, yet for which no distinct prescriptions in paragraph 3 have been recorded, served in the pleasure of the leader of the shipping inspection.


Article 196. Produke control.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The head of the shipping tinspection can set off the rules to ensure the production control of resources, to ensure that these resources are manufactured according to the same standards as the approved attorney.


== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 197. Communications.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 For the benefit of the groups of salvations, a vessel that the height is serving 45 m or more, and that is not equipped with emergency radio beacons as intended in the fourth member, carrying a radio technique that is present in certain 262. The portable radio technique requires to be locked up on a protected and easily accessible place, ready to be taken in case of need to be taken to whatever group salvation, then when on a vessel rescue boat that is contained to the mainframes that are conceived.

  • 2 The head of the shipping tinspection can provide vessels that travel from such shortly expensive that a portable radio aircraft for group salvation is unnecessary to its judgment, release from certain membership in the first place.

  • 3 When the total number of persons aboard a vessel carrying 200 or more, at least one of the lifeboats that the vessel entered must have been equipped in article 199, are provided for a radio transmission to complete the rate of the 261.

  • 4 On every side of a vessel, one with the hand has to operate on emergency radio beacon that fits the certain article 263, so it can be put in a group rescue quickly.

  • 5 For the radio communication between the group salvation substances, between the group salvations and the vessels, as well as the vessel and the vessel and the aid boat, we need to carry out portofs that are 65. It's not necessarily necessary that there's a separate wallet for each group, but there must be at least three portions on board. On this reservation can also be satisfied by adjusting to other portable communication devices that are used on board, if those devices meet at the certain point 265.

  • 6 On or on the nearby bridge, at least 12 counterfeit signals matching the certain article 215.


Article 198. Personal rescue.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Fighters must have at least the number of rescue cuffs on board, prescribed in the subliminary tabel:

    Height of the vessel in meters.

    minimum number of rescue cuffs.

    less than 45

    4

    45 or more than 100.

    8

    100 or more.

    10

  • Two redding cuffs serve to satisfy the certain article in 211 and have to...

    • 1/2. so they're divided to both sides of the vessel and, as far as practically executive, on all the opens that go to the sides for immediate use, At least one salvation cuff serves to be placed near the back. ♪

    • 2°. So they're placed that they can be rushed overboard and not somehow permanently imprisoned.

  • 3 On every side of the vessel, at least one salvation cuff is provided with a floating rescue line that matches the certain article in 211, fourth member, with a height of at least 30 or twice the amount of salvation, which is placed to the largest level of salvation.

  • 4 At least half the total amount of rescue cuffs should be provided with a self-inflicted light that matches the certain article in 211, second member. At least two of these salvation cuffs should be provided from a self-working smoke signal that matches the certain in article 211, third member, and these rescue cuffs should be removed from the bridge quickly. Rescue cuffs with light and smoke signal should be equally divided on both sides of the ship and should not be provided with rescue lines as intended in the third member. Aboard a vessel whose height is less than 45 milligrams, it's certain in this member with regard to self-working smoke signals not appropriate.

  • 5 Each sacrificial cuff should have the name and homehold, or the fishing mark of the vessel that the cuff was placed in blocks.

  • 6 For every intent, a rescue belt complies to the certain article 212, to be on board, a satisfying number of extra rescue belts is to be aboard for people who are waiting for.

  • 7 Rescue belts must have been blocked so they're easily accessible and their place must have been clearly reported. When, due to the special intel of the vessel, the salvation belts, prescribed in the presumed member, unreachable, other measures should be honored by the leader of the Scheeptin, which should be taken in greater respect.

  • 8 Aboard a craft of a shipping boat should be at least three survival suits that meet the certain article in 213, or, if the head of the shipping inspection that's necessary, and there's a survival suit that's sufficient to apply 213. The vessel, however, is required by the resources of heat loss, prescribed in article 218, derteenth member, under 24, article 221, under 31 and article 223, 113 members, substantially, have been submitted to the substances of the subs. These survival suits and resources against heat loss shouldn't be on board if the vessel has entirely covered in rescue boats, who joined silk per silk, offered enough space to provide total danger.

  • 9 Aboard a vessel that meets the certain article in 199, second member, survival suits that fit the certain article in 213 are present for all dangers, unless the vessel:

    • 1/2. Rescue floors of the irony type, which by means of tewater labor on both sides of the vessel can be watered; Or...

    • 2°. Rescue fleets, which, by the means of approved resources at both sides of the vessel can be watered, and for which it is not necessary to enter the water into the rescue raft.

  • 10 Aboard a vessel should be provided for any person who has been assigned to manage the assistance ferry, a survival suit of the right size that fits the article in 213. The survival suits, meant in the eighth or the ninth member may be used for this purpose.

  • 11 A survival suit that matches the certain article in Article 213, may be added as a rescue belt to the application of the certain in the sixth member.


Article 199. Group salvation and support boats.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel must be present:

    • 1/2. On each side, one or more salvation boats that meet the certain in article 222, and that by side of the vessel consistently provide enough room to the total number of dangers: ♪

    • 2°. One or more salvation fleets that satisfy the certain in article 219 or 220 and both sides of the vessels can be watered and collectively offered enough space to the total of dangers. If the salvation fleets can't be easy on the one side of the vessel to the other can be transferred to the other to be left to water, the total available space in the salvages on every side should be sufficient to take the total.

  • 2 Witnesses that allow the height less than 85 m to behave, instead of satisfying the certain in the first member with the next:

    • 1/2. They need to be on every side of the vessel to have some or more salvation fleets that meet the certain article in article 219 or 220, and that by silk companies offer enough room to the total number of dangers:

    • 2°. Unless the salvation floors, prescribed under one, easy from one side of the vessel to the other can be transferred to the other to be left to water, extra salvages have to be placed so that the total capacity is available at least 150 percent.

    • 3°. If the auxiliary ferry prescribed in the fourth member, also a salvation boat that matches the certain article 222, this may be calculated to the joint capacity, for the total capacity of one, at least 150 percent. ♪

    • 4°. Instance one of the group salvations is lost or in the unreasonable, there must be plenty of group salvation for use to each side for the total amount of danger.

  • 3 With exception of the group salvations, intended in article 206, first member, under one, all group resources are prescribed to discharge the total number of operatives, with their establishments, and the establishment of time.

  • 4 Aboard a vessel should at least be a relief boat that meets the certain in article 223. A salvation boat can be accepted as auxiliary ferry, as well as the prescription for a relief boat.


Article 200. Control directions.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

On or near the group rescues and the services of the tewater dispenses serve instruction plates or indictments, which...

  • 1/2. The goal of the services, the order of treatment from it and the point served instructions or warnings.

  • 2°. Clearly visible to the light of the emergency light; ♪

  • 3°. _ Worse rules in matter symbols.


Article 201. Occupation of group rescues and supervision on that.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 There must be a satisfying number of trained crew members aboard to lead the collection and bring unheard individuals together and be helpful at ger ship abandoned.

  • 2 There must be a satisfying number of disabled slopes on board to serve the group salvations and the water-lating supplies required to expel all the dangers.

  • 3 About each using group salvation requires a distinctive shipping guest in charge. Considering the nature of the journey, the number of dangers and the kind of vessels can allow the head of the shipping inspection to allow that people with experience in the treatment and services of salvation in the superfluential areas. Rescue boats also serve a substitute of the shipping companion.

  • 4 whoever's in charge of a group rescuing, must be able to get a list of names of the assigned crew of the group salvation and must see that these crew know their duties. The deputy slope commander also needs to have a list of the crew from the rescue boat.

  • 5 For a lifeboat in which a radio telegraphy installation has been delivered according to the article in 197, third member, someone must have been assigned to the installation.

  • 6 For every rescue boat, someone has to be assigned to operate the engine and small repairs to that.

  • 7 The number of individuals meant in the first to and with the third member, should be divided equally over the group rescues.


Article 202. Collect and shipping supplies.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One redding boats and rescue floors for which approved tewater lating supplies are prescribed, must be as close to spaces for accommodation and service rooms.

  • 2 The collection sites must be close to the shipping sites. Every collection needs to provide enough space to contain all persons there.

  • 3 collection and shipping places should be easily accessible from spaces for accommodation and service rooms.

  • 4 collection and increment sites must have a targeted emergency lighting, which should be fed by the electrical emergency source, prescribed in article 112, first member, or 113, first member.

  • 5 Gangen, kicking and exits leading to the collecting increment sites must have a purposeful emergency membership, which should be fed by the electrical emergency power source, prescribed in 112, first or 113.

  • 6 collection and shipping places for group salvations of the irony type must have been assigned that it's possible to place an injured person in the group rescue.

  • 7 On every tewater lating ground, or on each other's two-sided tewater lating grounds, an increment ladder should be present, which matches the certain article 224, twenty-eight to four, and with a high-level stretched, which is incurgentained, which is the most likely sustained, and itsed, and its, and it'stained, and it'stained, and it'stained, and it's the most likely in the most likely in the stance of the most likely inctances. However, the head of the shipping inspection can allow such ladders to be replaced by approved resources to intercept in the group rescues when these are in the water, possibly to make, that there is at least one degree in the minimum.

  • 8 Where needs to be resources to bring in group salvations of the irony type against the shipping board and keep them there so that people can be safely shipped.

  • 9 The preservations for the benefit of shipping in group salvations must be designed so that the rescue boats can be shipped in and watered from the institution, and that the rescue units can be removed from the location of the typical plants, and they'ved it to leave it to the water.


Article 203. Tewater labs.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Tewater lating grounds have to be in such a place that the group rescues can be safely watered. Plus, extraordinary attention should be given to the distance to the screw and to strongly reversed parts of the hull, so that the group rescues can be celebrated as much as possible along the vertical parts of the vessel. Instead of the foreclosure, the group resources must be at a protected place behind the attack shot and in this case, special attention must be given to the strength of the water supply.


Article 204. Place of group rescue.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • Each group rescue device must have been placed:

    • 1/2. Neither that nor the groups' salvation nor the placement provided the treatment of any other group salvation or a relief boat on another water laboratory.

    • 2°. As low as possible above the water surface as safe and executive is yet, except for a salvation raft destined to overrun the highest levels of water, at the very highest levels of the steering wheel,

    • 3°. So that the continuing and immediate use is ready, so that two crew members will be able to access the preparations for the water and the shipping;

    • 4°. Foreigning the full equipment, prescribed in paragraph 3;

    • 5°, as far as executive, in a safe and snitched place and protected from damage by fire and explosion.

  • Two redding boats that are being celebrated along the ship's sides should be as far as practically executive to the screw. Aboard a vessel that the height of 80 m or more, yet less than 120 mills behaved, each lifeboat must have been placed so that the distance of the rear of the lifeboat to the minority of the lifeboat. On board of a vessel whose height is 120 m or more, any rescue boat must have been placed that the distance of the rear boat to the screw at least 11/2 times the length of the lifeboat. Where appropriately, the vessel must have been assigned to that the rescue boats are protected at their disposal sites against damaged seas.

  • 3 Redding boats must be connected to additional tewater labs.

  • 4 redding floors of the irony type must have been placed within range of the heavens, unless resources for transmission of the salvation, which can't be expelled from the railroads, or the steering wheels, or the robberies.

  • 5 redding floors destined for waterlating by overboard pitching, must have been placed that they can easily be watered on both sides of the vessels, unless the capacity of the salvation is attached to the second degree in the 199.

  • 6 All rescue floors must have been placed with the catch line permanently confirmed to the vessel and with a substance of free explosives that meets the certain in article 218, 16th to 18, and with 18th members, and so when there's a sacrificial salvvvvation, it's a sactific rescue, and it's a sactific, it's a saction, and it's riffixious, and it's a life-ffixious, and it's a res a savage. Besides, all the salvation floors must have been placed as much as possible to dispose of their chores.


Article 205. Place of relief boats.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Emergency boats must have been placed.

  • 1/2. So they'll be ready all the time and for immediate use and the tewater labs will be done in five minutes.

  • 2°. in a place that is both appropriate for leaving water and for moving the boat back,

  • 3°. So neither that nor the relief boat nor the placement supplies obstruct the treatment of any other group salvation on another tewater displacement. ♪

  • 4 degrees, consistent with the certain article 204, if they also serve as a lifeboat.


Article 206. Provisions for tewater lating and retracting group resources.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One Tewater laboratory that meets the certain in article 224, should be available for all group rescues, except for...

    • 1/2. Rescue fleets in which are shipped from a deck on less than 4.5 feet above the lowest layout of the vessel in the seawater and that:

      • 1.1. Have a mass of no more than 185 pounds; Or...

      • 1.2. It's placed in front of the water directly from the scene under inappropriate circumstances of head or steering to 10 degrees, and with a 20-degree strike to each side:

    • 2°. Group salvations that have a mass of no more than 185 pounds and that are present in addition to the group rescues for the amount of danger.

  • 2 Every lifeboat must be provided by a means that the rescue boat can water and retrieve it.

  • 3 The resources for watering and retreating must have been executed that the waitress on board at all times is able to show the group salvation to the water, and for the rescue boats to recover,

  • 4 For similar group rescues aboard one vessel, only one type of dislocation mechanism is used.

  • 5 Preparing and serving a group salvation on a tewater lating ground can prep it and operate on other group salvages or relief boats on other levels.

  • 6 Lopers, when applied, must be sufficient height to the high side with the group salvations to reach the water if the vessel is at the lowest level of burden in sixteen degrees, or inflicted by 20 degrees.

  • 7 overwhelming the preparation and the water, the group resources must be submitted, the necessarily occupied, and the environment of the water surface where it's celebrated or to be thrown into water, the first responding membership of the E.

  • Eight ends preventing water salvations on the group of salvations placed outside of establishment, the workable floods that can spray and which cannot be transmitted through the main supply line. The head of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules.

  • 9 If a vessel is equipped with stabilizers and there's danger that the group salvations can be damaged, resources must be available, fed by an emergency source to bring in those stabilizers. On the bridge, a signor must be fed by an emergency source, presenting the stabilizers' position.


Article 207. Surveillances for increment, tewater laps, and retracting aid boats.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The providences for increasing and waterlapping of relief boats must have been performed in the shortest possible time the aid kit can be manned and watered.

  • Two if the relief boat is one of the ship's group salvages, the shipping supplies should be increasing and the tewater laboratory at certain articles2 and 203.

  • 3 The tewater labor supplies should be satisfied with the certain article 206. All deputy boats need to be watered beyond that, where requires using a catch line, while the vessel sails at a speed to 5 sea miles per hour.

  • 4 Return it quickly from the relief boat with full occupation and full equipment should be possible. If the assistance boat also serves as a lifeboat, then it should be quick to retrieve when the boat is provided for a rescue boat prescribed equipment and an occupation of at least six individuals.


Article 208. Line tower.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Aboard every vessel must be a lineboard device present, which matches the certain article 225.


Article 209. _

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One before taking a trip, and throughout the journey, all the salvations must be in good shape and ready for immediate use.

  • 2 Instructions for the maintenance of the reservations aboard, which match the certain article 226, must be present and the maintenance should be performed.

  • 3 Instead of prescribing member prescribed instructions, the head of the shipping vessel can provide one for the craft's maintenance program, where the resources of article 226 have been recorded.

  • 4 runners that are used in the victories of the salvation, must intersect from no more than 30 months and have to be renewed when they present flaws after 5 years.

  • 5 For the group salvation and their parts that are substantial to exceptional liquor or intering and regularly replaced, need to be aboard spare parts and repair equipment.

  • 6 The next trials and inspections should be conducted weeklyly.

    • 1/2. A visual inspection of all group salvations, relief boats and tewater labs, at least to ensure that these are ready for immediate use;

    • 2°. _ ♪

    • 3°. Tasting the general alarm installation, prescribed in article 239, second member.

  • 7 An inspection of rescuing resources with the understanding of the lifeboat gear should be performed monthly, which requires use of the article 226, first member, under one, prescribed checklist, to ensure that he's fully removed. A report from the inspection should be recorded in the ship's journal.

  • Eight all automatically inflammable salvation raft and the additional medical equipment and every automatically inflammatory rescue belt should be approved:

    • 1/2. _ In particular cases, the chief of the shipping inspection can extend this period to top 17 months; ♪

    • 2°. In Holland in a state-of-the-art Circumst acknowledgement station and abroad in a government acknowledges that because of the manufacturer's office is authorised to do these. The chief of the shipping tinspection can be adverse to the terms for recognition of the hospitals in Holland and retracting the hospital.

  • 8 All repairs and maintenance to backup boats in bloated state should be carried out the manufacturer's clues. Emergency repairs are allowed on board the vessel. Permanent repairs and periodic maintenance must be performed in a recognised medical station as intended under 1.2.

  • 9 automatic hydrostatic deduction mechanisms need to be approved periodically.

    • 1/2. _ In particular cases, the chief of the shipping inspection can extend this period to top 17 months; ♪

    • 2°. In an acknowledged medical station as intended in the eighth member under 1.2.


== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 210. General demands for rescue and... supplies.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Unless expressly different is determined or unless to the judgment of the Circumstantial Inspection, accounting for the special journeys that continues the vessel, other prescriptions are appropriate, in all these paragraphs,

    • 1/2. They must be manufactured with good skills and virtual material;

    • 2°. They're not allowed to be affected at air temperatures between minus 30 degrees and plus 65 degrees;

    • 3°. If they may be submerged in seawater during use, they must continue to work at a sea temperature between minus 1C and plus 30C.

    • 4°. Which applies to, they must be filed against rotation and corrosion and not overly affected by seawater, oil or mold;

    • 5°. They can't be affected by exposure to sunlight;

    • 6°. They must have a good visible color on all parts where this discovery can promote:

    • 7°. They must be provided with light-covering material in those places where this discovery can advance and according to the head of the shipping inspection, narrower rules: ♪

    • 8°. When application, they must be targeted at sea.

  • 2 The head of the shipping tinspection holds the timetables during the amount of salvages that reduce the quality in important degree as they grow older, for use on board. These resources must be provided with a clear visible record of the date of manufacturing. This way, the head of the shipping inspection can make more of the rules.


Article 211. Rescue cuffs.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A savior must meet the next demand:

    • 1/2. He must have an external mediocre of no more than 800 mm and a internal medal of not less than 400 millimeters;

    • 2°. He must be manufactured from self-effective material that doesn't exist in confession, cork waste, or any other grainy fabric without collar, nor from an air locker, where it's inflicted.

    • 3°. He must be able to carry at least 14.5 pounds of iron for 24 hours in sweet water;

    • 4°. He must have a mass of at least 4.5 pounds;

    • 5°. He can't keep burning or carrying on melting. If he hasn't been fully in fire for more than two seconds,

    • 6°. He must have been manufactured that a fall from a height of 30-mile in the water, without the uses or the consistent parts being compromised. If the place where the cuff is placed, over 30 millimeters above the lowest burden of the vessel is lodged in seawater, the cuff serves a fall from that height: ♪

    • 7°. He must be provided with a grasp line that has a cut of at least 9.5 millimeters and a height of at least four times the internal cureline of the cuff. The grasp line must be at four, at the same distance, points on the perimeter of the cuff are confirmed and so that four equal turns are formed.

  • 2 A self-inflicting light as prescribed in article 198, fourth member, must satisfy the following demands:

    • 1/2. It must have been manufactured that it can't be deafened by water;

    • 2°. It must be unbroken in all directions above the horizon can burn with a lightstone of at least two cds, or flicker lights with a frequency of at least 50 fliquencies per hour, with a slightly slightestablishment.

    • 3°. It must be provided by a so-called power source that can be satisfied for at least two hours at least. ♪

    • 4°. It's supposed to be a trap trial in the first member, under 6, can be passed.

  • 3 A self-working smoke signal as prescribed in article 198, fourth member, must satisfy the following demands:

    • 1/2. It must float in calm water, for at least 15 minutes, smoke from a good visible color with equal speed can drop.

    • 2°. It can't detonate explosive and not release flames during the entire period of smoke disposal:

    • 3°. It can't fill with water during the seas;

    • 4°. It's also supposed to give off smoke during and after a 10-second full domestic, 100 mm deep in water; ♪

    • 5°. It's supposed to be a trap trial in the first member, under 6, can be passed.

  • 4 A floating line as prescribed in article 198, third member, should meet the next demands:

    • 1/2. She can't chin;

    • 2°. She must have a cut of at least 8 millimeters and...

    • 3°. She's got to have a fracture of not less than five ns.


Article 212. Rescue seats.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A rescue belt can't keep on burning or melting if he hasn't been fully inclined for more than two seconds.

  • 2 A rescue belt must have been manufactured that:

    • 1/2. He, after instruction, within one minute in the right way, and without anyone else's help,

    • 2°. He can be carried inside out or very clearly exclusive in one way: As far as possible, the salvation belt must have been manufactured that he can't be done in a non-correct way or fixed;

    • 3°. He's comfortable;

    • 4°. He enables the bearer of at least 4.5 feet to jump into the water without injury, and without it unlocking the rescue belt or damaged.

  • 3 A rescue belt should have sufficient flood and stability in calm, sweet water to...

    • 1/2. _ ♪

    • 2°. The body of an unconscious person in every position in the water soils that the mouth is released from the water in no more than five seconds.

  • 4 A salvation belt must have a flood that doesn't take more than five percent after submerged in sweet water for 24 hours.

  • 5 A salvation belt should allow the bearer to swim a short distance and climb into a group salvation.

  • 6 A salvation belt should be provided with a signal fluid, firmly confirmed with a cord, and from a light that matches the very eighth member.

  • 7 A salvation belt that depends on blowing up is not to have less than two separate compartments and must, in addition to the one in the first to and the sixth member,

    • 1/2. He's supposed to automatically blow up in submerged, provided with a cure that could be blown up with a simple act, and the mouth can be blown up.

    • 2°. He should also, in loss of floodability in one of the compartments, meet with the certain in the second, third and fifth member: ♪

    • 3°. He must meet the certain in the fourth member after the rescue belt is automatically blown.

  • 8 A light for a rescue belt must satisfy the following demands:

    • 1/2. It's got to have a lightning valve of at least 0.75 CD;

    • 2°. It must be provided by a so-called power source that can be delivered a .75 CD during a period of at least 8:00 P.M. ♪

    • 3°. It must be visible to a as large a portion above the horizon as practically executive when the light is confirmed to the rescue seat.

  • If the light as mentioned in the eighth member is a faggot light, it should also meet the next demands:

    • 1/2. It must be provided with a hand-controlled switch;

    • 2°. It can't be equipped with a lens or bent reflector to join the radius; ♪

    • 3°. It should be able to flicker light with a frequency of at least 50 faggots per minute with a targeted lightning valve of at least 0.75 CD.


Article 213. Survival suits.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A survival suit must have been manufactured from waterproof material and yet so that...

    • 1/2. It can be unpacked in two minutes without help from others and drawn to them;

    • 2°. It doesn't keep burning or going through with melting if it hasn't been completely inflicted for over two seconds.

    • 3°. it, except for the face, the whole body covered. The hands must be covered by gloves that form an entirely with the suit, it's by separate gloves that are permanently attached to the suit;

    • 4°. There are providences to reduce the amount of free air in the pipes of the suit; ♪

    • 5°. There's no overwhelming amount of water in the suit after a leap from a height of at least 4.5 feet in the water.

  • 2 A survival suit should allow the bearer to...

    • 1/2. a vertical placed ladder of five-mile lengths to climb and descend;

    • 2°. Ordinary task forces during archipulation.

    • 3°. From a height of at least 4.5 mil in the water without the survival suit damaged or unleashed, or the bearer injuries; ♪

    • 4°. A short distance of swimming the water and climbing into a group salvation.

  • 3 A survival suit must be preserved from a light that matches the certain in article 212, eighth and nineth member, and a signal whistle as prescribed in article 212, sixth member.

  • 4 A survival suit must be manufactured from material itself isolating, and the bearer must provide a so-called thermic isolation that the body temperature of the carrier is no more than 2 degrees, and a temperature of 2/2 degrees, and /2 degrees.

  • 5 The survival suit should allow the bearer with the hands covered, pick up a pencil and write after a quarter of an hour in water from 5°C.

  • 6 A survival suit should have sufficient inherent floating and stability in calm, sweet water for:

    • 1/2. The tarter's mouth, floating with the face up, at least 120 mills above water; ♪

    • 2°. The bearer is able to turn in no more than five seconds from the stand with the face down to the one with the face up.


Article 214. Resources against heat loss.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A cure for heat loss must be made from waterproof material that has a thermal guidance of no more than .25 W/mK, and must be so estimated that when it's used to establish a person's loss as well as it is.

  • 2 A cure for heat loss must satisfy the next demand:

    • 1/2. It should cover the entire body of a person wearing a rescue belt, except for the face. The hands must be covered, the side of the resource of heat loss itself, the side by gloves that form an entirely with the cure for heat loss, the side by separate gloves that are permanently confirmed.

    • 2°. It needs to be unpacked without help from others and can easily be done in a group rescue or aid kit;

    • 3°. It needs to set up the bearer. The cure in the water in no more than two minutes, when this impedes the swimming; ♪

    • 4°. It should function well at temperatures of minus 30 degrees to plus 20 degrees.


Article 215. Falcon signals.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A false signal must satisfy the next demand:

    • 1/2. It must be wrapped in a waterproof holder;

    • 2°. On the holder must be short and clear leads or pictograms for use;

    • 3°. It must have a built-in blast mechanism; ♪

    • 4°. It must be designed to hold the person who holds the holder, no danger, when it's used to the manufacturer.

  • 2 A counterfeit signal should, when the lead right is shot up, reaching a height of at least 300 m. On or near the height of the job, the missile has to deliver a false signal that says,

    • 1/2. with a bright red color must burn;

    • 2 degrees, equally an average lightstudy of at least 3,000 CDs has to drop.

    • 3°. A fireplace must have at least 40 seconds;

    • 4°. A destruction must have from no more than five m/s; ♪

    • 5°. The falcon or the connections that don't damage during the fires.


Article 216. Handcuff lights.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A manual light should meet the next demand:

    • 1/2. It must be wrapped in a waterproof holder;

    • 2°. On the holder must be short and clear leads or pictograms for use;

    • 3°. It's got to have a self-sufficient inflammation; ♪

    • 4°. It must be designed to hold the person who holds the holder, no danger, when it's used to the manufacturer.

  • 2 A hand-stepping light has to be:

    • 1/2. with a bright red colour burning;

    • 2 degrees, equally average mid-level lightning strike at least 1,000 CDs.

    • 3°. Have a fire hour of at least one minute; ♪

    • 4°. Keep burning, after it's been diverted in water for 10 seconds.


Article 217. Floating smoke signals.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A floating smoke signal must satisfy the next demand:

    • 1/2. It must be wrapped in a waterproof holder;

    • 2°. It can't detonate explosively when it's commonly used the manufacturer's manufacturer: ♪

    • 3°. On the holder must have short and clear leads or pictograms for use.

  • 2 A floating smoke signal has to be:

    • 1/2. In calm water floating, for at least three minutes with a similar speed of good visible color,

    • 2 degrees, over the entire period of smoke disposal, don't turn off flames;

    • 3°. In the seas, don't fill with water; ♪

    • 4°. Smokes keep dropping when submerged for 10 seconds, 100 mm deep in water.


Article 218. General demands for rescue.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A rescue raft must have been manufactured that it's floating, for 30 days, against exposure to weather and sea's conditions.

  • 2 A rescue raft must have been manufactured that, if it's thrown from a height of 18 mil in the water, the raft and the equipment will continue to work. When the salvation raft is placed at an altitude of over 18 mil above the lowest possible burden of the vessel in the seawater, it must be from a type that has at least been affected.

  • 3 The floating rescue raft must be filed against repeated jumps on that from a height of at least 4.5 mil above the floor of the raft, both with no upstanding overcapping.

  • 4 A salvation raft with belonging must be so estimated that it can be melted with its full occupation and full equipment, and with one of the floaters, in calm water with a three-hour drive.

  • 5 The rescue raft must have an overcaliberation, which is automatically set when the raft is left to water, at the end of protecting the insiding from affecting. The overcapping must meet the next demand:

    • 1/2. She has to provide protection for heat and cold through two layers of material, separated by an air layer, or by other, equal targeting resources. There are substances to prevent the intrusion of water in the air layer;

    • 2°. The inside should have a colour that's in front of the life raft is not obsessive;

    • 3°. Each entrance must have been clearly reported and its preservation of purposeful, amazing closures that seawater, wind and cold exclude, and that easily and quickly can be opened from the outside so that ventilation is possible. Rescue floors destined for more than eight people, should have at least two opposite ways:

    • 4°. She has to allow sufficiently at all times, even with closed entrances, sufficient air for the inserting;

    • 5°. She must be provided with at least one viewing:

    • 6°. She must be resources for catching rainwater; ♪

    • 7°. Under all the parts of the overhead should be offered sufficient main room to the inserted in sitting position.

  • 6 A rescue raft destined for less than six people is not allowed.

  • Unless 7 is a rescue raft to be watered by a approved tewater lating device that meets the certain in article 224, and such a lifesaver shouldn't be carryable, the entire mutual resource of the rescue isolved.

  • 8 through the inside and outside of the rescue raft must have been severely imprisoned grasp lines.

  • 9 The rescue raft must be equipped with providences for it placed in user-class condition and captured the antenna belonging to the portable radio aircraft, prescribed in article 197, first member.

  • 10 The rescue raft must be equipped with a targeted catch line with a length of not less than 15 or twice the distance from the setting ground to the lowest burden of the vessel in the seawater, which is the largest of both.

  • 11 In addition to the upper terms, a rescue raft should satisfy the irony type to the next demands:

    • 1/2. When the rescue raft is loaded with the full occupation and full equipment, it has to be a silk battle against the ship's skin with a speed of at least 3.5 mils and a minimum of the damage that's been compromised. ♪

    • 2°. It's supposed to be resources to bring the rescue raft along the shipping deck and keep it there during the shipping.

  • 12 Each rescue of the irony type must be so deployed that the full number of people that are destined to do so, can be shipped in at no more than three minutes from the moment the order is given.

  • 13 The standard equipment of every rescue raft has to be:

    • 1/2. A floating throwing line of at least 30 milligrams, one end is provided with a floating throwing ring and the other end to the rescue raft.

    • 2°. A knife of an unfoldable type with a heft that keeps floating, connected to the raft with a line and locked in a bag on the outside of the crossover, near where the catch line is confirmed to the rescue. Besides, a rescue raft should be destined for 13 or more people, provided with a second knife that may be from a foldable type:

    • 3°. A floating hoosvat. A rescue raft destined for 13 or more persons must be equipped with two floating hoses;

    • 4°. Two sponges;

    • 5°. Two floaters, each with a shocking tow line and cay line, one serves as a spare and one remaining on the rescue raft must be confirmed and in a way that the rescue will be removed, or the most resolved, the most resolved in the servation of the world. The strength of the floater, the tow line, and the Caylin must be suitable for any condition of the sea;

    • 6°. Two floating parrots;

    • 7°. Three canopeners or three safety knives that are provided with a can opener;

    • 8°. A watertight drug coffin that can be properly closed after using a ministerial settlement, containing the additional checklist and manuals;

    • 9°. A whistle or a similar cure for giving sound signals;

    • 10 degrees. Four counterfeit signals that meet the certain in article 215;

    • 11 degrees. Six hand-stack lights matching the specific in article 216;

    • 12 degrees. Two floating smoke signals that meet the certain article 217;

    • 13 degrees. A waterproof electric lantern suitable for giving morsese, as well as a bunch of spare batteries and a spare lamp, wrapped in a watertight holder;

    • 14 degrees. a targeted radar reflector or similar to discovery by radar;

    • 15 degrees. A daily mirror with user clues for signaling to vessels, ships and planes;

    • 16 degrees. A specimen of a master of the shipping inspection determined list of redemption, printed on a water-proof map or locked in a waterproof package.

    • 17 degrees. A fishing line with hooks;

    • 18 degrees. An emergency ration with a nutrition value of at least 10,000 miles to each of the individuals that the rescue raft is destined for. These emergency rations need to be kept in an airtight packaging and secured in a watertight holder;

    • 19°. Waterproof holders that together 1.5 gallons of sweet water containing each of the people that the rescue raft is meant to be: This can be replaced 0.5 liters per person by an anomaly device that can produce an equal amount of sweet water in two etmales;

    • 20 degrees. A rust-free drinking cup with size;

    • 21 degrees. For each of the persons that the rescue raft is destined, six doses of a cure against seasickness and surrender a bag for seasickness;

    • 22 degrees. clues for surviving at sea;

    • 23 degrees. instructions on measures that should be immediately taken into the raft; ♪

    • 24 degrees. Resources to heat loss that match the certain in section 214, sufficiently for two individuals or ten percent of the number of people that are meant for, which is both the largest.

  • 14 The announcement concerning the rescue raft wrapped type of emergency packet, prescribed in article 219, 18th member, under 5, and article 220, under 720, under 7, resolved, that should be removed. == sync, corrected by elderman ==

  • 15. The suitable parts of the equipment should be held in a packaging that, when this isn't entirely part of or permanently confirmed to the rescue raft, should be held and locked inside the rescue, and in the last 30 minutes, it should be contained.

  • 16 The capture system of a life raft has to form a connection between the vessel and the salvation raft, and it must be established that the rescue raft, when it's discharged and, in the event of a resolve, it can't be removed.

  • If in the substance of free extermination, a fracture is applied, this one should meet the next demands:

    • 1/2. He can't break the power necessary to pull the catch line from the packaging of the rescue raft;

    • 2°. If appropriately, he can't break in blowing up the rescue raft; ♪

    • 3°. He's got to break into a force between 1.8 KN and 2.6 KN.

  • Eighteen, if in the substance of exoneration, a hydrostatic dislocation system is applied, this should do the next requirements:

    • 1/2. It must have been manufactured from unworking materials to prevent the system from being disabled. Galvantized or otherwise with metal covered parts can't be used as parts of the system;

    • 2°. The rescue raft should be automatically disconnected on a depth underwater from no more than 4 mm;

    • 3°. It must have drainholes to prevent a containment of water in the hydrostatic space when the facility is set up normally;

    • 4°. It must be so comprehensive that incoming water is prevented;

    • 5°. It must have been unchanged on the outside with type and serial number;

    • 6°. For every hydrostatic discharge system needs to be boarded by a vessel that's provided with such a system, a document that the manufacturer date, the type and the serial number, are listed as the latest period of 209, ♪

    • 7°. It must be designed that any part connected to the capture system has a strength that is no less than that requires for the catch line.


Article 219. automatically inflammatory rescue.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In addition to the certain article 218, automatically inflammable salvation floors also meet the certain in this article.

  • 2 The main drive room must be at least two separate compartments divided, which are blown up each one through a relapse. The floating chambers must be designed that, when one of the compartments is damaged or not blown up, the other compartments that are still intact, the rescuing sweeps with the vegetables, and they'll be able to keep their seats on the 75.

  • 3 The floor of a rescue raft must be waterproof and should be able to provide sufficient protection against cold, side by side:

    • 1/2. By the means of some or more compartments that could be blown up by the in-in-the-mills, or they're automatically blowing up, and by the insinuating air and being blown up again,

    • 2°. By other, equal means, which are not dependent on blowing up.

  • 4 The rescue raft must be blown up with a non-toxic gas. The blow-up should be at an environmental temperature between 18°C and 20 degrees within 1 minute and an environmental temperature of minus 30 degrees in three minutes. After blowing up, the rescue raft must preserve its form, even when it's loaded with the full occupation and full equipment.

  • 5 Every inflatable compartment should be able to go through at least three times the work pressure: Because of an override, or by limited hostility, a pressure should be prevented from being made over twice the job. There's got to be substances to connect the air pump or bladder ballg, prescribed in the twenty-two, under two, so that the work pressure can be maintained.

  • 6 The number of people who approve a rescue raft is equal to the smallest of the following numbers:

    • 1/2. The largest number obtained by the contents of the blown main drive rooms, which neither the bows nor the deafs, if entered, may be accounted, expressed in cubes, by 96,

    • 2°. The largest number obtained by the surface of the bloated salvation raft, measured to the inner edge of the flood, where the deaf or deaf, to be brought in by 72, Or...

    • 3°. The number of individuals with an average mass of 75 pounds per person, all with a rescue belt, which can easily and with enough chambers, satisfying place, without using any equivalent of the rescue.

  • 7 At least one entry should be provided with a formidable climbing backup to enable people from sea to the rescue raft; This climb support must have been delivered to the damages of the support is considerably empty from the rescue raft. In rescuing floors of the irony type with more than an entrance, the climbing support must have been delivered to the entrance to the entry and shipping supplies.

  • 8 entrances that aren't provided with a climbing support should have a shipping ladder, at least 0.4 mil below the waterline of the empty salvation.

  • 9 On the inside of the rescue raft, resources must have been delivered to which people can pull themselves from the shipping ladder into the rescue raft.

  • 10 A blow-up raft must be so construed, it's in bloated state and floating with deployed transition, in the seaway, possesses enough stability.

  • 11 The stability of a rescue raft in reverse condition must be so that one person can be turned to sea as well as in calm sea.

  • 12 The stability of a life raft loaded with the full occupation and full equipment, must be so that it can be dragged into calm sea at a speed of 3 sea per hour.

  • 13 The fracture of the capture system, the manner of confirmation to the rescue raft, but with exception of the fracture, it means in article 218, 17th member, at least, that's a resolved person for serving at least ten or less. The blow-up mechanism of a rescue raft should be served by one person.

  • 14 At the highest point of the transition of the rescue raft, one with the hand must have been delivered and disabled lamp, which, by dark night and bright atmosphere in a distance of at least 2,000 miles per hour. If that lamp gives a flicker light, the frequency should at least carry 50 faggots a minute during the first two of the 12 usage hours. The lamp needs to be fed by a seawater-activated battery or a dry battery, and has to automatically burn when the rescue raft is blown up. The battery must be from a type that doesn't get fluid or moisture in the packed rescue raft.

  • 15. On the inside of the rescue raft, one with the hand in and outable lamp, which can burn at least 12 hours unbroken. The lamp has to automatically burn when the rescue raft is blown up, and it has to give enough light to read clues and instructions.

  • 16 The rescue raft must be wrapped in a container that meets the next demand:

    • 1/2. He must be so estimated that he does not sustain superficially by conditions that can present themselves at sea;

    • 2°. When the rescue raft and equipment are packed, he must have sufficient ability to pull the catch line out and put the blow-up mechanism in while the vessel sinks. ♪

    • 3°. He must be, as far as executive, waterproof, except for leaks in the bottom of the container.

  • 17 The rescue raft should be wrapped in the container as far as possible, is assured that the rescue raft will be blown right up in the water as soon as it's released from the container.

  • 18 The container must have been reported:

    • 1/2. The name of the manufacturer or the trademark of the rescue raft;

    • 2°. The type and serial number of the rescue raft;

    • 3°. The name of the authorities who have performed the original type-approval approval of the rescue raft, and the number of people that the rescue is approved for.

    • 4°. The appointment CHOSOLAS SPANIS

    • 5°. The type of the rescue raft packed emergency packet, meant in article 218, 14th member;

    • 6°. The date that took the last resort of the rescue raft;

    • 7°. The height of the catch line of the rescue raft;

    • 8°. The maximum height above the water line belongs to the lowest-risk burden of the vessel in seawater, where the rescue raft may be set up; ♪

    • 9°. Any leads to watering the rescue raft.

  • 1919 On the rescue raft must have been reported:

    • 1/2. The name of the manufacturer or the trademark;

    • 2°. The type and serial number;

    • 3°. Year and month of manufacture;

    • 4°. The name of the authorities who have done the original type-approval approval:

    • 5°. The name and place of the medical station where the final approval took place; ♪

    • 6°. The number of people it's approved for, inflicted above every entrance in numbers that are at least 100 millimeters high, in a color that contrasts with the color of the rescue raft.

  • 20 In addition to the prejudicial members, a rescue raft of the irony type, when it hangs on the dislocation shaft or sprout, also meets the next demands:

    • 1/2. The rescue raft should be able to access a tax from 4 times the mass of the full occupation and full equipment at a temperature of the perimeter and of the rescue raft itself, serving between 17C and 23 degrees, with all the pressure. ♪

    • 2°. The rescue raft should be able to access a tax from 1.1 times the mass of the full occupation and full equipment at a temperature of the perimeter and the rescue raft itself of minus 30C, with all the overrides.

  • 21 containers of fleets of the irony type must have been blocked, preventing the container or parts from falling into the sea during and after blowing up and leaving water from the rescue.

  • 22 In addition to the equipment, prescribed in article 218, 13th member, an automatic blow-up raft should also be provided by...

    • 1/2. repair material to repair leaks in the floating rooms, existed at least three leakers of various sizes for temporary seal and material for permanent seal. ♪

    • 2°. A hand pump or bladder ballg.

  • 23 The knives prescribed in article 218, 13th member, under two, must be safety knives.

  • 24 The establishment of automatically inflammatory redemption in Holland is under constant supervision of the Head of the Creep Inspection. If these floods are manufactured overseas, they can be satisfied with a written statement, which is so overseeing by one of the factory independent inspection, given by the government of the land.

  • 25 An automatic blow-up raft should be approved by an officer of the shipping tragedy or by the head of the shipping torch. The raft must have been provided with a document given by or on behalf of the manufacturer, which by mentioned physician, when the medical examination has taken place, is preserved from a service stamp, that and autograph. The fund-raiser must be listed on this document. A following document will only be delivered after the raft has been reinstated with good consequences to the same condition.


Article 220. Fresh rescue floors.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In addition to the certain article 218, solid salvation floors should also meet the certain in this article.

  • 2 The flood power of the rescue raft must be delivered by approved self-defensive material as close to the silks of the rescue raft. The floating material must be burning or protected by a burning layer.

  • 3 The bottom of the rescue raft must prevent the intrusion of water, keep the inserting goal out of the water and protect them from the cold.

  • 4 The number of people that are approved of a rescue raft is equal to the smallest of the following numbers:

    • 1/2. The largest number obtained by the contents of the flood material, multiplied with a factor 1 minus the kind of weight of the material, expressed in cubic meters, by sharing 96,

    • 2°. The largest number obtained by the surface of the soil of the life raft, expressed in square meters, sharing by .372; Or...

    • 3°. The number of individuals with an average mass of 75 pounds per person, all with a rescue belt that can take easy and sufficient chambers without using any equipment from the rescue.

  • 5 At least one entry should be provided with a steady climbing support to enable people from sea to the rescue raft. In rescuing floors of the irony type with more than one entrance, the climbing support must have been delivered to the entrance to the entrance to the applications and shipping supplies.

  • 6 entrances that aren't provided with a climbing support should have a shipping ladder, at least 0.4 mil below the waterline of the empty salvation.

  • 7 On the inside of the rescue raft, resources have to be resources that allow people to pull themselves from the shipping ladder into the rescue raft.

  • Eight unless the rescue raft can be safely used no matter which side floats above, the strength and stability must be sole that it's self-important or easy to get through one person at sea and calm sea.

  • 9 The stability of a life raft loaded with full occupation and full equipment has to be so that it can be dragged into calm sea at a speed of 3 sea per hour.

  • 10 The rescue raft must be equipped with a targeted catch line. The fracture of the capture system, the manner of confirmation to the rescue raft, but with exception of the fracture, it means in article 218, 17th member, at least, that's a resolved person for serving at least ten or less.

  • 11 At the highest point of the transition of the rescue raft, one with the hand in and outable lamp, which is at night and bright atmosphere in a distance of at least 2,600 miles per hour. If that lamp gives a flicker light, the frequency should at least carry 50 faggots a minute during the first two of the 12 usage hours. The lamp needs to be fed by a seawater-activated battery or a dry battery, and it needs to be automatically burned when the overhead is set up. The battery must be from a type that doesn't get fluid or moisture in the packed rescue raft.

  • 12 On the inside of the rescue raft, one with the hand in and outable lamp, which can burn at least 12 hours unbroken. The lamp should be automatically burning when the overhead is set up, and it should give enough light to read clues and instructions.

  • 13 On the rescue raft must have been reported:

    • 1/2. The name and homehold or the fish mark, from the vessel that belongs to the rescue raft;

    • 2°. The name of the manufacturer or the trademark;

    • 3°. The serial number;

    • 4°. The name of the authorities who have done the original type-approval approval:

    • 5°. The number of people it's approved for, inflicted above every entrance in numbers that are at least 100 millimeters high, in a color that contrasts with the color of the rescue raft.

    • 6°. The appointment CHOSOLAS SPANIS

    • 7°. The type of the rescue raft packed emergency packet, meant in article 218, 14th member;

    • 8°. The height of the catch line:

    • 9°. The maximum altitude above the lowest possible burden of the vessel in seawater, where the rescue raft may be set up; ♪

    • 10 degrees. Any leads to watering the rescue raft.

  • 14 In addition to the precedential members, a steady salvation of the irony type, when it depends on the dislocation shaft or spruit, a 4-time tax from the mass of the occupation and the entire equipment.

  • 15. In addition to the equipment prescribed in article 218, 13th member, a steady rescue raft should also be provided with the necessary repair material.


Article 221. General demands for rescue boats.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 All rescue boats must have been properly built and must be from such shape and measurements, that in the sea, they're a vast amount of stability and sufficiently free when they're loaded with full occupation and full equipment. All the lifeboats must have a steady hull and must, standing up in calm water and loaded with full occupation and full equipment, maintaining a positive stability when there's a gas line somewhere, or there's no additional loss of any other.

  • 2 All rescue boats must be strong enough to...

    • 1/2. Safe to be left to water, charged with full occupation and full equipment; ♪

    • 2°. Leading water and being dragged when the vessel runs a sail from 5 sea miles per hour in quiet water.

  • 3 Romping and steady transitions must be from burning or incendiary material.

  • 4 seats need to be injected to cross-and-driven or as steady seats, which should have been as low as possible in the lifeboat, and so they're established to carry the number of individuals, with a mass that's approximately two members in the bottom.

  • Every lifeboat must be strong enough to go through sublime taxes without permanent distortion after removing the taxes.

    • 1/2. For boats with a metal romp: 1.25 times the total mass of the lifeboat loaded with full occupation and full equipment: Or...

    • 2°. for other boats: 2 times the total mass of the lifeboat loaded with full occupation and full equipment.

  • Every salvation boat must be strong enough to load, loaded with full occupation and full equipment and with, where that applies, slides or bumpers at their places, a side of a minimum of water, at least three mills.

  • 7 The vertical distance between the floor surface and the inside of the crossroads should be 50% of that floor surface.

    • 1/2. At least 1.3 m for a lifeboat destined for 9 people or less;

    • 2°. At least 1.7 m for a rescue boat destined for 24 persons or more; Or...

    • 3°. At least the distance established by linear interpolation between 1.3 and 1.7 m for a lifeboat destined for more than 9 people but less than 24.

  • 8 A lifeboat destined for over 150 people is not allowed.

  • 9 The number of people that are allowed in a lifeboat space is equal to the smallest of the following numbers:

    • 1/2. The number of individuals with an average mass of 75 pounds per person and all with a rescue belt to take that normally satisfying place without the treatment of continuing drugs or the use of and equivalents. Or...

    • 2°. The number of places that are obtained by an institution of seats consistent with figure 1. The shapes can each other, as reported, partially overlapping, if there are footsteps and there's plenty of leg room and the vertical distance between the top and seats is at least 350 mm.

    Bijlage 249454.png Figure 1
  • Every 10 seat in the rescue boat must have been clearly reported.

  • Each rescue boat must have been assigned to the full number of people before that in three minutes from the time the warrant is given, it can be shipped in. Quick detonation should be possible.

  • 12 Redding boats must have a shipping ladder that can be used on both sides of the lifeboat, to enable people from the water into the rescue boat. The lower step of the ladder has to reach at least .4 m below the waterline of the empty lifeboat.

  • 13 The salvation boat must have been assigned that helpful persons, both from sea and per carryable, can be brought on board.

  • 14 of the surfaces that people can walk must have been provided with an anti-slips.

  • 15. All the lifeboats must have their own floating capabilities, or must be provided with floating material that is not necessarily affected by seawater, oil and oil products, and that's enough to keep the salvation with them freely. Also, for the number of people in the salvation boat space is destined, floating material with an exaggerating power equal to 280 N per person, have been brought in. The prescription floating material shouldn't have been delivered to the outside of the hull of the lifeboat.

  • 16 all rescue boats must be charged with 50 percent of the number of people in the salvation boat that is destined for, served in their normal places at one side of the salvation boat, a free ship, which could have been deployed to the largest level of salvation.

  • Every 17 lifeboat must be driven by a diesel engine. For a lifeboat, no engine can be used, where the fuel has a 43-degree flash of 43 degrees or lower.

  • 18 The engine must be provided with a midwives or a promising start-up with two independent working power sources. Furthermore, the engine has to be provided for all before starting supplies. The start of the engine and the resources for start-up should be at an environmental temperature of minus 15 degrees to start the engine in two minutes from the moment the actions started before, unless to the judgment of the shipment of the shipment, which is in particularly reservational, with the reproduction of the shipment of the shipment of the shipments that's. The start-ups are not allowed to be obstructed by the engine room, deafs or other obstacles.

  • 1919 The engine should also be at least five minutes after the cold start, with the salvation boat from the water, can spin.

  • 20 The engine should also be able to spin if the lifeboat to the heartline of the crucifix is filled with water.

  • 21 The institution of the screws must be so substantial that the screw can be disconnected from the continuing process. There must have been substances that allow it to be possible with the lifeboat to sail both forward and backwards.

  • 22 The outlet of the engine must have been deployed to prevent water from entering the engine.

  • 23 All rescue boats must be designed to account for the safety of people in the water, and that potential damage from the screw is prevented from floating material.

  • 24 The velocity of a lifeboat in calm water has to move forward, if loaded with full occupation and full equipment and with all the engine-powered assistance in business, at least six miles per hour, and they'll be resolved with a full-filled supply, and a full-fived sepacement, and a full-fillion, and a full-time supply of load of load of load, which will be res. There must be sufficient fuel, appropriate for the temperatures to be expected in the vessel's vessel's craft, present to dismantle the full salvation boat for at least 24 hours with a sailing of 6.

  • 25 The engine of the lifeboat, the transmission, and the motoraccessories must have been surrounded by a burning collision or appropriate supplies that provide similar protection. Such providences must also provide protection against indestructible touch of hot or moving parts of the engine by people and have to protect the engine from exposure to weather and seawater. There's gotta be targeting measures to narrow the engine's noise. Start bamulators must have been incursions that form a waterproof space around the bottom and the silk of the batteries. The containments have to have close-closed covers, where preservations have been delivered, allowing gases to escape.

  • 26 The engine of the lifeboat and the accessories must be designed that no electromagnetic fields create, which have a disturbing influence on the radio equipment used in the rescue boat.

  • 27 There's got to be substances to load all the batteries in order to start the engine, the radio equipment, and the search lights. The radio batteries can't be used to deliver power to start the engine. There's got to be resources to load the accumulators of the lifeboat through the shipping grid with a nutrition that's no higher than 55 V, and they can be removed from the shipping net.

  • 28 There's got to be waterproof start and control regulations of the engine that's clearly observable near the engine's server.

  • 29 All the lifeboats must be provided with at least one drain valve, delivered to the lowest point in the hull, which automatically opens to remove water from the boat when the salvation boat isn't in the water supply, and it's in order to prevent the water. In order to shut down the drain valve, these should be preserved from a baptism or prop connected to a line, necklace or other suitable resources to the rescue boat. The drain valves must be easily reachable and the place must have been clearly reported.

  • 30 All rescue boats must have a stirr and a helmet stick, even if there's a steering wheel or another mechanism for remote control. The rudder must have been permanently confirmed on the rescue boat. The helmet stick must have been permanently inflicted or connected to the steering king; If the salvation boat has a mechanism for remote control, it's allowed a decrepitable helmet stick that can be locked up near the helm king. The rudder and the helmet stick must have been performed so they don't get damaged using the discharge mechanism or the screw.

  • 31 except for the surrounding of stir and screw, along the outside of the salvation boat, it's got to be one in turns and up to the floating grip line.

  • 32 If at the bottom of the hull of a lifeboat manuals have been delivered, this one should have been confirmed to the rescue boat that the rescue boat isn't damaged, if the hand grabbed by a force to break out.

  • 33 All rescue boats must be equipped with enough waterproof cabinets or compartments to offer mountain space to small equipment, water and other supplies, prescribed in the two-forty membership. There's got to be substances for stored rainwater.

  • 34 every lifeboat that's left by a carpet or runners to water, must be equipped with an impact mechanism that meets the next demands:

    • 1/2. The mechanism must have been performed so that all the hooks are immediately disconnected;

    • 2°. The mechanism must have the next two disconnect possibilities:

      • 2.1. A normal exploitability that can unleash the lifeboat when it's in the water or when the hooks are inconclusive; ♪

      • 2.2. A charged deduction opportunity that could disable the lifeboat when the hooks are charged. This disconnect must be performed so that the salvation boat is dislocated under all the charges, reaching unconsected with the salvation boat in the water, lying to a tax, one of the entire rescuings of the shipment. This disconnect possibility must be sufficiently protected from unwilling or preliminary use;

    • 3°. The deduction service must have been clearly indicated in a color that contrasts with the environment; ♪

    • 4°. The mechanism must be designed with a 6 security factor based on the pulling edge of the used material, which should be assumed that the mass of the rescue boat is equally divided on the lopers.

  • Every 35 lifeboat has to be equipped with an explosive device to disable the precaution when there's power on it.

  • 36 every salvation boat must be provided with a established earth connection and providences to secure the antenna in article 197, under one, prescribed radio device, presumed in the targets and captivity.

  • 37 Reddingbots destined to be watered past the silks of the vessel, the necessary slides and bolts to allow water to prevent the damage to the rescue boat.

  • 38 At the highest point of the crossroads, one hand in and outable lamp has been delivered by dark night and bright atmosphere over a distance of at least two miles during at least 12 hours. If the lamp gives a flicker light, the frequency should at least carry 50 faggots a minute during the first two of the 12 usage hours.

  • 39 On the inside of the lifeboat, a lamp or other light source has been delivered, which gives at least 12 hours enough light to read clues and instructions. Olielanns are not allowed for this purpose.

  • 40 Unless otherwise determined, every rescue boat must be provided with target resources to remove or automatically selfless.

  • 41 each lifeboat must have been assigned to that from the steering wheel, sufficient view forward, backwards and to the silks connected to leaving the safe water and maneuvering.

  • 42 All the equipment from a lifeboat, or those in this member or elsewhere in this chapter are prescribed, except for the boat hooks that need to remain available to keep the rescue boats, must be remanded or contained by compartments or containments. The equipment must be so tied up that she's not forming an impediment at the scene. All equipment pieces need to be as small as they can, have a as slight mass as possible, and must have been targeted and compacted. Unless otherwise determined, the normal equipment of every lifeboat has to exist:

    • 1/2. sufficiently floating belts to advance in calm sea. For each belt, there must be fools, support or equal providences. The fools or support should be connected to lines or chains on the boat;

    • 2°. Two boat hooks;

    • 3°. A floating hoosvat and two buckets;

    • 4°. clues for surviving at sea;

    • 5°. A night house with a targeted compass that's lighting or preserved from a targeted lighting. In an entirely over-covered rescue boat, the night house must have been permanently delivered to the wheel; In every other lifeboat, there must be suitable providences to set up the night house. The compass should be provided with a certificate as intended in Article 277, fourth member, handed down by one by the Head of the Creep Inspection expert,

    • 6°. A floater of sufficient heights with a shock-proof tow and a cay line that offers a good grip in wet condition. The strength of the floater, the tow line, and the Caylin must be suitable for any condition of the sea;

    • 7°. Two targeted catch lines with a height of no less than twice the range of the lifeboat to the lowest burden of the vessel in the seawater or 15 mil, which is the largest of both. One catch line, confirmed to the detonator, prescribed in the 50th member, should be at the front of the rescue boat, and the other should be in the rescue boat, ready to be tightened up, or in the vicinity of the bow.

    • 8°. Two axes, one at every end of the lifeboat;

    • 9°. Waterproof holders containing 3 liters of sweet water for every person in the lifeboat space is meant to be. This can be replaced 1 liter per person by an authentic device that can produce an equal amount of sweet water.

    • 10 degrees. A rust-free anchor with line;

    • 11°. A rust-free drinking cup with size;

    • 12 degrees. an emergency ration with a food value of at least 10,000 miles for every person in the lifeboat space is destined for. These emergency rations need to be kept in an airtight packaging and secured in a watertight holder;

    • 13 degrees. Four counterfeit signals that meet the certain in article 215;

    • 14 degrees. Six hand-stacking lights matching the specific in article 216;

    • 15 degrees. Two floating smoke signals that meet the certain article 217;

    • 16 degrees. A waterproof electric lantern suitable for giving morsese, as well as a bunch of spare batteries and a spare lamp, wrapped in a watertight holder;

    • 17 degrees. A daily mirror with user clues for signaling to vessels, ships and planes;

    • 18 degrees. A specimen of a master of the shipping inspection determined list of redemption, printed on a water-proof map or locked in a waterproof package.

    • 19°. A whistle or a similar cure for giving sound signals;

    • 20 degrees. For every group of maximum 50 people in the salvation boat room is destined, a watertight drug case that can be well closed after using again, with a ministerial settlement agreement to maintain, with the manual controllaughter.

    • 21 degrees. For every person in the lifeboat space is destined, six doses of a cure to seasickness and a bag of vomiting at seasick;

    • 22 degrees. a pocket knife that needs to be connected to a line on the lifeboat;

    • 23 degrees. Three can openers;

    • 24 degrees. Two floating throwing lines of at least 30 millimeters, each provided with a floating throwing ring:

    • 25 degrees. A hand pump;

    • 26 degrees. A fishing line with hooks;

    • 27 degrees. enough tools for smaller repairs to the engine and accessories:

    • 28 degrees. A portable fire extinguisher suitable for blowing oil fires;

    • 29 degrees. A search light that a slightly coloured object of 180 mid-level latitude at night during total of 6 hours, at least 3 hours in a row, could ease purpose;

    • 30 degrees. a targeted radar reflector or similar to discovery by radar;

    • 31 degrees. Resources against heat losses that meet the certain in article 214, sufficiently for two individuals or ten percent of the number of people that are meant to be in the lifeboat space, which is both the greatest. ♪

    • 32 degrees. In the case of vessels making trips, which are earth and expensive, that to the judgment of the head of the shipping inspection the 12 and 26 prescribed equipment is not necessarily necesssarily necessary, that can be called parole.

  • 43 The measurements of the lifeboat and the number of people that were destined to be in the salvation boat room must have been indicated in clear, unchanging signs.

  • 44 The name and homehold, or the fish mark of the vessel that the salvation boat belongs to, should be on both sides of the rescuing boat in blocklets.

  • 45 centimetres in identification of the vessel that the salvation boat belongs to and the number of the rescue boat must have been indicated that they are visible from the air.

  • 46 Reddingbots must have been numbered.


Article 222. All over the rescue boats.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In addition to the certain article 221, all over-covered lifeboats have to meet the certain in this article.

  • Two entirely covered rescue boat must be equipped with a waterproof transition that covers the entire lifeboat. The overcapping must have been performed like this:

    • 1/2. The sittings are protected from heat and cold;

    • 2°. Access to the rescue boat is offered by shutters that can be sealed.

    • 3°. The entry locks in such places have been delivered that acts for leaving the water and retrieved from the boat without being included by one of the inmates needing to leave the spare room.

    • 4°. The entry locks both inside and from the outside can be opened, and are provided with means to set them open.

    • 5°. It's possible to row the lifeboat;

    • 6°. This, if the lifeboat is in reverse condition with the access locks closed and without a leak of meaning, the entire mass of the lifeboat with full equipment and full occupation can carry:

    • 7°, on every side windows or perceived panels, that allow sufficient daylight within the rescue boat when the access box is closed, so artificial light is unnecessary;

    • 8°. The outside has a good visible color and the inside has a colour that's not obsessing with the inside.

    • 9°. Accesses have been brought in to provide lumbar to people who move along the outside of the lifeboat, giving that support to intrusion and discharged;

    • 10 degrees. Persons from an access to their seats without having to climb any other obstacles; ♪

    • 11°. The inserted are protected from the consequences of dangerous atmospheric oppression that can be caused by the engine.

  • 3 There's got to be a safety belt in every seat. The safety belt must be designed to be a person with a mass of 100 pounds held in place when the rescue boat is circumcised.

  • 4 The stability of the lifeboat must be so substantial that this automatically self-important, if they're loaded with the full or partial occupation and full or partial equipment, all the access and the safety deposits are sealed with their individuals.

  • 5 The salvation boat should be able to carry the full occupation and the full equipment when the salvation boat in the article 221, first member, described, damaged condition, and the stability should be as good as it is to save a vehicle.

  • 6 The design of the engine exhaust, air ducts, and other openings must be so precise that water is kept outside the engine when the rescue boat turns over and redecorates.

  • 7 The engine and the transmission should be served from the driver's place.

  • 8 The engine and motor instalment should be able to keep spinning in every position during the transition and after the lifeboat redecorated, then automatically stop at the turnover and be easily rebooted after the rescue boat redecorated. The fuel and smear systems must have been performed that no fuel oil and no more than 250 milligrams of smeer oil is lost in the engine.

  • 9 air-cold engines must be provided with a system to suck coolant and feed off to the outdoor. With the hand-staffed valves must have been made to suck cooler and feed off in the lifeboat.

  • 10 undiminished the certain in Article 221, sixth member, must be an entirely over-covered rescue boat built and contained from battery trappers, which is determined that the salvation is in protected by a minimal impact, and the results of the impact.


Article 223. Helping boats.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In addition to the specifics in this article, all the aid kits are required to meet the specific in article 221, members 1 to 7, 10 to 32, 34, 35, 37, 40 to 43 and 46.

  • Two collision boats are allowed from a steady construction or a construction of the inflatable type, or a construction that both possibilities are combined, and must be...

    • 1/2. Have a height of at least 3.8 m and no more than 8.5 m;

    • 2°. At least five people sitting in sitting and carrying a person lying in attitude.

  • 3 aid boats performed as a combination of a steady construction and a construction of the inflatable type, required to satisfy the following reservations just to satisfy the head of this vessel.

  • Unless the auxiliary boat has sufficient sail, the boat must be provided with a bow coverage that extends over at least 15 of the height.

  • 5 aid boats should be able to maneuver at a speed to six sea miles an hour, and for at least four hours, that speed can stop.

  • 6 aid boats have to be sufficient and maneuverable to pull sea entrepreneurs out of the water, rescuing resources, and the largest type of salvation that's aboard, with a sufficient disposable, or a solvement of two hours.

  • 7 A relief boat must be rested with a port or outside engine.

    If an outboard engine is applied, the helmet and the helmet stick can form a part of the engine. In abnormality of the certain article 221, 17th members, extractionary engines with a approved fuel system can be applied in relief collisions, as the fuel tanks are refueled and refueled to fire.

  • 8 There's got to be permanent tows in the auxiliary boat, and these need to be strong enough to bring salvation floors together or drag them as prescribed in the sixth member.

  • 9 aid boats must be equipped with a mountain for smaller equipment pieces, which is close to weather and wind.

  • 10 All the equipment from an auxiliary boat, except for the boat hook that needs to stay available to hold the boat off, must have been tied up in the relief boat by refugees, or contained compartments, or other kinds. The equipment must have been tied up that she's not impeding the acts for leaving it to water or putting it back. All equipment pieces need to be as small as they can, have a as slightly as possible mass and have to be targeted and compactly packed.

  • 11 The normal equipment of a relief boat has to be:

    • 1/2. sufficient floating belts or pagaais to get ahead in calm sea. For each belt, there must be fools, support or equal providences. The fools or support should be connected to lines or chains on the boat;

    • 2°. A floating hoosvat;

    • 3°. A night house with a targeted compass that's lighting or preserved from a targeted lighting. The compass should be provided with a certificate as intended in Article 277, fourth member, handed down by one by the Head of the Creep Inspection expert,

    • 4°. A floater of sufficient heights with a shocking tow of at least 10 milligrams and a cay line that offers a good grip in wet condition. The strength of the floater, the tow line, and the Caylin must be suitable for any condition of the sea;

    • 5°. A catch line of sufficient height and strength, confirmed to the disconnective in article 221, fifteenth member, attached to the front of the relief boat:

    • 6°. A floating line of at least 50 lengths, strong enough to drag a life raft as prescribed in the sixth member;

    • 7°. A waterproof electric lantern suitable for giving morsese, as well as a bunch of spare batteries and a spare lamp, wrapped in a watertight holder;

    • 8°. A whistle or a similar cure for giving sound signals;

    • 9°. A watertight drug coffin that can be properly closed after using a ministerial settlement, containing the additional checklist and manuals;

    • 10 degrees. Two floating pitlines of at least 30 metres height, which one end is provided with a floating cast and the other end to the boat is tied up.

    • 11°. A search light that a slightly coloured object of 180 mid-level latitude at night during total of 6 hours, at least 3 hours in a row, could ease purpose;

    • 12 degrees. a targeted radar reflector or similar to discovery by radar;

    • 13 degrees. Resources to heat loss that meet the certain in article 214, sufficiently for two individuals or ten percent of the number of people that are meant to be in the auxiliary unit, which is both the largest.

    • 14 degrees. Target resources to enable persons from climbing the water into the boat;

    • 15 degrees. enough tools for smaller repairs to the engine and accessories: ♪

    • 16 degrees. A portable fire extinguishing device suitable for blowing oil.

  • 12 Aside from the equipment prescribed in the 11th member, the normal equipment of every solid aid kit has to be known as:

    • 1/2. A boat hook;

    • 2°. a bucket;

    • 3°. A knife or axe.

  • 13 In addition to the equipment prescribed in the 11th member, the normal equipment of every aid kit should be in bloated state.

    • 1/2. A floating safety knife;

    • 2°. Two sponges;

    • 3°. a purposeful, hand-manded blasphemy or pump;

    • 4°. repair material in a suitable holder, for recovering leaks;

    • 5°. A safety net;

    • 6°. One in corners tied to the grip line or sufficient hand grabs on the inside of the boat; ♪

    • 7°. or other resources to reverse the boat.

  • 14 The specific in article 221, third and fifth member, is not appropriate for relief boats in bloated state.

  • 15. A relief boat in bloated state must be so manufactured that when this one hangs on its sprout or hook:

    • 1/2. He's sufficiently strong and stiff enough to be celebrated and reheated with full occupation and full equipment;

    • 2°. He's strong enough to go through a 4-mile taxes the mass of the full occupation and full equipment, at a temperature of the perimeter between 17 degrees and 23C with all overturnings closed. ♪

    • 3°. He's strong enough to get a tax from 1.1 times the mass of the full occupation and full equipment, at a temperature of the environment of minus 30C with all the overpowers open.

  • 16 aid boats in bloated state must be so manufactured that they are filed against exposure of weather and sea:

    • 1/2. set on an open deck aboard a vessel at sea; ♪

    • 2°. For 30 days, floating in all conditions of the sea.

  • 17 In addition to the certain article 221, twenty-threeth- to-and-and-three member, assistance boats must have been spotted in bloated state with the serial number, the name of the manufacturer and that manufacture.

  • 18 The flooding ability of a relief boat in bloated state should be delivered by a single flood body at least five different compartments of nageno contents, both of which are the same perimeter of the two larger parts. The drills have to be designed that when one of the compartments is damaged, the compartments that are still intact, the relief boat can float with a normal vegetable, which is intact.

  • 1919 The outer drills of the auxiliary ferry must have an intent of at least 0.17 mil for any person who's been destined for the support boat.

  • 20 Each floating body should be provided with a retainer valve for the need of blowing up with the hand and resources to drain the flood body. Unless the head of the shipping inspection judges that such a drug is not necessarily necessarily necessary, there must have been an override.

  • 21 On the bottom of the bottom and in vulnerable places on the outside of a relief boat from the inflatable type, should be honored by the head of the shipping inspection schavitriches.

  • 22 If the auxiliary boat with a mirror plate is equipped, this can't have been moved in more than 20% of the height of all the support boat.

  • 23 There must have been targeted confirmation points to confirm the catch lines in front and back, and the grasp lines along the inside and the outside of the boat.

  • 24 A support boat from the inflatable type should be held in full-blown condition at all times.


Article 224. Tewater labs and intercepts.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1/2 tewater dissertations of all four and hesgerei, must be performed that the entirely equipped group salvation or the aid kite, which is served with a headache, which can be transmitted to a steady side of 20 degrees.

    • 1/2. After shipping, prescribed in article 202, ninth member, full occupation; ♪

    • 2°. Without people in the group rescue or in the relief boat.

  • 2 A tewater laboratory may, in violating a group salvation or an aid kit in the state, under one or two, depending on gravity or decreasing the power of mechanism.

  • 3 A tewater laboratory must have been assigned from a place to deck and from a place in the group salvation or the aid kit by a person can be managed. The group salvation and the auxiliary boat must be visible to those who serve the tewater labor on deck.

  • 4 each tewater laboratory must be so consistent that a minimum of maintenance requires minimum. All the parts that require regular maintenance by the crew must be well accessible and easy to maintain.

  • 5 The leather brakes of the tewater residue must be strong enough to...

    • 1/2. A statistical trial with a probation of at least 1.5 times the maximum workload: ♪

    • 2°. A dynamic ordeal to go through with a test tax at least 1.1 times the maximum workload at the maximum expedition.

  • 6 A tewater laboratory with appropriate, except for the leather brakes, must be strong enough to allow a statistical trial with at least 2.2 times the maximum repair.

  • 7 Structural parts and all the blocks, runners, eyes, closes, confirmations, and all the other requirements that were used in connection with the water, must have been designed with a minimum security facility based on the construction equipment based on the equipment. For all structural parts of davits and leather, a minimum safety factor of 4.5 and for all the runners, necklaces, locks, and blocks, a minimum security facility should be applied to 6.

  • Eight of all tewater laboratories, as far as executive, also continue to work on ice-creaming.

  • 9 A tewater laboratory for a lifeboat should be able to lift that lifeboat with his control.

  • 10 A tewater laboratory must have been assigned that the increment in the group salvation, consistent with certain in the articles 218, 12th member, and 221, 11th member, is possible.

  • 11 Lopers must have been manufactured from spin free and corrosive steel wire.

  • 12 Unless a targeting compensation has been compromised, the runners have to use a multiple trumpet that's how they're set to celebrate at the same rate of the thromble, and they're at the same rate of velocity.

  • 13 each tewater laboratory for an aid kit must have been equipped with a motorbike with a solid ability that the support boat with full occupation and full equipment can be lifted.

  • 14 at the end of every group rescue and every relief boat needs to be re-enacted. Swengels and gears of the hand management are not allowed to reverse the moving parts of the leather when the group salvation or the support fee is to be celebrated or tooled.

  • 15. If davit's toxic inbound is inflicted, safes must be delivered, which automatically disabled the power before the davits reach the end, to avoid the waists, unless it's an impossibility to prevent the engine.

  • 16 The speed that allows the group salvation or the relief boat to be watered, can't be any less than those obtained by the formula:

    S = 0.4 + (0,02 x H)

    == sync, corrected by elderman ==

    Height in meters from the davit head to the lowest burden of the vessel in seawater.

  • 17 The maximum rate of celebration is determined by the head of the shipping tinspection, in regard to designing the group salvation or the emergency boat, the protection of the extractives, the power of the extraction, and the excess of the extraction. The tewater laboratory must have been established insured that this speed will not be overruled.

  • Eighteen tewater laboratories for the auxiliary fee must load the relief boat with full occupation and full equipment at a rate of at least .3/3 m/s.

  • 1919 At every tewater laboratory, brakes have been removed that can stop the group salvation or the relief boat and these with full occupation and full equipment can hold safely. The brake blocks need to be protected from water and oil.

  • 20 With the hand-controlled brakes must have been triggered that the brake is always in effect, unless the server of that, or a mechanism that's triggered by the server, keeps the brake in the distance.

  • Twenty-one blocks or some runners can't be provided with hooks, other than safety shacks.

  • 22 When for a group salvation device is prescribed a tewater discharge while the group salvation should also be able to exploit, the distinctive release of the group resources are automatic.

  • 23 Each tewater laboratory for salvation has to satisfy certain in the first member to and with the one-two member, except for the reservations that relate to the use of gravitational discharges, to reproduce, to remove the outcasts. The tewater laboratory must have been designed to prevent premature removal during the premeditation, and that the rescue raft is automatically dislocated when this hits the water.

  • 24 There must have been hand grabs in order to secure a safe transition from the top steps of the shipping ladder and reverse.

  • 25 The steps of the shipping ladder must be:

    • 1/2. are manufactured from hardwood, without quarts or other irregularities, smoothly processed and free of sharp edges and splinters, then fit material with similar properties:

    • 2°. It's preserved from a targeting anti-slip surface, obtained by grooves in length, or inflicting a approved anti-slip layer;

    • 3°. No less than 480 millimeters long, 115 millimeters wide and 25 millimeters of fat, where an anti-slip surface is not comprehensive; ♪

    • 4°. In equal distances of no less than 300 millimeters and no more than 380 millimeters of each other have been confirmed in such a way that they maintain the horizontal stand.

  • 26 The leaders of the shipping ladder serve at each side of two undressed manilla ends with at least 65 millimeters. Each end has to exist from one piece without connections below the top step. Other material can be used on condition that the measurements, fractures, suspicion, stretch and grey properties are at least similar to manila rope work. All the ropes serve to be so worked out they can't rattle.


Article 225. Line tower.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Every lineage machine has to satisfy the next demand:

    • 1/2. It's got to get rid of a line with reasonable accuracy;

    • 2°. It's supposed to be at least four projectiles that can fire a line across at least 230 mil;

    • 3°. It must be provided at least four lines, each with a fracture of at least two ns, and...

    • 4°. It's got to be provided with snitched usages or pictograms, which clearly indicate the use of the lineboard.

  • 2 The projectile, in the event of a gun fired projectile, or the projectile and the line when they form a whole, must have been stored in a water-proof holder. In the event of a gun firing projectile, the lines and projectiles should be consistent with the inflammations above which are stored in a packet that provides protection against reflection.


Article 226. Instructions for maintenance aboard.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Instructions for the maintenance of reservations on board should be easy to understand, where might have been intrigued and longed to include the following data for any rescue.

  • 1/2. A checklist, using when the inspections are prescribed in article 209, seventh member, are performed;

  • 2°. Any leads for need of maintenance and repairs;

  • 3 degrees, schedule for periodic maintenance;

  • 4 degrees, schematic performance of bribes and recommended bribes;

  • 5°. A list of replaceable parts:

  • 6°. A list of addresses where reserve parts can be obtained; ♪

  • 7°. A log for signing inspections and maintenance.


Four.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 227. Load ladders.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel that travels where it's likely to be taken from a lead using, must be a virtue lead ladder that puts leads safely on and off.

  • 2 A lead ladder serves to meet the next demands:

    • 1/2. The ladder must exist from a single height and long enough to reach the water from the shipping site. In addition, we need to account for all the vessel's charges, with head-or-stepping and batting to the other side of 15 degrees;

    • 2°. Serving the lead ladder.

      • 2.1. To be manufactured from hardwood or other materials with similar properties, to exist from one piece without brushes and a purposeful limb. The lower four steps may be manufactured from rubber of sufficient strength and stiffness or other suitable material with similar properties:

      • 2.2. No less than 480 millimeters long, 115 millimeters wide and 25 milligrams of fat, possibly used anti-slip materials unrelated; ♪

      • 2.3. On equal distances of no less than 300 millimeters and no more than 380 millimeters of each other, and in such a way, they have maintained the horizontal stand;

    • 3°. In a lead ladder can't prevent more than two replacement acts that are held in place in a way that deviates from those that the original steps have been confirmed. Every step that's been imprisoned as soon as possible is replaced by a tread which has been confirmed in the way that the original compound of the ladder has been compromised. If replacement steps on the side leaders are confirmed by extinctions in the side of the treads, these outcasts are to be found in the long side of the steps;

    • 4°. _ Each end has to exist from one piece without connections in the long sides of the steps; ♪

    • 5°. Spreads manufactured from hardwood or other materials with similar properties, existed from one piece of existence and with a height of no less than 1.80 mil, served at such distances that there's no way to get in the lead. The lowest spreilat has to be delivered at the scene of the fifth step of the bottom and the intervention between two speakers can't carry more than 9 steps.

  • 3 Where special constructions like mountain woods prevent the treads of the lead ladder from resting firmly against the ship's skin, serve in the pleasure of the chief of creation, so that can be delivered to safety.

  • 4 A mechanical lead ladder and additional equipment should be a approved type. The installation must have been designed and built that the warehouse can be safely on or off, a safe access from the ladder to the deck and intercepted.


Article 228. Safe lights.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

On board of a vessel, at least one electrical security lamp from an approved type is present to use in spaces where dampens can provide an explosion can be expected. An electrical security lamp should be satisfied with the certain article 105.


Article 229. For the fishing company's destined supplies.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On board of a vessel, the for the fishing company has destined targets and steady devices are construed and instructed, that they will not be compromised for the safety of the vessel and the users.

  • 2 The masten and the giggles, the standing and walking scum, as well as the loading and loosening aboard a vessel should be sufficiently strong and in good shape.

  • 3 The second member meant scum belonging blocks should be sufficiently strong and so executed, that they don't make any danger to the safety of users.

  • 4 The Circumstantial Inspection of the Creatorship can make more of the rules to perform certain in the preceding members.


Article 230. Healthcraft.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Health-effects with a maximum-safe workload of 10-0 or more need to be provided with a valid certificate, handed off by the head of the Creep Inspection experts.


Article 231. Medical equipment aboard.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On board of a vessel, the ministerial arrangement is prescribed medical equipment, consistent with drugs, nursing treatments and antidota, with the included checklists and manuals.

  • 2 The captain is obliged to bear that the medical equipment is in good shape, is filled and as needed to be renewed as soon as possible, at least precedent during the normal supply procedures. He can transmit the use and control of the medical equipment on board, undiminished his own responsibility, to some or more creatures that meet the demands, meant in article 238.


Article 232. Preserve the medical equipment.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The medical equipment is preserved in appropriate coffins or preserved cabinets or spaces.


Article 233. Divorcing drugs and antidota of nursing articles.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The cures and antidota are being separated from the paramedics. If they're kept in one coffin together, they're separated by interference.

  • 2 The morphine repairs that are part of the medical equipment, are preserved in a sealed space, which the key rests with the captain or the shipping to who the captain used and controlled the medical equipment.


Article 234. Number, decrypt list, benefits.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On the package of the files of the medical equipment is, as far as possible, the number is listed in the prime ministerial arrangement on the ground of 231, first member, and article 317, third member. Also, a receipt of the checklists confirmed in article 232 meant caskets, closets or spaces.

  • 2 On the etiquettes, present in the package of resources, in need of abroad consulting experts, as many as possible besides the Dutch, the Latin beneath them, the common sense of the Health.


Article 235. Delivery of medicine and antidota.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The drugs and the antidota are delivered by a pharmacist, which appears to be a mark on the pack.


Article 236. Full medications, nurses and antidota.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • If there are any other cures, nursing artifacts and antidota on board than they are prescribed on the grounds of the ministerial arrangement, meant in the articles 231, first member, and 317, 37, to 235 members of this region.

  • 2 If there's any mention of a medical emergency that requires the necessary drugs, nursing equipment or antidota on board, the captain's obligation is to carry that this as soon as possible.


Article 237. Medical manual.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

For the use of the medical equipment on board is a contained copy of a ministerial settlement to indicate healing manual.


Article 238. Medical training and side schools [falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Chapter 8. Initiating emergency.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

$1. Internal gig in emergency.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 239. Communication aboard and alarm systems.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 For the communication between control stations, collect and increment sites and other strategic points aboard, there must be an emergency communications system attached to a portable, or a combination of both.

  • 2 On board of every vessel, a general alert installation has been delivered to the certain member in the third member and served to be used to call the crew to the collection when the sein establishment is given to the alerts. The installation needs to be filled with a transmitter installation or other targetive means for messages, in all rooms for accommodation, service spaces and control stations.

  • 3 The general alert installation has to exist from an electrical installation from the bridge and from the other strategic isolated points can be served, and with which in all the spaces for accommodation and space signals that are used to be transmitted by the other strategy signals, or generally alerts. This general alarm signal is from seven or more short hits, followed by a long shot. The general alert installation must be fed by the electrical main power source of the vessel and prescribed by the electrical emergency power source in article 112, first member or 113, first member. The general alarm signal should also be given from the bridge on the ship's whistle or siren.

  • 4 At the establishment of electrical pipes of systems and installations as intended in the first and second member, must be met with the certain in chapter 4, paragraph 3.

  • 5 The specific in the first and the second member for a call-installation or other goals for messages isn't appropriate for vessels that carry the height less than 45 mm.


Article 240. Alarm roll and instructions for emergencies.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel for every incredibly clear instructions that should be followed in case of emergency.

  • 2 In the eye-speaking places aboard the vessel, including the bridge, the engine room and the crew's quarters, they must have been embeddded from the alarm roll, which are fulfilling in the following.

  • 3 The alarm role must contain specials in matters of the general alarm signal, prescribed in article 239, third member, and also report the measures that should be taken by the crew when this signal is given. On the alert role, it should also be reported how the sein established artery is given.

  • 4 On the alarm roll, the tasks must be reported to the different crew members, including:

    • 1/2. Closing the watertight doors, burning doors, closures, flares, spit holes, side gates, shining lights, patriots, and other kinds of openings in the vessel;

    • 2°. The rest of groups and other rescues, including the portable radio machine, meant in article 197, first member;

    • 3°. Prepare and water from group rescue;

    • 4°. Preparing other rescues in general;

    • 5°. The use of communications;

    • 6°. Manning the fire crews that were assigned to fight fires; ♪

    • 7°. Special tasks, dedicated in connection with the use of the fire control equipment and installations, in regard to the instructions in the fire plans or textbooks of the vessels.

  • 5 For a vessel whose height behaves less than 45 milligrams, the head of the shipping inspection defects from the certain inserting member, if he is of judgment that in connection with the smaller crew, there is no need to be alarmed.

  • 6 On the alarm roll must have been reported which officers were assigned to ensure the rescue and firearms are in good shape and ready to be held immediately.

  • 7 On the alarm roll, substitutes must have been reported for the most important persons, if these were unable to act, accounting for the fact that several emergency arrangements make necessary.

  • 8 The alarm roll must have been made before the vessel takes a trip. Once the alarm roll is set up, when a change in the composition of the crew changes the alarm role necessary, the role is revised or being revised or a new role.

  • 9 The model of the alarm role must have been accompanied the model, determined by the head of the shipping inspection.


Article 241. Appeals and exercises.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Each crew member has to participate at least once a month of practice. At least these drills for the crew have to take place within 24 hours after the vessel has left a port, when more than 25 percent of the crew in the preliminary month didn't participate in such exercises on that vessel.

  • Every two exercises required to exploit.

    • 1/2. Calling the crew to their collection sites through the alarm system prescribed in article 99, second member, and it's sure they've been informed of the height of the sein session, reported in the 11:

    • 2°. Reporting it to the collection sites and preparing for the tasks listed in the alarm role:

    • 3°. A control of targeted clothing of the crew;

    • 4°. A control of the rescue seats being well done;

    • 5°. Celebrating at least a lifeboat after the celebration is ready;

    • 6°. Starting and getting rid of the lifeboat engine; ♪

    • 7°. Serving the tewater labs for the salvation floors of the irony type.

  • 3 When prescribed in the second member, under five, must, as far as executive, consequent practices will be removed.

  • 4 As far as executive, the exercises required to be executed, as if there is actually an emergency.

  • Every rescue boat has to be watered at least once in the three months during a drill established by the designated crew on board, where the boat should be hazarded.

  • 6 As far as being reasonable and executive, help boats, other than support boats that also serve as rescue boats, every month with their designated crew to be watered in which to be hazarded. At least this has to be done once in three months.

  • 7 When drills with watering the relief boats are held with a sailing vessel, these drills need to be connected to the dangers that are connected to that, exclusively executed in captivity and experienced waters.

  • 8 The emergency lights of the need for the need and the establishment required to be collected at every request identified vessel in order to practice.

  • 9 The drills in the explosives of fire are targeted that the members of the crew are familiar with the institutions and supplies of the vessel, with their task and using the resources. As far as executive, these exercises need to be performed as if there's actually been an emergency. All fire explosives must be tested during such exercises.


Article 242. Train and instruction for the performance in emergency.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In every crew residence or in every cabin for crew members, a manual must be pre-schooled. This handbook, which could exist from several tires, requires instructions and information, eased to understand words, and where potentially integrated, regarding the planted resources and the destination of the best. Instead of this handbook, the information or any part of that can be provided with audio-visual resources. The following points serve to be enlightened:

    • 1/2. Putting on rescue seats and survival suits;

    • 2°. gathering in the assigned places;

    • 3°. _

    • 4°. The way the group salvation is released from that cure:

    • 5°. Disable the tewater labs;

    • 6°. The M.O. and the use of the resources to protect the tewater lating places, as far as appropriate.

    • 7°. The lighting of the tewater labs;

    • 8°. The use of all survival equipment;

    • 9°. The use of all discoveries:

    • 10 degrees. using illustrations, using radio equipment for rescue;

    • 11°. The use of floaters;

    • 12 degrees. The use of engine and accessories:

    • 13 degrees. Returning the group rescues and support boats, places and chores included;

    • 14 degrees. The dangers of exposure to weather and sea and the necessity of warm clothing;

    • 15 degrees. It's the best way to use the preservations of group resources to survive;

    • 16 degrees. The way of salvation from the seas, where included using helicopter rescue equipment.

    • 17 degrees. All the other activities that report the alarm roll and the instructions for emergencies: ♪

    • 18 degrees, leads for emergency repairs from the rescue.

  • Two training aboard the ship in the use of the reservations, including the equipment from the group rescues, must be given as soon as possible, looks two weeks after a crew member has arrived. However, when the crew member was placed on a regular delivery schedule, this training should be given within two weeks after he first got on board.

  • 3 With the same intercourse as the exercises vested, and the explosives must be instructed in the use of the salvation and survival at sea. Individual instruction can contain several parts of the rescue system, but all rescue equipment and resources must have been treated within a time frame of two months. Each crew member should at least be instructed by:

    • 1/2. The treatment and the use of the automatically inflatable rescues of the vessel;

    • 2°. The troubles in connection with hypothermia, first aid in hypothermia and other important first responders: ♪

    • 3°. The use of the salvages at heavy weather and high seas.

  • 4 When a vessel is equipped with salvation floors of the irony type, has to, with intervention of no more than four months, training in the use of such salvation. This training should include the treatment of a tewater laboratory and a salvation raft, as well as victorious and the water of the salvation. At least once in the 12 months it serves to celebrate and allow tewater to be done with the designated crew in the rescue raft. If the vessel is equipped with automatically inflammatory rescues of the irony type, it has to blow up and let the tewater be served as far as it's practically executive, and at least for a few months. The prescription used automatically inflammatory rescuing raft could be one of the prescribed salvages, which is a special practice raft that is not part of the salvations of the vessel and that should be as clear as it should be. Such a practice raft must be approved periodically the certain in article 209, eighth member, under one.

  • 5 On board of every vessel, except for a vessel dragged to its destination, the Handbook Rescue and Savement on Sea (MERSAR), as a result of the Main Supreme Court's rescue list. This handbook and this list must be on the bridge all the time.


Article 243. Sign in the ship's journal.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The data that appls are held, the specialties of establishing practices in the explosives of fire, exercises with other rescues and training aboard the shipping journal. When a full apple, exercise or training doesn't take place at the established time, that should be signed in the ship's journal, which should be listed under what conditions and in which case, the apple, the training, the training, or the wrestling.


Article 244. Security plan.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel that the height of 45 m's or more behaviours should be the head of the shipping inspection approved safety plan, consistent with a general plan of the vessel, administering the compartments between the compartments and the companies. For now, that plan has to be made clear and transparent.

    • 1/2. Rescue and safety supplies;

    • 2°. Waterproof doors with their services;

    • 3 degrees.

    • 4°. General alert installation; ♪

    • 5°. Emergency stop and fast lockdown.

  • 2 The head of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules about the execution of the safety plan.

  • 3 changes in the safety plan indicated institution and equipment requires the clearance of the head of the shipping inspection. The aboard present specimen of the safety plan must be consistent with these changes.

  • 4 The first member of the prescribed safety plans can be combined with the fire plans in the articles 164 and 184 to a joint plan.


Procedures with regard to emergency, emergency, and safety records.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 245. Alert, emergency and emergency.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Considering alarms, emergency and emergency signals, the following decisions must be taken in eight:

  • 1/2. Only the captain is authorized to give orders until the use of the article called senates;

  • 2°. The alert can only be used to announce:

    • 2.1. that an emergency call or -- message will follow;

    • 2.2. That a message concerning man-over-board will follow, yet exclusively as help from other ships or vessels is required, and this cannot be obtained in due course by broadcasting the ER of the ER.

  • 3°. The emergency room can only be used, if the vessel is in serious and threatening danger and needs immediate help,

  • 4°. The E.R.S. can only be used, if a very urgent message should be transmitted in the safety of a ship, vessel, aircraft, or any means of transport, or the safety of a person;

  • 5°. The radio telegraphonics and radiophone alarms, emergency and emergency signals and the next emergency and emergency reports should be broadcast in the way as prescribed in the Radio Reglement.

  • 6°. Annuling radio telegraphic and radiophone emergency and emergency reports should be done in the way as reported in the Radio Reglement;

  • 7°. The use of any emergency server other than to indicate that a ship, vessel, aircraft, or any means of transportation in serious and threatening and needing immediate assistance, as well as the use of any sensin, that can be confused with a confusion.

  • 8°. No record of the Radio Reglement or chapter 9 can be an injury that an in necessarily acquired vessel or rescuing resources that it possesses, uses to draw attention, and to be known.


Article 246. Procedures with regard to emergency messages.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 When a vessel aboard a vessel that is found at sea, a report from any source, is received that a ship, a vessel, or a plane, or rescues from that, is in distress, should be dealt with in certain 340.

  • 2 Aboard one in distress-effective vessel must be handled similarly in article 340.


Article 247. Safeliness and messages about dangers.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 If dangerous ice, a dangerous wreck or any other immediate immediate danger to the shipping, or a tropical storm is met, or air temperatures under the freezing, preserved with storms that have to be obtained to the higher or higher powers. The shape the intelligences are given is not bindingly prescribed. They're allowed to be dispatched in understandable language, preferably English, it's in code using the International Sein book.

  • Two per radio broadcast messages that are subsequently transmitted in the presumed member must be precedited by the concerning safety seminar, where the Radioreglect procedure is prescribed.

  • 3 The head of the shipping tinspection can give us more serious rules regarding the intel that sends a message that's being substituted in the first member, must contain.


== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 248. Routation of vessels.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 For the application of the certain article in this article, it is understood under route ringing system: Each system exists from any routes or route measures, focused on diminishing danger to shipping accidents. The system contains traffic control systems, roadways for two-way traffic, recommended course lines, areas served to be avoided, zones for coastal traffic, rotondes, and deep water.

  • 2 From the traffic separation systems as intended in writing 10 of the decision, preparations for advancements on the sea, 1972,Stb. 773 must be made a fitting use in which in particular the behavioral regulations regard the use of these traffic separation systems, substantially refer to as prescription, must be neutralized.

  • 3 From the other route ring systems being determined by the International Maritieme Organization, a fitting use must be made.

  • 4 Every vessel that sails near the Great Banks of Newfoundland, serves, as far as this is executive, to sail outside the areas known or is believed to be the result of dangerous ice.

  • Four if ice has been reported to or near the trajectory course of the vessel, overnight, a moderate sail has to be sailed, or the course of course, that this very well run from the dangerous area.

Chapter 9.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

$1. General, stations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 249. descriptions.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

For the application of this chapter, unless expressly differently determined, Understand:

  • 1/2. existing installation:

    • 1.1. An installation that was set up in its entirety before September 1st 1984 aboard a vessel, then it is.

    • 1.2. An installation that a section before September 1st, 1984 aboard a vessel has been set up and the remaining parts are made from parts, presented to replace similar parts, or parts that fit in the chapter.

  • 2°. New installation._ Every installation that isn't a existing installation;

  • 3°. Emergency radio._ A station in the Marition Mobile Radio Service, which the broadcasts are intended to accommodate tracking operations.


Article 250. Radio station.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

A vessel whose height 75 m or more behaves must be equipped with a radio telegraph station that meets certain in the articles 257 and 258.


Article 251. Radio phone call.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

A craft whose height is less than 75 milligrams, must be equipped with a radio telephone station that meets certain in the articles 266 and 267, unless it's equipped with a radio station that meets at the 258 and rates.


Article 252. VHF radio telephony installation.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Each vessel must be equipped with a VHF radio telephony installation that matches the certain in article 268.


Article 253. Freedom.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The specific in the articles 250 to and with 252 is not appropriate to a vessel dragged to its destination, with reason that, if the vessel is manned, radio transmission should be transmitted with the ship.

  • 2 The Circumstantial Inspection of the articles can provide 250 and 251 demands all, partial or parole.


$2.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 254. Listen, radio telegraph.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel that has been submitted to the certain article 250 or 251 has been equipped with a radio telegraph station, a radio officer must have been as chief of the shipping station. Officials must be monitored by the radio officer, due to a headphones or a speaker, listened to the radio telegraph frequency during the underlying of times:

    • 1/2. If it's not equipped with a radio telegraph auto alarm machine: The entire cost of the trip;

    • 2°. If it's equipped with a radio telegraphography machine:

      • 2.1. At least 8 hours in total a day, if the length of the vessel bears 75 m or more:

      • 2.2. During the head of the shipping inspection of certain time, if the length of the vessel behaves less than 75 m.

  • 2 constantly the time that a radio officer reported it specifically in the first member should be eavesdropping on the radio tower frequency, the radio officer can negotiate the listening service during which he's interfered with an imperfactive radiatorial frequenciesction, only with the radio frequencies. During the Radio Reglement prescribed silence period, the first member of the prescribed listening service can't be interrupted, but it must always be maintained by a radio officer who uses a headphone or a louder. Under the member of this member, important radioactivities are understood the urgent recovery of radio communication equipment for safety purposes, and radio navigation equipment in command of the captain.

  • 3 Also, the listening services under orders from the captain can be interrupted to perform maintenance workers for preventing a threatening defect to radio communication equipment for safety purposes, to radioactive repairs, and electronic repairs, and electronics. This interruption of the listening service is only allowed, if it's practically impossible with a splitting headphones or with a speaker on the radio telegraph frequency, and if it's practically impossible to listen to the vegetables, During the Radio regulation prescribed silence periods, the listening service may not be interrupted, but it must always be maintained by a radio officer who uses a headphones or diapers.

  • 4 On board of a vessel, equipped with a radio telegraphy-auto alert, the outside device has to support this device during the time that no listening service is meant to be held in the first member, even during the radiation of these operations.

  • 5 The first member prescribed listening times should be preferred during the Radio Reglement for the radio telegraphs prescribed time.


Article 255. Listen to radio telephone.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel that has been subsequently submitted to the certain article 251 is only equipped with a radio phone station, must be a radio officer, or a radio phone caller as chief of the shipping station. Aside from the bridge, an unbroken listening guard should be held on the radiophone feeding frequency due to a radio telephone telephone caller from a speaker than a radio filter.

  • 2 Aboard a vessel that's been substantialized in article 250 or 251 has been equipped with a radio telegraph station, has to be monitored outside the bridge, an unbroken listening to the radio telephone fenager with a nonal alertopath for a radio alertopath.

  • 3 When a vessel's aboard a vessel has been submitted, it's certain in the first member of the radiophone as chief of the shipping station has been assigned, should, if the height of the vessel is 45 millimeter or more radiated to be a secondary. This second radiophone officer doesn't need to be on board when the chief of the shipping station is exclusively incriminating with jobs on the radio telephone.


Article 256. Listen to VHF radio telephone.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Aboard a vessel that's substanced in article 252 has been equipped with a VHF radio telephonics installation, outside the bridge should be an unbroken listen guard, in fact, in fact, in fact, for 158 years,


$3.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 257. Radio telegraph stations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The radio telegraph station must have been solid that the good reception of radios isn't disturbed by noise from outside of mechanical or otherwise. The station must be as high as practically executive and as safely as possible in the vessel.

  • 2 The radio cabin must be from sufficient measurements and it can be given properly to make it possible to operate the main and reservation instalment purpose; The cabin can't be used for any purpose that could obstruct the remote control of the radio telegraph station.

  • 3 At least one radio officer's dorm must be as close to the radio cabin as practically executive. This place can't be in the radio cabin.

  • 4 between the radio cabin and the bridge and possibly another place, which is navigated, a purposefully two-sided system for call and oral contact should be independent of the mainstream system.

  • 5 The radio telegraph instalment must have been set up in a place like this, that she's protected from harmful inoperation of water or extreme temperatures. She should be easily accessible, both for immediate use in an emergency and for recovery.

  • 6 There's got to be a reliable clockwork present with an insertion plate of no less than 125 milligrams, where the Radio regulation for radio telegraphs have been prescribed silence periods. This clockwork has to be provided with a middle-aged second-guesser. It's got to be solid in a solid place in the radio cabin, that the entire convert is easily and accurately monitored by the radio officer from the station of the radio telegraphics, where the radio operating equipment can be detected.

  • 7 In the radio cabin, a reliable emergency lighting should be made from an electric lamp, which has been established the operating caps of the main and reserve radio telegraphic instations, and it's sufficient for the hour. If connected to the subsequent article 258, first member, under 3, required reservation sources, this lamp should be entered and disabled by hotel switches that were placed near the main entrance of the radio house, and unless the radio cell towers. These switches need to be made of a clear lead that proves their purpose.

  • 8 There's either an electrical walking lamp that's due to the entered article 258, first member, under 3, required reservation and is provided with a flexible mustache of sufficient length, and the radiohunter is present.

  • 9 The radio telegraph station needs to be equipped with those spare parts, tools and measurements, which are required to keep the head of the shipping inspection to keep the radio telegraphy installations out. The equipment needs to be instruments or instruments for measurements, containing equal tensions and resistances.

  • 10 When a separate emergency radio cabin is present, the demands must be subsequented to fourth to eighth members.

  • 11 The radio telegraph station has to be equipped with resources in combat, as indicated in the articles 157, seventh member, and 180, seventh member.


Article 258. Radio telegraphations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Unless expressly different is determined:

    • 1/2. The radio telegraph station is a main installation and a spare installation, which is electrically separated and electrically independent.

    • 2°. The main installation a main transmitter, a lead receiver, a radio telephone caller and a main power source included;

    • 3°. The spare installation, a spare transmitter, a spare receiver, and a reservation source included; ♪

    • 4°. A maintenance and a spare antenna are present and delivered, with reason to believe that the reservation requires not to be inflicted when that is unreasonable or unreasonable. In a case like this, one for the target should be suited, especially at the moment, preparing reserve-headed to be entered. Also, to make it possible, to hang up one for the purposefully appropriate antenna in all cases, sufficient antende wire and isolators are present. The maintenance must be targeted against fracture, if he's hung between support points that are submissive.

  • 2 In installations on vessels whose height is less than 75m behaviour, when the main transmitter meets all demands for the spare station, this last one does not require.

  • 3 The main and reservations should be able to be connected quickly to and consented to the maintenance and on the spare antenna when it was delivered.

  • 3 The main and reserve receivers need to be connected to any antenna, which they need to be used.

  • All four parts of the spare installation must have been as high as possible and as safe as possible in the vessel.

  • 5 The main and reserve transmitters should be able to transmit to the radio telegraph death frequency in a class of broadcast like the Radio region for that frequency has been assigned. Also, the main transmitter should be able to send at least two work frequencies in the band between 405 and 535 kHz, in the radio region for those frequencies assigned class. The spare station may exist from a shipping transmitter as it is described in, using limited by, the Radio Reglement.

  • 6 When modulated broadcast is prescribed by the Radio Reglement, the main and reserves need a modulation depth of not less than 70% and a tone frequency between 450 and Hz50.

  • 7 The main and reserve stations need to be connected to the maintenance, a minimum of normal ranges after this, Plus, they have to be able to be clearly observable signs of ship to ship, by day and under normal conditions and conditions to transfer the remotes. Clearly observable marks will be received in normal circumstances when the effective value of the field strength at the receiver is at least 50 microvolts per meter.

    Minimum normal range.

    Main air.

    Reserve.

    _

    150

    100.

    Wires of which the height is less than 75 mills.

    100.

    75

    When no direct measure of the field area can be conducted, the following data may be a leadership of a beneficiary resource of the normal range.

    • 1.1. In case of antennas that aren't from the self-absorbed type:

      Normal reach in seams.

      Meter-ampères (1)

      200.

      128

      175.

      102.

      150

      76

      125

      58

      100.

      45.

      75

      34

    • 1.2 degrees. In case of self-absorbed shipments:

      Normal reach in seams.

      Meter-ampères (2)

      200.

      305

      175.

      215

      150

      150

      125

      110

      100.

      85

      75

      55

    Nuts:

    (1) The product of the distance (in meters) from the highest part of the antenna to the highest-risk burden line and the antenna testicle. The in the second column of the table values match an average value of the affair:

    effective antenna height. == sync, corrected by elderman ==

    This relationship depends on the place of the antenna and can sail between about 0.3 and 0.7.

    (2) The product of the distance (inhales) of the highest part of the antenna to the highest-risk burden and the power measured at the base of the radiant part of the antenna. The second column given values are based on the propagation croms given in recommendation 368-2 of the International Counseling Commission in case of Radio opportunities. The necessary number of mete disasters is strongly dependent on the place of the antenna.

  • 7 The radio telegraph instalment has to contain substances for radio telephone broadcasts and receipts on the radio-effective frequency as well as testing the good work in the submarine. To this demand can be satisfied by recording such substances in the main or reserve installation or in other installed equipment. The transmission and the reception sensitivity of the radio telephony part of the installation should meet the certain article 267, third member, under one, distinctive article 267, sixteen members, in September 1, 1986. From installations that were made before that date, they're meant to be shipping and recognition as determined by the head of the shipping inspection. The place of and the other conditions for the article required radio telephonic facilities should be as determined by the head of the shipping torch, except when these conditions are required to be a part of the reservation of the main radio.

  • 8 The main and reserve receivers need to receive the radio telegraphic death frequency and the radio regulations for that frequency assigned classes of broadcast.

  • 8 Also, the chief receiver should be able to receive frequencies and classes of broadcasts, meteorological messages, and the chief of the Scheept inspection are needed to be exemplified.

  • 8 I'm sure the radio telephone caller must have been consented to the radio counterfeit frequency. The recipient should be equipped with a filter or with a substance that allows it to be possible that the speaker only receives a radio telephonic alarm alert or a sin for very important warnings. The filter or the providence should be easily reassigned when to the Captain's judgment, the circumstances are so substantial that maintaining the listening guard would compromise the safe navigation of the vessel.

  • 8 The subsequent member, under two, required for radio telephony broadcasts to be equipped with an automatic institution of the radio telephone alert. This institution must have been performed in such a way that she can't be made in mistake and must meet the demands in article 267, fifth member. The institution should be able to be expelled at all times at the end of the immediate broadcast of an emergency. For installations that were made before September 1st, 1986, it has to create an institution for automatically inflicting the radio telephonic alerts, as determined by the Chief of Scheeption. The good work of the institution must be periodically monitored on other frequencies than the radio-defrequency frequency, which requires use of a purposefully installed artists. For existing installations to be used by a suitable artist.

  • 9 The chief receiver must have sufficient sensitivity to draw in a headphone or a speaker, when the entrance tension to the receiver is no more than 50 microvolts. The spare receiver must have sufficient sensitivity to make marks sensitive when the entrance tension to the receiver is no more than 100 microvolts.

  • 10 At all times, an electrical power source should be available from sufficient ability to make both the main installations about the involving the seventh member, under one, required reign to work out all the radio stations. The nutritional tension for the main installation must be constantly held within + and 10% of the nominal tension.

  • 11 The reserve installation must be provided with a power source that is independent of the vessel's continuance and electrical installation.

  • 12 The reservations must be preferred from battery batteries that may be loaded by the shipping grid; He should be able to be operated under all circumstances quickly, and should be in addition to any of the 13th and 14th members called additional taxes, the spare receiver and receiver for at least six consecutive properties.

  • 13 The reservation needs to be used for nutrition of the spare installation and the automatic alert, meant in the 18th member, if this electrical works. The reservation may also be used for nutrition of:

    • 1/2. The radio telegraphy auto alarm machine;

    • 2°. The emergency light, meant in article 257, seventh member;

    • 3°. The searcher;

    • 4°. The VHF radio telephony installation matches the certain in article 268, third member;

    • 5°. The institution for raising the radio telephonic alert.

    • 6°. The radio telephone caller;

    • 7°. The Navtex receiver;

    • 8°. Each by the Radio regulation prescribed device for transition of transmits received and reversed.

    Preserve the certain in the 14th member, the reservation can't be used for other than the ones in this member's designated targets.

  • 14 In abnormality of the certain in the 13th member, the Chief of the shipping inspection can allow the reservation to be deactivated for a small number of emergency necessities, which can exclude themselves in the upper levels, and that the cost of the resources can be disableducces.

  • 15. The reservation and the participating switchboard should be required outside the spaces for machines of category A, as high as practically as possible in the vessel and are easily available for radio officers. The switchboard needs to be found in the radio cabin when this isn't the case, it needs to be relieved.

  • 16 offshores have to battery batteries, indifferent or they're part of the main installation or the spare installation, daily on their full normal charge.

  • 17 All measures need to be affected to raise the causes of interference from the radio through electrical and other devices on board, as far as possible, to suppress these interferences. If necessary, measures must be affected to ensure that the subscribers are connected to the targeting or proper work of the radio telegraphy installation is not disturbing.

  • 18 In addition to a cure to broadcast the radio telegraphic alert with the hand, an automatic radio telegraph alert has to be present with the main and the spare transmitters from the radio towers. At the end of immediate control of the transmitter with the hand possible, the device must be removed from all time. If the device works electrically, it should be able to work on the reservation source.

  • 19 outdoors must be the spare transmitter, if not in use of traffic, daily tasted with an appropriate artist and at least once every trip with the reserves, if it's been delivered to this one. Also the reservation source must be tested daily.

  • 20 All the devices from which the radio telegraphics have been set up, have to be corporate, and so consistent, they're easy for maintenance.


Article 259. Radio telegraph.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Every radio telegraphy-auto alert machine, preserves that are set up for May 26, 1965, must meet the next minimum requirements:

    • 1/2. In the absence of any kind, it should be unconsistent with the hand in operations by any radio telegraph alert, broadcasting on the radio telegraphician frequents, or a transmitter to the transmitter,

    • 2°. On the absence of any kind, it must be in effect by three or four consecutive stripes, if the cost of the stripes is between 3.5 seconds and a value as close as possible between the 10-minute strides,

    • 3°. It's not allowed to be operated by airstorms or by any signal other than the radio telegraph alert, unless the signals in fact form a signal, that within the two indicated tolerances,

    • 4°. The selectivity must be such a bond of at least 4, yet no more than 8 kHz, on the side of the radio telegraph frequency, the sensitivity narrows the sensitivity of a similar sensitivity, and itsitivities as quickly as its.

    • 5°. It's supposed to be in the presence of air disturbances or disruptive signals automatically arranged, so it's been set up in a reasonably short time, that the device can distinguish the radio telegraphic alerts.

    • 6°. It has to, when it's initiated by a radio telegraph alert, or due to a defect in the aircraft, giving an unbreakable hearing in the radio cabin, in the middle of the radiohut and the bridge. If possible, that warning should also be given in case a random part of the entire car alarm system is defective. Only one switch can be present to stop the warning sein, and this must have been delivered to the radio cabin.

    • At the end of the aircraft, it must be preserved from one on the radio telegraphic death frequency converted generator and a key institution with which a radio emergency can be provided with a minimalized submarine. Also, a headphones need to be connected to the radio telegraph auto alert receives signs to listen; ♪

    • 8°. It must be files against vibrations, humidity and temperature disagreements, consistent with those, which, under inappropriate circumstances, can present a vessel at sea, and it must continue to work under such circumstances.

  • 2 On board of vessels that are equipped with a radio telegraphy alert, outside, the targeting process of it is at least once a 24-hour trial by a radio officer. When the device doesn't work properly, the radio officer has to report this fact to the captain or the navigation officer of the guard.

  • 3 A radio officer should be checking the good work of the recipient from the radio telegraph alert, connected to his normal antenna, periodic, monitoring the aircraft's signals, which will be transmitted to the radio telegraphics, which will be transmitted to the transmitted to the signals that are transmitted to the transmitted to the transmitted to the signals to the ectted to the transparency.

  • 4 The radio telegraphy-auto alarm may be allowed when it's connected to an antenna, not affect the accuracy of the directionality.


Article 260. Searchers.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The subsequent article 283, first member, required directionality must be targeting and appropriate to receive signals with a minimum recipient, sought to take polls where the right polls can be.

  • 2 The aircraft should be able to receive signals on the radio telegraph receipts that were assigned to the Radio regulations for emergencies for taking polls and for the marital radiators.

  • 3 The searcher must have a sensitivity, sufficient to interfere with accuracy polls, even if the field strength of the receives is only 50 microvolts per meter.

  • 4 The searcher must be, as far as such a practical executive, as it's set, that it's intentionally taking polls as less disturbed by mechanical or otherwise.

  • 5 The directionality of other antennaes, scumbags, and other large metals are practically executive, as set up, that the proximity of other antennaes, scums, loading trees, and other large metal objects as possible at the right impact.

  • 6 between the tracker and the bridge must be a targeting two-sided system for call and oral contact.

  • 7 The searcher must be free of mechanical and electrical interferences that affect the good work.

  • 8 The pollution should be, as far as such a practical executive is, as close to the level of valley and stevens are set up.

  • 9 In order to prevent polling errors from being avoided that leaders on deck are so tense or connected to each other that cause large electrical cords.

  • 10 Radio frequency destined for polling rights, radioactive devices on the counterfeit frequency should be appropriate for taking radio pills at this frequency within a corner of 30 degrees to the side without doubt.

  • 10 In the installation and ordeal of this member's intended equipment should be well accounted for with the distinguished recommendation of the International Councilman in Radio cases.

  • 10 All reasonable measures need to be taken to ensure the in this member required suitability for the polls straight ahead. In a case where due to technical difficulties, the appropriateness for polling can't be achieved rightfully, the head of the shipping inspection can grant the liberties of this member.

  • 11 The searcher must be calibrated by a licensed person under a graveyard's disposal, indicating the correction that should be applied to the reading polls to get the true polls on the line.

  • 12 Every time in the position of any antenna, then from some construction to deck, changes have been made that could affect the finding errors of the inquest, serve these mistakes to be verified by medications.

  • 13 Every time an official of the shipping inspection requires this judgment and at least once a year, the mistakes of the searcher are to be swept by a licensed person, unless they're ruled by the captain's distinctives. Of the calibations and all controls on the accuracy of that must be kept in note.


Article 261. Radio telegraphs for rescue boats.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The subsequent article 197, third member, required radio telegraph instalment should include a transmitter, a receiver and a power source. She must have been executed in case of need for an uneducated person.

  • 2 The transmitter should be able to work on the radio telegraph frequency in a radio region for that frequency assigned class of broadcast. The transmitter should also be able to signal the frequency and in the class of broadcast as in the Radio regulations for rescues in the tires between 4,000 and 27 kHz have been assigned.

  • 3 The transmitter must, when the Radio Reglement has been prescribed, a modulation depth of not less than 70 percent and a tone frequency between 450 and Hz.

  • 4 Except with a seinal key to broadcasts with the hand, the transmitter must have been equipped with an automatic seing to broadcast radio telegraphic alarm and radio telegraphics.

  • 5 The transmitter needs to be used in the main antenna on the radio telegraph frequency a minimum normal range as described in article 258, seventh member, under 1, 25 zero. At the lack of a field level may be accepted that this range is achieved if the height of the antenna above the waterline and the effective value of the antenna of the 10-mile radius.

  • 6 The receiver needs to receive the radio telegraph frequency and the radio regulations for that frequency classes of broadcast.

  • 7 The power source must exist from a battery battery of sufficient capacity to make the transmitter under normal corporate conditions unbroken for four hours. If the battery of a type is to be charged, the resources are present to be done from the shipping grid. Also, the necessary resources must be present to load her after the rescue boat is brought to water.

  • 8 When the radio telegraph instalment and it in article 221, twenty-two member, under 29, required search light from the same battery, this should be sufficient capacity to access the extra taxes.

  • 9 A steady antenna with the resources to hang these at the most accomplished height, must be present.

  • 10 offshores a radio officer has to spend a week using a targeted arteries and the battery, when this one of a type is to be loaded, full loads.


Article 262. Wearable wires for group rescue.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The subsequent article 197, first member, required aircraft needs a transmitter, a receiver, an antenna and a power source. It must have been performed in case of an unskilled person can be served.

  • 2 The device must be easily bearable and waterproof, floating in seawater and unable to be cast into sea. The device must be as light and as compact as possible and suitable for us both in salvation and lifeboats.

  • 3 The transmitter needs to be on the radio tower frequency can transmit to a radio region for that frequency assigned class of broadcast and, in the tyres between 4,000 and 27, it's a radiation that's been assigned to the radiation of a radio. As a substitute of or addition to the transmission on the radio telegraph receipt, which, by the Radio Regress for rescues between 4,000 and 27 k.H.z, is assigned to the radiation frequencies that can also work on the radio frequency.

  • 4 When the Radio Reglement's modulated broadcast is prescribed, the transmitter must have a modulation depth of not less than 70 and percent, in case radio telegraph, a tone of H50 and 450.

  • Apart from a seinal key to broadcasts with the hand, the transmitter must have been provided by an automatic sering for the broadcast of radio telegraphic alarm and radio telegraphs. When the transmitter can be transmitted on the radio counter-effective frequency, he needs to be provided with an automated facility for broadcasting the radio telephony alert, which is satisfied in the 267.

  • 6 The receiver needs to receive the radio telegraph frequency and the radio regulations for that frequency classes of broadcast. When the transmitter can be transmitted to the radio feed frequency, the receiver should also receive that frequency and one by the Radio Reglement for that frequency assigned class.

  • 7 The antenna must be from the self-absorbed type.

  • 8 The transmitter must be able to provide a satisfying high-frequent ability to the first member required antenna. At least ten. What about the anode of the final step or a high-frequent power of 2 Watt (A 2) on 500 kHz to an artist, existing from a series of observations of Ohmse resistances and a 10-acces12 Farad is delivered. The transmitter must be preferred by a hand generator: When he's fed by a battery, this one must be from a durable type and sufficient capacity.

  • 9 outlets have to test a radio officer or a radiophone a weekly radiator using a targeted arteries and the battery, when this one is the type that needs to be loaded, loaded.


Article 263. Noodradio beacons for group rescues.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Noodradio beacons that according to certain in Article 197, fourth member, should be entered in group rescues, should be able to broadcast that airplanes are able to locate the group supplies; Also, they're allowed to broadcast for the sake of warning purposes.

  • 2 Noodradio beacons should be able to broadcast at least sensitive signals that match the standards and recommended practice of the International Citizenship Organisation. Those signals need to be transmitted, they're simultaneously at the frequency 121.5 MHz and 243.0 MHz.

  • 3 Noodradio beacons have to:

    • 1/2. Have a good visible color, so designed they can be used by an inexperienced person, and so they're managed to be easily tasted and maintained. With regard to the testing procedures, it shouldn't be necessary for the batteries to replace less than 12 months.

    • 2°. Being watertight, floating, and from a height of at least 20 mills can be thrown into the water without impacting damage.

    • 3°. Exclusively with the hand in or out of action,

    • 4 degrees.

    • 5°. Being provided with a clue that signals are being broadcast;

    • 6°. Getting their food from a battery that's an integral part of the device, which has sufficient capacity to make the device work for 48 hours. The broadcasts may have been interrupted. In establishing shipping cycles, the odds of a well-preserved accounthoming require to avoid the frequency, and the necessity requires to fulfill the C.O.

    • 7°. Being tasted with substances of no more than 12 months, where, if necessary, the battery needs to be replaced.


Article 264. Periods of emergency radio beacon.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The subsequently the certain in Article 197, fourth member, prescribed emergency radio beacons are required to be approved in the middle of no more than 12 months, which, if necessary, the battery must be replaced. The chief of the shipping inspection, however, can extend this period to the highest 17 months in which he finds it right and reasonable.


Article 265. Portofoon for group rescue.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The wallet for group rescues, prescribed in Article 197, fifth member, must be designed that the device can be used in an emergency situation by an inexperienced person.

  • 2 The wallet must be carryable and can be used for communication.

  • 3 The wallop should be satisfied with the appropriate regulations that have been placed in the Radio regulations regarding equipment for use aboard the Marition Mobile Radio and should be able to work on the Circumstance of the Circumstance of the Circumstancestance and the Circtance of the Circums. If the doorbell can work on the Channel 16 hearing frequency in the VHF band, must have been measured to prevent unwanted transmission to channel 16.

  • 4 The wallet must be fed by a battery that has sufficient capacity to make the device work for 4 hours with a shipment cycle of 1:9.

  • 5 During the journey, the doorman must be held in virtuous condition and must, when necessary, the battery will be fully charged or replaced.


Article 266. Radiophone stations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The radiophone station should be as safe in the upper part of the vessels are located and appropriate, that it could be protected in the largest possible level of noise that could be transmitted to the good reception and dismissed.

  • 2 There must be a targeting connection between the radio station and the bridge.

  • 3 A reliable clockwork must have been attached to such a place that could easily be detected from the remote location of the radio telephonics. On the wire plate, which the diameter can't carry less than 125 millimeters, the radio regulations for the radiophone service are prescribed silence periods.

  • 4 There must be a reliable emergency lighting present, independent of the system that allows the normal lighting of the radio telephonics to be fed and so independed, that they can obliterate the third-time interpretation of the radio.

  • 5 When the power source of a battery or battery exists, the radiophone station has to be equipped with a means to control the charges.

  • 6 An instruction that gives a clear summation of the radio-effective procedure, must be present and sophisticated, that she is healed from the place where the radio telephony institution is healed.

  • 7 The radio telephone station must be equipped with those spare parts and tools, which require the head of the shipping tragedy to keep the radio telephony-installation outward.

  • 8 The radio telephone station must be equipped with resources to combat fire, as indicated in the articles 157, seventh member, and 180, seventh member.


Article 267. Radio telephony installations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The radio telephonic installation has to include a transmitter, a recipient, a radio telephone caller and one for the targeting power source, as appointed in the next members.

  • 2 The transmitter should be able to transmit to the radio-effect frequency and at least one other frequency in the tirequency between 1605 and 2850 kHz in the Radioregleglements of this class. Usually, the modulation of a single-party transmitter with full surrogacy at least 70 percent amounts at maximum radiation. The modulation of an ankle bracelet transmission with reduced or oppressed surge should be so that the intermodulation programs didn't mention the values in the Radio Reglement.

  • 3 On board of a vessel that the height of 35 m or more, yet less than 75 mills, the transmitter must have a minimum normal range of seams. Plus, he's got to be able to clear observational signals from ship to ship by day and under normal conditions and conditions about this reach. Clearly observable seints will be received in normal circumstances when the effective value of the inappropriate carriage is consistent with the unmodulated field strength at the receiver at least 25 mills perpet is carrying a single wave. When no direct measure of the field certificate can be performed, may be assumed that this reach will be obtained when a maximum amount of 60 Watt's ability, for a single degree of violations, fully adheated by a single wave of violations.

  • 3 Aboard a vessel whose height is less than 35 mills, the transmitter must have a minimum normal range of at least 75 seams.

  • 4 The transmitter must have been equipped with an automated inflammation of the radio telephone alert. This facility must have been performed in such a way that she can't be made in mistake. The institution needs to be expelled at all times, at the end of immediate broadcasting a distress call. The good work of the institution must be conducted periodically on other frequencies than the radio-defrequency frequency, where a purposefully installed artificial use must be made. For existing installations to be used by a suitable artist.

  • 5 The fourth member prescribed institution should meet the next demand:

    • 1/2. The frequency tone for each of the shows can be + or 1.5 percent;

    • 2°. The tolerance in the expensive tone can be + or 50 milliseconds;

    • 3°. The break between consecutive tones cannot be bigger than 50 milliseconds; ♪

    • 4°. The relationship between amplitudes of the strongest and the weakest tone must be between 1 and 1.2.

  • 6 The subsequently required receiver has to receive the radiophone feed frequency and at least one other frequency available for radiophone stations for the shipping stations in the sweeping of the 1850s. Also, the recipient must receive the frequencies and the radio regulations for these frequencies assigned classes of broadcast, where meteorological messages and other issues from the C.O.S. The receiver must have sufficient sensitivity to make signals in a speaker when the entrance tension to the receiver is no more than 50 microvolts.

  • 7 I'm sure the radio telephone caller must have been consented to the radio counterfeit frequency. The recipient should be equipped with a filter or with a substance that allows it to be possible that the speaker on the bridge only a received radio telephonic alarm alert or a sein for high warning. The filter or the providence should be easily reassigned when to the Captain's judgment, the circumstances are so substantial that maintaining the listening guard would compromise the safe navigation of the vessel.

  • 8 To make quick transition of transmissions available, when arrangements are applied, the circuit on the microphone or on the microphone handle has been compromised.

  • 9 outlets must be at all times a main source of sufficient ability to make the installation about the subsequently required to work the third member of normal range. A reservation should be set up outside the spaces for machines of category A, in the upper part of the vessel, unless the main source has already been placed. If for the reservations of batteries being used, these under all circumstances need sufficient capacity to make the transmitter and receiver under normal use conditions during at least six hours.

  • 10 Preserves the certain in the 11th member may be used by the current reservation only for the nutrition of:

    • 1/2. The radio telephony installation;

    • 2°. The subsequent article 266, fourth member, requires emergency lights;

    • 3°. The subsequent member required institution for raising the radio telephone alert.

    • 4°. The VHF radio telephony installation matches the certain in article 268, third member;

    • 5°. The radio telephone caller, and...

    • 6°. The Navtex receiver.

  • 11 In abnormality of the certain in the tenth member, the chief of the shipping inspection can also provide the use of the potential reserve source for the nutrients of an inspector, in attendance, and for the extract of the resources that are eased to the extractriction of the extractriction, as it is essent to the extract to the extract to the extract to the extract to the extract the extract the extract to the extract.

  • 12 ends to the demands of the ninth member should be held outside any available battery in loaded condition.

  • 13 An antenna must have been delivered and must, if he's hung between support points that are sublime, against fracture are secure.


Article 268. VHF radio telephony installation.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The VHF radio telephonic installation must have been set up in the top part of the vessel and should include a transmitter, a receiver, a power source that this transmitter and receiver can be transmitted to their abilities, and it's appropriate. Forever, it must be met with the certain in the next members.

  • 2 The upper part of the vessel designated power source meant in the first member, must have sufficient capacity to make the VHF radiotelephant installation work at least six hours.

  • 3 The chief of the shipping inspection can allow us to use the reservation source for the radio telegraphy or radio telephonics installation, listed in article 258, 13th membership, defensive membership, distinctive to V167, In this case, the reservation must have sufficient capacity to make the VHF radio telephone installation for at least six hours at the same time,

    • 1/2. The spare radio telegraph transmitter and - receiver;

    • 2°. The radio telephone station and receiver; Unless a switching device has been made to ensure that they only work turns.

  • 4 The VHF radio telephonic installation should be satisfied with the demands that are set in the Radio Reglement, provided with equipment for use in the Marition Mobile VHF Radiophones, and can be given to the Radio Respre, which can be given to the radimental Res.

  • 5 The transmitter's exitability doesn't need to be bigger than 10 Watt. As far as such practically executives, the antenna must have an inconclusive visual in all directions.

  • 6 The VHF channels are destined for the safety of the navigation on the bridge, where the navigation orders are given, can be served and required to be provided with so-called substances from the bridges.


Article 269. Reserve parts.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 As far as this chapter of radio devices have been called, which are not part of the actual radio telegraphics or radio telephone installations, and in particular, are not indicated that reserve parts and tools required to be submitted to the substances of the substances of the seven substances of the radio subs, which are substances to be subs to the transmitances to the transmitances of the transmitances to the transmitances of the transmitances to the transmitances to the transmitances to the transmitances to the transmitances to the transmitances of the transmitances to the transmitances to the transmitances, and to the transmitances to the transmitances, and to the transmit to the transmit to the transmitances, and to the transmitances of the transmit to the transmit to the transmit to the transmit

  • 2 This reservation applies to considering not mentioned in this chapter called radio devices, which as not-forced equipment were placed on a vessel.


$4.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 270. Diary destined for radio telegraph.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel that's equipped with a radio telegraph station must be destined for radio telegraphy, in this article to mention radio journal, being present, that during the trip in the radio cabin, Every radio officer has to be his name, the times he's waiting for, and he's going to wait and all with the radio service connections that occur during the watch, and they can be of interest to the security of people's lives at sea in the radio journal.

  • 2 In the radio journal, besides what forces the Radio regulation must be filled, the next one will be recorded:

    • 1/2. accurate data on the maintenance and loading the batteries;

    • 2°. daily, a statement containing that all to the main and reserve installation belonging to battery batteries in full are loaded;

    • 3°. daily a accurate note of tasting it that day or using the traffic from the reserve station and the reservation source.

    • 4°. daily, particulars about every ordeal of the aboard radio telegraph.

    • 5°. weekly, accurate data concerns the maintenance and loading the battery batteries belong to the radio telegraph installation in a lifeboat, in which there are batteries that are typical.

    • 6°. weekly, particulars about tasting the radio telegraphy installation in a motorcycle rescue boat;

    • 7°. weekly, particulars about testing the portable radio machine for group rescues;

    • 8°. Specialties regarding the directionality;

    • 9°. At least once a trip, particulars about the reservation,

    • 10 degrees. The times during which listening service was meant to be held in article 254. These notes must be signed by those who do this listening service,

    • 11°. The time when the listening service was interrupted, the particular in article 254, as a matter of reason for interruption and the time the listening service was resumed: ♪

    • 12 degrees. The names of all persons who were charged with the radio telegraph service, indicating the name of whoever was as chief of the radio station.

  • 3 In case regarding the maintenance and the charges of battery batteries, as intended in the second member, under 1 and 5, separate, by or on behalf of the chief of the Schevarian spectatory, can be accepted in radio reporters. These reports in that case are part of the radio journal and are subjected to the radio journal of appropriate prescriptions.

  • 4 Radio journals must be given to him at the request of an official of the shipping inspection.


Article 271. Model of the journal destined for radio telegraph.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The journal destined for radio telegraph, as intended in article 270, first member, must have been carried out the model as determined by the chief of the shipping inspection.


Article 272. Diary destined for radio telephone.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On board of a vessel that's equipped with a radiophone station, a journal must be destined for radio telephony, in this article to call radio journal, being present, that during the trip must be kept at the scene where the maintenances are. When a radio officer or radiophone analyst, then another member of the crew performs the prescribed radio telephone listening services, this should be his name and the specialties of all waiting for the radio services to be connected to the people of radio days.

  • 2 In the radio journal, besides what forces the Radio regulation must be filled, the next one will be recorded:

    • 1/2. The times during which listening service was meant to be held in article 255. These notes must be signed by those who did the listening services,

    • 2°. The time when you left a port The listening service starts and the time that walks into a port that service is ending;

    • 3°. The time for any reason. The listening service is interrupted, the reason for the interruption and the time when the listening service is resumed:

    • 4°. accurate data on the maintenance and loading the batteries;

    • 5°. weekly, particulars about testing the portable radio machine for group rescues; ♪

    • 6°. Specialties regarding the directional searcher.

  • 3 In case regarding the maintenance and the charges of battery batteries, as intended in the second member, under 4, separate, by or on behalf of the chief of the Scheepvarics, can be accepted in the reporter's reporters. These reports in that case are part of the radio journal and are subjected to the radio journal of appropriate prescriptions.

  • 4 Radio journals must be given to him at the request of an official of the shipping inspection.


Article 273. Model of the journal destined for radio telephone.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The journal destined for radio telephony, as intended in article 272, first member, has to be established the model as determined by the Chief of Creeping.


Article 274. Diary destined for VHF radio telephone.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Aboard a vessel that's equipped with a VHF radiation station, regarding the radio journal, the certain in the articles 272 and 273 of similar adjustments, with which requires a consistent with all emergency reporters.

Chapter 10. Resources to the navigation.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 275. Freedom.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

It specifically in the articles 277, 278, second member, 279 to and 281, 282, second and third member, 283 and 284 is not appropriate for a vessel dragged to his destination.


Article 276. The bridge of a vessel

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On board of every vessel, the institution of the bridge should be the placement of the designated equipment, so that a targeted and secure navigation is possible.

  • 2 The place of the bridge has to be so elected that:

    • 1/2. The scrambler from the scene where the vessel is being controlled has a pretty view of the foreclosure.

    • 2°. The view around is enough to maneuver safely and navigate;

    • 3°. The shipping sides from the bridge are observable, unless the company's moving against this. In that case, the chief of the shipping inspection can allow the bridge not to go all over the width of the vessel.

  • 3 Aboard a vessel that is preserved from an automated steering facility on the bridge must have been a waitingalarmation of a approved type.

  • 4 of you who serves the lips has a good view of these lips and on the crew members working with that.

  • 5 For communication between the bridge and the work deck is used from a reliable communication system.

  • 6 At the Prime Minister's settlement, it's possible to see certain in the first to and with the fifth member of the United States of the United States, to be declined.


Article 277. Come on.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On board of a vessel, which the height is less than 75 millimeter, which is built before September 1st 1984 and aboard a vessel that the heights carry less than 45 millimeters, that should have been constructed at least 1/4. On one of these compasses, the standard comb, must be polluted and on the other, the steering pass, must be sent. From these magnetic compasses, the steering pass may be replaced by a gyrocompass that has been designed in the way as determined in the second member, under one, with reason that in some way, it should be sent to standard.

  • 1 In abnormality of the certain in 1.1 can be aboard a vessel that can be determined by the head of the shipping facilities to secure areas, will be satisfied with a determined magnetic standard that can be transmitted as both. On this compass, neither need to be polluted if one of the judges of the Creep Factory is equally similar, electronic means to dispatch as well as a radar will be a well-approved type.

  • 1 Aboard a vessel whose height is less than 45 milligrams, should, if the vessel is destined to be used on broads where the horizontal components of the entire earth's combat is sufficient to give it to a composite, it is a component to be accurately accurately accurately accurately accurately sed, the magnetized, and it'stomed, the magnetic to be stomed, the magnetic to give it'stomed to the magnetic stomed.

  • 2 On board of a vessel whose height behaves over 75 millimeters, that was built before September 1st 1984 and a vessel that the length of 45 millimeters or more, that could have been established at least 1/8. Also, a gyrocompass should be present, which matches the next demands:

    • 1/2. The gyro-mompass or a gyro-daughter's pass must be clearly readable for the rudder at the scene where usually sent. ♪

    • 2°. aboard a vessel that the height of 75 m or more behaviour should be gyro-daughter-daughters present, so that target polls can be taken over a bow of the practising of 360 degrees.

  • 3 The first and second member prescribed magnetic compasses have to be targeted and served in the area of valley and stevens. The institutions of all compasses must be purposeful and so elected, that these instruments, accounting for the purpose that they're used for, no unacceptable interference of their nearby command and ironic. This should be in the design stage of the vessel's vessel clues are requested from the head of the shipping tospection. These clues also serve as well as being asked to the vessel or equipment are made changes that can affect the good work of these magnetic compasses.

  • 3 At the establishment of electrical pipes in the vicinity of magnetic compasses must be accounted for the precisely certain in article 101.

  • 3 Instead of a magnetic compass that needs to be polluted, it's supposed to be a pretty view of an arc of the horizon of, as far as executive, 360 degrees, do at least less than 230 degrees to the right.

  • 4 Each magnetic compass should be provided with a certificate, handed by the head of the shipping inspection expert.

  • 5 Every magnetic compass and every gyrocompas has to be a approved type and satisfy the head of the shipping inspection in the business.

  • 6 The horizontal and vertical ship-magnetic interference fields at the scene of the magnetic compasses must be compensated by a well-appointed person, submitted from a distinctive compassion for each magnetic compassion.

  • 6 Every magnetic compass has to be a misdemeanor.

  • 6 Telkenmale when conditions have occurred that may be affected by the found errors requires recompensation to be taken by a authorized person.

  • 6 Telkenmal when an official of the shipping inspection requires this judgment, and at least once a year, the mistakes of every magnetic compass are swept by a licensed person, unless they're ruled out the limits of the Captain's system.

  • 6 If the verifications were meant under 6.4 to the judgment of an official of the shipping inspection to lead to that, recompensation serves for the magnetic compass to find a person.

  • 6 The clue of the under 6.1, 6.3, 6.4, and 6.5 intended individuals behaved by our minister, who can make more naughty rules regarding the work of those individuals.

  • 7 For a magnetic compass and for a gyrocompass, as far as these compasses can be poiled, a pollination should be present. All aboard polls have to be provided with a certificate, handed down by the chief of the shipping inspection expert.

  • 8 When a magnetic compass with electrical transmission has been delivered to a daughter's compass, it should be satisfied with the head of the shipping inspection in an electrical emergency food.

  • 9 lighting and a substance to dimming these should be present, at the end of making it possible that the compass rose can be read at all times. If the lights are fed by the main feed of the vessel, an emergency light must have been delivered.

  • 10 In the pleasure of the chief of the shipping inspection, a proverbial cord must have been delivered, between where the standard combat has been set up and the place where the vessel is boarded, and in which it is delivered to the emergency room.


Article 278. Middles for depth.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard any vessel must be a handclothe with marked line of sufficient height.

  • 2 Aboard any vessel must be an ultrasound of a approved type present, which fits the head of the shipping torque.


Article 279. Radarin installations.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A craft whose height 75 m or more behaved, built on or after September 1st 1984, and a vessel that the height 75 m or more behaves, built for September 1st, 1984, has to be seen by a sufficient ability to establish the spectacity of Sche.

  • 2 Aboard a vessel that is subsequently substantiated in this article is provided by a radar installation, should be provided on the bridge for delaying radar observations. Aboard a vessel where the height 75 m or more behaves, these supplies should be satisfied with the head of the shipping torch, and at least as purposeful as a reflection pitter.


Article 280. Nautical instruments.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 With the exception of vessels that determine one through the head of the shipping tinspection to determine limited areas, each vessel must be at least an angle instrument present, whose faults are known.

  • One corner of the shipping instruments must be provided with a certificate, handed off by one by the head of the shipping inspection expert.

  • 2 With exception of vessels that determine one by the head of the shipping tinspection to establish limited areas, aboard any vessel should at least be a virtual chronometer, which are common and known.

  • 2 Chronometers must be preserved from a certificate, delivered by a leader of the shipping inspection expert.

  • 3 Aboard any vessel must be at least a barometer present.

  • 3 Barometers of barographers, must be provided with a certificate, handed down by a Certificate by the head of the Creep Inspection expert.

  • 4 Aboard any vessel must be a virtuous viewer.

  • 5 On board of every vessel, a grief anchor, a tachometer for every screw, and besides, if the vessel is equipped with ambiguous screws or ropes with silk struggling forces, a rapid instrument that's been delivered to the tools. These instruments must be clear from where the navigation is fed. They must be a approved type and satisfied by the head of the shipping inspection to follow rules.


Article 281. Sea cards, nautical publishing, and so on.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On board of every vessel, the foreclosure required sea cards. These sea charts must be from a sufficient scale to navigate properly.

  • 2 Aboard every vessel must be present.

    • 1/2. The for taking the journey required seaman guides and light lists;

    • 2°. The for the taking trip required power admissions or cards;

    • 3°. The necessary tit tables, a seaman's almond of the year, as well as any other for taking the journey required nautical publities:

    • 4 degrees. Emergencies for marine calculations, if the vessel subsequently followed the certain in article 280, second member, is equipped with a chronometer;

    • 5°. A parallel or a couple of two navigational corners;

    • 6°. Two passers; ♪

    • 7°. A reliable hours' work.

  • 3 sea charts and books need to be in good state and being held by the hand of messages to sailors. Sea cards and bookworks, which, by using or otherwise, have become insufficiently insufferable, then, due to the expensive authorities, are not supposed to be in good shape.

  • 4 On board of every vessel on the bridge, the necessary data concerning the maneuverings and the stopways for the vessel's characteristic speeds and loads are clearly readable. The head of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules to perform the certain in this member.


Article 282. Equipment for giving signals.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 Aboard a vessel whose heights carry 24 m or more, a daylight of a approved type must be present. For the nutrition of the daylight lamp, a portable battery should be present with sufficient capacity to burn the lamp for at least two hours. The head of the shipping inspection can give us more serious rules to perform the certain in this member.

  • 2 On board of a vessel whose height is carrying 24 m or more, the International Seinbook should be present.

  • 3 On board of a vessel whose heights carry 45 m or more, a full set of seinflaggings should be present.


Article 283. Searchers.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 A vessel whose height 75 m or more behaves should be provided by a targeted type who meets the demands in article 260.

  • 2 The graphic as intended in Article 260, 11th member, must be present for immediate use in the direction.

  • 3 If the verifications were intended in article 260, 12th and 13th member, to the judgment of a Creator of the Creeping Authority, indicating that, the searcher has been sent to be remanded to a membership in the 1160s.

  • 4 The clue of the third member and the article 260, 11th and 13th member, meant authorized persons behaved by the Head of Creeping. The authorities must be in possession of a valid, by the head of the shipping inspection, ID.

  • Five if a vessel that was built on or after September 1st, 1980, is equipped with a searcher as intended in the first member, that must have been searched for the pollen article in front of the 10-mile radius, which is meant to be radio food.


Article 284. Log

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 With exception of vessels that determine one by the head of the shipping tinspection limited area, each vessel must be a log.

  • 2 On board of a vessel whose height is serving 45 m or more, and it's built on or after September 1st, 1984, the log should report the sail and pardon.

  • 3 Aboard a vessel that's equipped with automatic radar-pilot equipment, the log serves the sail and the feather by the water.

  • 4 The log must be a approved type and satisfied by the head of the shipping inspection to follow rules.


Article 285. Resources for advancements.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 On board of every vessel, the resources must be present to satisfy the power-besting decisions for the coming of dangers at sea. These resources should also be regarding the setting aboard, fulfilling the demands in called terms.

  • 2 The lanterns prescribed in the power-energy decisions for the coming of dangers on the sea have been excluded for electric light.

  • 2 With the exception of a vessel whose length behaves less than 45 millimeters, a shipping vessel must have been delivered to each of the top and boardlights and for the henchers, a reservation that was brought to the best place.

  • 3 The electrical installation for the need of the lanterns and the means to give sound mines that are prescribed in the power-hising reservations for procreation of harassment, with the reservation of the 103 members.

  • 3 all the lanterns that have followed the power-energy decisions for the coming of dangers on the sea aboard, including all the reservation lights, must be marked and remarked by the leadership of the C.I.A.

  • 4 Aboard every vessel that opens the public waters in the Netherlands, the Dutch Antilles of Aruba, serves, who are open to the shipping, should be there, and the resources that are required to attend the regulations.

Chapter 11. Not prescription equipment.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

$1. Not prescription equipment.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 286. Not prescription equipment.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The owner of a vessel must introduce the shipping tospection of it if the vessel is set up or equipped with supplies that are not prescribed in this decision. As far as the provisions are known in this decision are specifically called, they must meet all before or forces this decision-made demands and in virtual state. As far as they're not specifically mentioned, and as far as they're concerned by their nature, construction or operations of influence on the safety of the vessel or the dangers, they have to go to the judgment of the Chief Scheptin and establish his ability.

Chapter 12. Lost.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 287. General prescription [ Falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 287a.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 288. Waiting on deck [ Falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 289. Minimum number of ship joints [falls per 1-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 290. Expensive rest time [ Falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 291. Medical testimony concerning the facial organs and hearing and speech organs [ falls per 1-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 292. Copy that.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 293. Renewed commendation [ Falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 294. Corporations [ Falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 295. experts [ Falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 296. Note of the outcome of the cord [falls per 1-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 297. Costs of the approved [falls per 01-05-1998 ]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 298. Declaration of physician statements [falls per 1-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 299. Money wall of medical statements [falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 300. Actions in non-responsive [falls per 1-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 301. Divorce righters [ Falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 302. Costs of dispatchments by referees [falls per 01-05-1998

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 303. Re-approvals by referees [falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 304. Procedure at ambts and a half approved [falls per 01-05-1998

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 305. Occupied forms [falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 306. Wise off diplomas [ Falls per 01-02-02]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 307. Exam commissions [ Falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 308. required knowledge [ Falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 309. Reporting for exams [Vervations per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 310. Graduation of diplomas [falls per 1-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 311. Repeated application [ Falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 312. Replacement lost, diplomas [ Falls per 1-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 313. Consistent foreign diplomas [falls per 01-02-2002]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 314. Tarieves [ Falls per 1-05-1998 ]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Chapter 13. Transportation of persons and charges.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 315. Transportation of persons

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The transportation of compensation of individuals on the ground of the certain in article 2, first member, under 13, must be spotted as passengers, is forbidden.


== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 316. General demands.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 For the application of this paragraph and article 156, third member, article 179, Eighth member, 188, fourth member, article 290 and article 338 is under load: The catch and the resources for processing and the conservation of that catch. The transportation of goods other than they mentioned in this member is forbidden. In particular cases, however, the head of the shipping inspection, under approach to setting rules, allowing a vessel to transport fish that doesn't belong to the catch.

  • 2 The charges and the bows need to satisfy the demands of good seamanship so that the charge or part of that can't be alive. The charge must be so certain that the stability during the journey is sufficiently sufficient and that is preventing unacceptable tensions in the shipping construction.

  • 3 A vessel that goes without load or with little charges to sea, should be sufficiently placed in the vessel and targeted ballast. Ballast that could transition, must have been assured against this. Considering the stability and the tension in the shipping construction is to be held accountable with the certain in the second member.


Article 317. Dangerous fabrics.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • One dangerous substances are distributed in the next classes:

    Class 1 explosive fabric;

    Class 2 co-operative, to liquid suspicion or under pressured gases;

    Class 3 inflammable fluids;

    Class 4.1 easy flames of permanent fabric;

    Class 4.2 to fold or self-inflicted substance;

    Class 4.3 substances that in touch with water or damp air burnable gases;

    Class 5.1 oxydering fabrics;

    Class 5.2 organic peroxyden;

    Class 6.1 poisonous fabrics;

    Class 6.2 danger of contaminating substances;

    Class 7 radioactive fabrics;

    Class 8 biting fabric; ♪

    Class 9 other substances that can cause danger;

  • If it's for the conservation of the fishing execution or in need of the fishing exercise in general, it's necessary that dangerous substances are brought on board, which is to be concluded from Scheptance. This one can give narrow regulations regarding the package, the label ring, transport the amounts and the striation of the intricate dangerous substance, as a means of transporting and entering the safety.

  • 3 When aboard the vessel's dangerous substances are also prescribed by ministerial agreement antidota and a oxygen suitcase with maintenance set, with the proper control list and tourist.


Article 318. Declaration.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 If there's any charges on deck, there's no way this navigation, the service of the rescue fire extinguishes, leather, polls, pokers, poaching the traffic, and entering the crew.

  • 2 The prosecution can't prevent that water from flowing easily through the waterless gates.

Chapter 14. Captain's lights and ownership.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 319. Deep down from the vessel.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that in taking a journey throughout the journey, the vessel is not loaded deeper than the highest-risk burden.

  • 2 When a vessel leaves to sea, it's allowed to recharge the captain deeper than on the ground of the first member is believed, and as much as matches the weight to fuel, supplies, and that water that's consumed from where the departure goes.


Article 320. Good luck and stability.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that for taking a trip is sufficient data aboard to enable him to load the vessel and to testify that unacceptable tension in the creation.

  • 2 The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that for taking a journey the required by the head of the shipping inspection approved data on board is regarding the stability of the undetective damage.

  • 3 The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that during the journey, the stability of the vessel in all common corporate states at least meets the head of the shipping inspection.


Article 321. Peils.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain is obliged to take gas daily from suitcases and filling polls. This obligation doesn't apply to spaces that are allowed to provide an institution in article 39, second member, under 2.

  • 2 The captain is obliged at least once a four-month period to control the following:

    • 1/2. The right clue of the article 39, second member, under one, meant polling;

    • 2°. The correct work of the article 39, second member, under two, meant alarms; ♪

    • 3°. The correct work of the article 134, first member, meant bilge-alarminstallation.


Article 322. Rescue and... supplies.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that for taking a journey and during the journey,

  • 1/2. All reservations and benefits as intended in chapter 7, have been placed, then placed, as indicated on the board, approved safety plan, if such a plan is applied to certain article in 244.

  • 2°. All rescues and supplies continue to establish in good state and for immediate use, and for the daily supervision of any shipping officers have been identified,

  • 3°. The equipment from the rescue and assistance boats are constantly in good shape, and for immediate use is ready, and in those boats, no other cases are stored than the equipment.

  • 4°. A distinguished slope guest has been charged with the orders of every group rescuing device, and for every lifeboat, a substitute has been assigned a substitute, then, when, by the leader of the Scheptance,

  • 5°. The one who's in charge of a group rescue and the substitute possesses a list of names of the assigned crew of the group rescue and allowing those crew to know their duties.

  • 6°. For any rescue boat provided by a radio telegraph instalment, someone has been assigned to serve this installation:

  • 7°. For every lifeboat, someone has been assigned to operate the engine and small repairs to that:

  • 8°. The manuals for training at the point of the rescue and supplies, meant in article 242, first member, are aboard;

  • 9°. The instructions for the maintenance of the reservations and provided in article 209, second member, be aboard and the maintenance agreement will be performed.

  • 10 degrees. The periodic trials, inspections, and commendations of the salvations and-- supplies are performed in a manner as prescribed in article 209, sixth to nine, and in 26, 3, 3.


Article 323. Alarm roll and instructions for emergencies.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that for taking a journey, and during the journey, it's satisfied to the certain article 240.


Article 324. Safety plan, fire safety plan or fire safety book.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain of a vessel that the height of 45 m or more behaves is obliged to ensure that in addition to that, a copy of the safety plan assigned to article 244.

  • 2 The captain of a vessel that the height of 35 m or more behaves, is obliged to bear that the fire plan, prescribed in article 164, distinctive article 184, has been hung up in front of an extensive distinction of every single 164.


Article 325. Appeals and exercises, education and instruction.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to carry care that is met to the specifics in the articles 241 and 242.


Article 326. Precautions against fire.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that:

  • 1/2. All the fire explosives and... combatants are in good shape and are ready for immediate use.

  • 2°. The fire hoses are only used for fire extinguisheds, for tasting the fire extinguishment or practice and inspections;

  • 3°. The fire hoses are constantly being tested at the highest six months;

  • 4°. The periodic control and ordeal of portable and non-bearable fire extinguishes, as well as established fire extinguishments, including the events of these devices, or instances,

  • 5°. The continuing spaces, other spaces for machines and the compounds are kept clean and released from oil residue, licence, with oil drained cleaning cottons and sorcenaries, ♪

  • 6°. For shipping use destined or to the shipping equipment belonging, substances or parts with burning properties are locked up in a safe place, removed from space for machines, where there's fireplaces.


Article 327. Close waterproof doors, and so on.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that:

  • 1/2. The watertight doors during the journey are closed, unless these from the main of the needs of the service should remain necessarily open, in which case measures should be taken, so they can be closed at any time.

  • 2°. Fresh marks that haven't been reachable during the journey before the vessel leaves the harbor or reason pretty much with their blinds.

  • 3°. The covers and valves of flares that aren't in use and whose in-brow openings are all or partially beneath the work deck are pretty closed; ♪

  • 4°. The watertight doors and all the motion institutions and standards, all the shutters that need to be closed to make a ward of watertight, even though all the shutters in cross-country fluids are arranged for a week at least.


Article 328. Use protective equipment.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that the creatures are known to use the protective equipment, meant in article 190, sixth member. He's serving to see that this equipment is used in addition to conditions.


Article 329. Electric institutions.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that:

  • 1/2. In damp spaces, no unsolved parts of the electrical installation are performed as long as these are under tension;

  • 2°. In spaces with explosive hazards, no work done, where spark formation can perform, and that workings to electrical installations that belong only to only places after it's insufficient.

  • 3°. In other than one and two called spaces, only unisolved employments or consistently parts of the electrical installation, without this tension being made, if there are urgent reasons for the company,

    • 3.1. All in the nearby metals are targeted against touch:

    • 3.2. The metal parts of the workings required tools as far as possible are targeted.

    • 3.3. Those who do the jobs, are on a purposeful isolation, ♪

    • 3.4. As far as this is connected to the place and the circumstances are required, clearly readable warnings have been made to prevent an unemployed person from having an accident;

  • 4 degrees. Working in the nearest of un isolated or consistent with sharing the electrical installation just be done, if this tension is made, unless it's for corporate reasons to be safe,

  • 5°. In nutrition of the shipping net or part of it from the waln, no tension, powers, and by spinning, no frequencies and sequences of the phases, which is not appropriate.

  • 6°. isolation error in the electrical installation as soon as possible,

  • 7°. The emergency resources and the temporary emergency source, if present, the automatic institutions of the emergency facility are tested weekly; ♪

  • 8°. The emergency lights are tested monthly.


Article 330. == sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain of a vessel is involving the steering wheel to bear that:

    • 1/2. In 12 hours before departing the shipping facility by the crew is controlled and tested at the right job:

    • 2°. At the trial procedure, meant under one, as far as application, the work of the next parts is included:

      • 2.1. The main station;

      • 2.2. The emergency room;

      • 2.3. The remote systems;

      • 2.4. The control options on the bridge;

      • 2.5. The emergency supplies;

      • 2.6. The stirring pointers, compared to the actual position of the stir;

      • 2.7. The alarms for raiding the remote control systems,

      • 2.8. The alarms for exploding the power workers of the steering wheel; ♪

      • 2.9. The automatic equipment with which a defect part of the steering wheel is set out of business and other automatic equipment:

    • 3°. By the under one, controls and trials are also included:

      • 3.1. moving the rudder over the full rash as required for the trespassing steering disorder:

      • 3.2. A visual inspection of the dispatch to the connected systems; ♪

      • 3.3. The work of communications between the bridge and the control room;

    • 4°. Simple usages with a blockdiagram, where the transmitter procedures were reported for the remote control systems and the power crafts for the steering machine, on the bridge, and in the steering machine,

    • 5°. All the creatures involved in the treatment or the maintenance of the dispatch are familiar with the steering of the steering systems and with the procedures to switch from one system on the other:

    • 6°. In addition to the arranged checks and trials, meant under one at least once in the three months of exercises occurred to the vessel's craft in cases where one or more parts of the steering system have been extinct, at least experienced here. In these exercises, the immediate services in the steering machine room, the communication procedure with the bridge and, if appropriately, the use of replacement power supply: ♪

    • 7°. The parts for the assistance facility for immediate use are locked up.

  • 2 The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that in areas where the navigation requires special attention, more than a power worker of the steering wheel is in business, if such tools are suitable for the steering.

  • 3 The captain of a vessel that's equipped with an automated dispatch is obliged to bear that:

    • 1/2. In areas with a large vigilance, at limited perspective, and in all the other for the navigation dangerous situations, using the automated dispatcher, the chief of the guard indiscretion can be delivered at any time.

    • 2°. Transferring automated operating on manual control and reverse, done by or under surveillance of the chief of the guard. ♪

    • 3°. The hand controls are tested after a longer time has been taken from the automated steering and before areas are entered where the navigation requires special attention.


Article 331. Come on.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that the mistakes of every magnetic compass once a year are verified by a licensed person as intended in article 277, sixth member, under four, unless they're controlled by these borders. Also, the captain is obliged to recompensate by a authorized person to act as a top-indulgence, every time conditions have occurred, that could be affected by the found.

  • 2 The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that in every magnetic compass, there's a misdemeanor present.


Article 332. Maneuvers and stopways.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that on the bridge, the necessary data is available to the maneuvers and the stopway for the vessel characteristic speeds and depths.


Article 333. Searchers.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain of a vessel equipped with a searcher is obliged to bear that once a year, the errors of the searcher are verified by an authorized person as intended in article 260, the membership, unless they're remanded to the limits. Also, the captain is obligated to verify, every time in the position of any antenna, then from any construction on deck, changes have been made that could affect the findings of the seeker.

  • 2 The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that the chart that indicates the correction which should be applied to the reading pollution to acquire the true pollution to the valley, is immediately present to the user.


Article 334. Listen.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to listen in accordance with the certain articles 254 to 256.


Article 335. Electronic navigation.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that by those who can perform as chief of the guard, regularly practiced in the use of the electronic navigations that equipped the vessel.


Article 336. Management.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that his vessel is manned in accordance with the certain in chapter 12.

  • 2 The head of the shipping inspection can be more distinctive to the performance of the certain in the first member.

  • 3 The captain of a vessel is also mandatory to bear that the guards on deck are consistent with the certain article 288.

  • 4 The captain of a vessel that's safely in the port or an anchor is obliged to bear that a targeting guard is kept with the eye of safety.


Article 337. Food and drinking.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that to the one in it. Creatory rule. With regard to the nutrition and the drinking water-proof regulations are met.


Article 338. == sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that the transportation of charge has been made in accordance with the prescription in chapter 13, paragraph 2, and is obliged to meet those measures in the nature of stitches.

  • 2 In the use of tools for processing charges, the captain is obliged to bear that so-called measures are affected that the safety and the health of the users and the other persons are so much hidden.

  • 3 If dangerous substances were meant to be in article 317, second member, transported that lead to being present in explosive, toxic, or other harmful dampenses, then can provide leading to oxygen, which is obliged to do so much for the safety of the captainables, and the safety of the safety of the safety of the safety.


Article 339. Alert, emergency and emergency.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that in regard to alarm, emergency, and emergency navals, it's taken certain in article 245.


Article 340. Accessments and procedures regarding emergency reports.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain of a sea-tracked vessel is mandatory, when he's a report, from whatever source, receiving that a ship, vessel, or aircraft or rescues from that, is necessary, or in need, unless he's in need of the help, or he's not to be able to help, unless he's in any way, unless he's in the most important, unless he's in the most important, unless he's in the establishes.

  • 2 The captain of a distressing vessel is entitled to the right, after that is possible, the captains of the ships or vessels who have been sworn to answer his call to help, have consulted, a more or more of these vessels, to establish the obligation of the establishing to the vessels.

  • 3 The captain of a vessel is relieved of the subsequent in the first member of his resting obligation when he finds out that some or more ships or vessels yet is not his, or is advanced or given or followed.

  • 4 The captain of a vessel has been relieved of the subsequent in the first member of his resting obligation and, if his vessel has been advanced, from the subsequent member in the second membership, it has been obliged to him, or in need of the other vessels.


Article 341. Safeliness and messages about dangers.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear care that in regard to safety mines and messages about dangers, it's taken certain in article 247.


Article 342. Routation of vessels.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that regarding the vessel's route ring, it's taken certain in article 248.


Article 343. Diary books.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In addition to what, or forces, the decisions of the Dutch, the Dutch Antilles, distinguished Aruba, Commercial Law. As for keeping ships and machine journals is prescribed, the captain of a vessel is obliged to sign these journals:

    • 1/2. from the periodic water of rescue boats, relief boats, and rescue floors of the irony type, as well as the condition these resources find themselves:

    • 2 degrees from the monthly inspection of the rescuing and the lifeboat equipment, as well as the condition where the equipment is.

    • 3 degrees from the trial of the fire hoses;

    • 4 degrees of checks, trials and exercises, meant in article 330, first member;

    • 5° of daily polls, meant in article 321, first member, and of the four-month control, meant in article 321, second member;

    • 6°. Of all appetizers, exercises, exercises, exercises in fires, fires with the relief boats, education, and instruction in the use of the rescue and rescuing with reasonable times when they're not held at the same time.

    • 7 degrees in common cases, of the reasons why he, after seeing or receiving an emergency server, has left the necessary persons to help;

    • 8 degrees aboard a vessel equipped with a radio telegraphy alarm device from the daily trial of that;

    • 9° aboard a vessel, equipped with a radio telegraph or radiophone station, daily the state where the reservation source is found.

    • 10 degrees. aboard a vessel provided from an emergency source, from a temporary emergency source and automatic institutions of the emergency system, from the trials of it;

    • 11 degrees aboard a vessel provided with electrical emergency lights from the trial of that;

    • 12 degrees.

    • 13 degrees from the controls and trials, meant in article 327, under 4;

    • 14 degrees. from the last trip averages and accidents; ♪

    • 15 degrees aboard a vessel, equipped with a VHF radio telephonic installation, from a summary of all message exchanges regarding emergency, emergency, and safety.

  • 2 The captain of a vessel is obliged to carry care, that by the guard's chiefs are writtenly accurately monitored all that is required for a good filling of the ship's journal,

  • 3 The captain of a vessel is obliged to be the last data of inspections, apples and exercises intended in the first member, under 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 10, 11, and 12 to take a new journal.

  • 4 The captain of a vessel entered into a dock in Holland, the Dutch Antilles of Aruba, is obliged within three days of entering, and at least before leaving the ship's journal, and if there's a request that's been reentered into the authorization of the ship's authorities in the authorities to be presented for the authorities to be presented in the authorities to be presented in the authorities to be presented in the authorities in the authorities to be presented in the authorities to be presented in the authorities to be presented in the authorities in the shipment to the shipment to be presented to be presented in the authorities in the authorities in the authorities in the shipment to the shipping to be presented to be presented in the authorities in the authorities in the ship's of the authorities in the authorities in the shipment to be presented to be presented to be presented to be presented to be presented to be presented to be presented in the shipping for the shipment to be presented in the shipping

  • If the vessel remains outside a port for more than a year if intended to remain in the fourth member, the captain is obligated to the ship's journals of the past trips, every time after a year's expirement, to send the shipping to the ship's spectrum.

  • Six if the vessel is placed in a port outside of Holland, the Dutch Antilles of Aruba, the captain is obliged to send the shipping journals within eight days to the shipping inspection.


Article 344. Radio journal.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain of a vessel equipped with a radio station is obliged by the chief of the ship radio station, a radio journal intended in the articles 270, 272 and 274 articles, as a prescription.

  • 2 The captain of a vessel is obliged to sign the radio journal daily.


Article 345. Load ladders.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that:

  • 1/2. The lead ladder, meant in Article 227, clean and in good condition, and only is used for taking aboard or discharged from leads, as well as port authorities arriving in or out of a port.

  • 2°. The lead ladder in such a place outside the ship is hung up that the ladder is free from spikes of the vessel, that any treads sturdy against the creature's sheep, as it may or may not be, is removed from a minimal midget, and it's easily removed. If the distance of the water surface to the shipping site is more than 9 m behaviour, access to the vessel is obtained by a valve or in a safe and easy way,

  • 3°. Two manual leaders, firmly confirmed to the vessel, with a perimeter of no less than 65 millimeters and a bodyline for use,

  • 4°. Provisions present to be able to enable the lead in safe and easy way to get over from the top of the lead ladder or in the vessel or the valve or the other way around. If the transition occurs through an opening in the fence or the pharmacy, targeted handshakes have been delivered. If the transition is done by a shipping radius, this firm should have been confirmed on the shipment or on the platform and served to be two entitled woods aboard the ship or aboard. The internal distance between these lumps can't be any less than 0.70 m and no more than 0.80 m. Each lumber serves either at the bottom, as a higher point, firmly to the vessel, The diameter doesn't have to be less than 40 millimeters and the height should be so substantial that the wood is at least 1.20 mills above the pharmacy.

  • 5°. The night a so-called enlightenment is present that both the lead ladder is outboard and the place where the warehouse is on board is sufficiently enlightened. A salvation cuff, provided by a self-burning light, should be held at the scene for immediate use. A hill line should be available for immediate use;

  • 6°. Surveillances have been affected to use the lead ladder on both sides of the vessel;

  • 7°. Taking up the ladder and taking it aboard or discharging a lead is done under supervision of a responsible shipping officer; ♪

  • 8°. If a mechanical lead charger is made, a lead ladder, which is satisfied with the setting in article 227, on deck in immediate proximity for immediate use.


Article 346. Worse bookworks.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to bear that aboard is present:

  • 1/2. ♪ Shipping law.;

  • 2°. It's... Fishcraft rule.;

  • 3°. The head of the shipping inspection, ruled out in Confessions to the seafood;

  • 4°. The power-enforcing decisions for providing dangers at sea; ♪

  • 5°. All the others in this decision prescribed publications and bookworks.


== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 347. Investigating the hull on the outside.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The owner of a vessel is obliged to bear that the hull of the vessel matches the certain article 14 on the outside.


Article 348. To provide the necessary means.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The owner of a vessel is obliged to provide the captain's resources that need this needs, at the end of the decision.


Article 348a.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The owner of a vessel is obliged to bear that the safety and health of the crew is not compromised, especially by significant weather conditions.

  • 2 The owner of a vessel is obliged to carry care of the technical maintenance, so that construction, institution, and equipment of the vessel to meet this decision and continue. The owner's looking to see that conditioned lacks that could jeopardize the safety and health of the crew as soon as possible.

  • 3 The first and second member called obligations of the owner leaves the Captain's obligations unrelated.


Article 349. Knowledge of investigation of the hull on the outside and repairs.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The owner of a vessel is obliged to provide an investigation of the hull on the outside and receiving repairs to the vessels or to the tools, to include certain article 15.

Chapter 15. Single prescriptions in times of war, war danger, and relatives, or related to that, consistent with extraordinary circumstances.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

$1. Single prescriptions in times of war, war danger, and relatives, or related to that, consistent with extraordinary circumstances.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 350. Special prescriptions.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In the interest of the safety of vessels and their dangers, the head of the shipping inspection, consistent with the Chief of the Marinestaf, giving special prescriptions for him to be given to war, or in the consistent of war.

  • 2 In precluding accidents, consequent dangers that continue from war, war dangers, and relatives or consistently linking extraordinary circumstances, the Chief of the Schepine can provide special prescription.

  • 3 The extraordinary prescriptions, meant in the first and second member, performing outside six months after the date of acquisition, unless she's been granted by general regulation.


== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 351. Special prescriptions.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

The captain of a vessel is obliged to carry care that is met to the special prescriptions as intended in article 350.


Article 352. Marine modesty.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 The captain of a vessel is obliged to let him handle the Chief of the Marinestaf's moderate and follow the indicative clues.

  • 2 The captain of a vessel is obliged to keep the modesty as intended in the first member in a purposeful place.

Chapter 16.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 353. Not descendant of the certain article 322

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Surprise of the articles 322, 325, 326, 327, 336, third member, 338, 343, 343, 4th, fifth and sixth member, 347, 348, 348, 348, and 348a, and 349.


Article 354. No offense of the certain in the articles 325, 326 or 327 [falls per 01-05-98]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 355. No offense of the certain article 336, third member of [falls per 01-05-1998

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 356. No offense from the certain article 338 [falls per 1-05-1998]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 357. Traffic in combat with the certain article 343, fourth to sixth members [ falls per 01-05-1998 ]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

#2

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 358. No offense of the certain in the articles 347, 348, 348a and 349 [ Falls per 01-05-1998

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 359 [ Falls per 01-05-1998 ]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

3

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 360. Narrow references in regard to payment [falls per 1-05-1998]

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Chapter 17. Transition papers.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 361. Construction, institution and equipment.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.
  • 1 In this article, under existing vessel, a fishing vessel is built before November 1st, 1989.

  • 2 undiminished it certain in the third to and with the eighth member, the construction, the institution, and the equipment of existing vessels at least continue to match the prescriptions as which were applied to November 1, 1989.

  • 3 For existing vessels, the prescriptions of this decision involve the construction and the institution, as far as these defects from the one November 1st, 1989, only from application, in which case, to this, is practically from the leadership of the Senate.

  • 4 The one in the third member of the construction and the institution aboard existing vessels should be consulted with the officials of the shipping inspection, to be executed in addition to renegotiations and renegotiations. Meaning vessels are allowed to go through a repair or a change in slighter size to the prescriptions of this decision than they did before repair or change.

  • 5 In the event that the decisions of this decision are consistent with the equipment of a existing vessel must be filled, replaced, then altered.

    • 1/2. The replacement of November 1st, 1989 requires obligational equipment by those of the decision prescribed type, placed in renewal of the remarkable articles or when these great repairs required: ♪

    • 2°. Must be the further adjustment of November 1st, 1989 obliged equipment to which is prescribed in this decision, consulting with the officials of the Scheep funeral.

  • 6 The particular in the fifth member is not appropriate to see what is required.

    • 1/2. The articles 200, 201, 209, 240, 241, 242, and...

    • 2°. The articles 197, fourth and fifth member, 198, eighth and ninth member, 212, sixth member.

  • 7 On the particular in the articles, mentioned in the sixth member, under one, must be met with the entrance of November 1st 1989.

  • 8 With regardless of the certain in the sixth and seventh members required not to be adjusted to the prescriptions of this decision, if the adjustment excludes the adjustment of the genetic tolerance in November 1989.

Chapter 18. Lockpacks.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Article 362

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

[ Reserved ] ♪


Article 362a.

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

Prime Ministerial arrangements determined forces this decision will be announced in the State Courant, in the Curaçaosche Courant and in Aruba's announcement.


Article 363. Citizen

No other versions. Saved. Relationships. (Extern link) Permanent link.

This decision is made as: Fishcraft rule.!

Bullshit and orders that this decision with additional note of lighting in it. State record.In it. Publication blade of the Dutch Antilles. And in it Aruba Will be placed and that writing will be sent to the Council of Kingdom.

Nairobi, August 5, 1989

Beatrix.

The Minister of Traffic and Water State,

N.S.

Spent the 12th September 1989

The Minister of Justice,

F. Korthal Altes.


Containing Vissership rule.

No other versions. Saved.

Chapter 1 General Surveillance.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 1.

Article 2.

Article 3.

Article 4.

Article 5.

Article 6.

Article 7. Venture areas.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 8.

Article 9.

Article 10. Wise research

Article 11. Advising research.

Article 12. Researching.

Article 13. Stomp and damp.

Article 14. Investigating the hull on the outside.

Article 15.

Article 16. Handhaking of the state after an investigation.

Article 17. Used to act in damages.

Article 18. Cost of research.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 19. Form and content of certificates.

Article 20. Requesting certificates.

Article 21. Inserting certificates.

Article 22. Certificate of virtue.

Article 23. Safety certificate for fishing vessels.

Article 24 Certificate of release.

Article 25. Losing certificates.

Article 26. Retracting certificates.

_

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 27. Construction.

Article 28. Waterproofness and waterproof institution.

Article 29. Watered doors.

Article 30. Execution of waterproof doors, retainer valves, or closures in pipe throughout waterproof shots; Manholes.

Article 31. Watered closure.

Article 32. Opening in the skin, the covers, the upper building and the dens.

Article 33. Lurkopes and the closure from there by hatch of another material than wood.

Article 34. Adjusting to wooden shutters.

Article 35. Opening up on top of continuing space.

Article 36. Other openings in the deck.

Article 37. Air.

Article 38. Vul- and trachea.

Article 39. Provisions for polls.

Article 40. Patricial gates, windows and solid lights.

Article 41. Spike, intake, and exhaustion.

Article 42. Waterless gates.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 43. Equipment for the anchor and lakes.

Article 44. Anker and more.

Article 45. The corroboration of materials - generally.

Article 46. Property planes.

Article 47. Costs of trial.

Article 48. Consider trial.

Article 49. Couragement, medical records, and so on.

Article 50. Courage mark.

Article 51. Disappointment notice.

Article 52. Fallen in which materials aren't approved.

Article 53. Disappointment.

Article 54. Ankers, marks, weight.

Article 55. Property of anchors.

Article 56. Anchor chain.

Article 57. Property of anchor chains.

Article 58.

Article 59. Tabel, submitting taxes to testing anchor chains with dam.

_

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 60. General.

Article 61. Stability criticia.

Article 62. Getting filled with fishing.

Article 63. Special fish methods.

Article 64. I influence the wind.

Article 65. Water on deck.

Article 66. Company.

Article 67. Ice deposit.

Article 68. Helling trial.

Article 69. Stability records.

Article 70. Shots.

Article 71. Boegh Eyes.

Article 72.

Article 73. Watered intel and leaky.

Chapter 4 Machine installations, electrical installations and temporarily unmanned engine rooms.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 74.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 75. Machine installations.

Article 76.

Article 77.

Article 78. Stombags, nutrient water systems and steam lines.

Article 79. Bloom shutters.

Article 80. Systems for compressed air

Article 81. Communication between bridges, engine room, remote control facility.

Article 82. Control of the continuing instalment.

Article 83. Using inflammable oils.

Article 84. Lens institution.

Article 85. Institution of lens and ballistics.

Article 86. Dispatch.

Article 87. Execution lens and ballasting.

Article 88. Dimensions of lenses.

Article 89. Less pumps.

Article 90. Right pipes.

Article 91. _

Article 92. Provisions in connection with damage to the lension.

Article 93. Protection of sound stop.

Article 94. Surveillance and stirrup.

Article 95. Alarminstallion for mathematicians.

Article 96. Cowlin installations, cool and freezing.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 97. Adjustments.

Article 98. descriptions.

Article 99. Admitted tension.

Article 100. Material, mental institution and setting.

Article 101. I influence instruments and measures against interferences or caused by electronic navigation and communication equipment.

Article 102. Electric main power source.

Article 103. Installations for navigational lights and resources to give sound signals.

Article 104. Installants in space with explosives.

Article 105. Temporary lighting of dangerous spaces.

Article 106. Deckworkers.

Article 107. Vision.

Article 108. Emergency fire explosives.

Article 109. Emergency stopping.

Article 110. == sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 111. Phones or other speech connections.

Article 112. Electric emergency power source aboard vessels whose lengths carry 45 m or more.

Article 113. Electric emergency resources aboard vessels whose heights behave less than 45.

Article 114. Original accumulator batteries.

Article 115. Ventilation of battery space.

Article 116. Diverse prescriptions regarding battery batteries.

Article 117. General prescriptions regarding switch and distribution.

Article 118. Place of switches.

Article 119. Walking in for motorcycles.

Article 120. Electrical heating and cooking equipment.

Article 121. Melting security and maximum switches.

Article 122. Meet and control.

Article 123. Wearable isolation meter and tension.

Article 124. General demands for enlightenments and lamps.

Article 125. Lamb groups.

Article 126. Hand lamps.

Article 127.

Article 128. Security and taxes of electrical pipes.

Article 129. Sort and construction of electrical pipes.

Article 130. Cable fluids through shots or covers.

Article 131. Prescriptions in connection with the use of the vessel's casing as a back-leader.

Article 132. Precautions against dangers of electrical origin.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 133. Fire safety.

Article 134. Security against being filled.

Article 135. Connects.

Article 136. Alarminstallion.

Article 137. Special prescriptions for machine and ketlin installations and electrical installations.

Article 138. Security system.

_

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 139. General.

Article 140. Construction.

Article 141. Shots inside for accommodation and service areas.

Article 142. Protection of stairs and elevator shafts in space for accommodation, service areas and control stations.

Article 143. Doors on firefighting shots.

Article 144. Firefighter of shots and covers.

Article 145. Construction details.

Article 146. Ventilation system.

Article 147. Heating installations.

Article 148. Diverse.

Article 149. Gas bottles and consistent installations, as a result of dangerous materials.

Article 150. Invention for escape.

Article 151. Automatic sprinkler, fire alarm and fire escape installations.

Article 152. Automated fire alarm and fire escape installations Methode IIIF!

Article 153. Inflicted fire extinguishing plantations for loading rooms that are destined for loadings that are highly dangerous.

Article 154. Fire explosives.

Article 155. Head burnouts.

Article 156. Fire cranes, fire hoses and radiation.

Article 157. Fire extinguishing.

Article 158. Wearable fire extinguishers in control stations, spaces for accommodation and service areas.

Article 159. Fire explosives in space for machines.

Article 160. In addition to spaces for machines.

Article 161. International delusional.

Article 162. Fire department equipment.

Article 163. Community fire gear.

Article 164. Fire safety plan.

Article 165. Executive fire plan.

Article 166. Immediate availability of firearms.

Article 167. Admissions of replacements.

Article 168. Not prescribed fire extinguishing.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 169. General.

Article 170. Constructive fire safety.

Article 171. Ventilation system.

Article 172. Heating installations.

Article 173. Diverse.

Article 174. Gas bottles and consistent installations, as a result of dangerous materials.

Article 175. Invention for escape.

Article 176. Automated fire alarm and fire escape.

Article 177. Fire explosives.

Article 178. Head burnout.

Article 179. Fire cranes, fire hoses and radiation.

Article 180. Fire extinguishing.

Article 181. Wearable fire extinguishers in control stations, spaces for accommodation and service areas.

Article 182. Fire explosives in space for machines.

Article 183. Fire department gear.

Article 184. Fire safety plan.

Article 185. Immediate availability of firearms.

Article 186. Admissions of replacements.

Article 187. Not prescribed fire extinguishing.

Chapter 6 Provisions for the crew.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 188. Protection of the crew.

Article 189. Coppers.

Article 190. Blackmails, railroads and security supplies.

Article 191. ♪

Article 192. Accesses, exits and elevators.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 193. Stay with the crew.

Chapter 7 Rescues and - supplies and safety supplies.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 194. Dragged vessels.

Article 195. Confirmation, trial, and redemption and... supplies.

Article 196. Produke control.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 197. Communications.

Article 198. Personal rescue.

Article 199. Group salvation and support boats.

Article 200. Control directions.

Article 201. Occupation of group rescues and supervision on that.

Article 202. Collect and shipping supplies.

Article 203. Tewater labs.

Article 204. Place of group rescue.

Article 205. Place of relief boats.

Article 206. Provisions for tewater lating and retracting group resources.

Article 207. Surveillances for increment, tewater laps, and retracting aid boats.

Article 208. Line tower.

Article 209. _

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 210. General demands for rescue and... supplies.

Article 211. Rescue cuffs.

Article 212. Rescue seats.

Article 213. Survival suits.

Article 214. Resources against heat loss.

Article 215. Falcon signals.

Article 216. Handcuff lights.

Article 217. Floating smoke signals.

Article 218. General demands for rescue.

Article 219. automatically inflammatory rescue.

Article 220. Fresh rescue floors.

Article 221. General demands for rescue boats.

Article 222. All over the rescue boats.

Article 223. Helping boats.

Article 224. Tewater labs and intercepts.

Article 225. Line tower.

Article 226. Instructions for maintenance aboard.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 227. Load ladders.

Article 228. Safe lights.

Article 229. For the fishing company's destined supplies.

Article 230. Healthcraft.

Article 231. Customs, bandages and nurses.

Article 232. Mountaining of cures, bandages and nursing articles.

Article 233. Divorce the various drugs.

Article 234. Number and appointment of medicine.

Article 235. Delivery of medicine, mountaining of opium and morphine repairs.

Article 236. Full resources.

Article 237. Medical manual.

Article 238. License of drugs, resources and nursing treatments.

_

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 239. Communication aboard and alarm systems.

Article 240. Alarm roll and instructions for emergencies.

Article 241. Appeals and exercises.

Article 242. Train and instruction for the performance in emergency.

Article 243. Sign in the ship's journal.

Article 244. Security plan.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 245. Alert, emergency and emergency.

Article 246. Procedures with regard to emergency messages.

Article 247. Safeliness and messages about dangers.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 248. Routation of vessels.

Chapter 9 Radio

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 249. descriptions.

Article 250. Radio station.

Article 251. Radio phone call.

Article 252. VHF radio telephony installation.

Article 253. Freedom.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 254. Listen, radio telegraph.

Article 255. Listen to radio telephone.

Article 256. Listen to VHF radio telephone.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 257. Radio telegraph stations.

Article 258. Radio telegraphations.

Article 259.

Radio telegraph.

Article 260. Searchers.

Article 261. Radio telegraphs for rescue boats.

Article 262. Wearable wires for group rescue.

Article 263. Noodradio beacons for group rescues.

Article 264. Periods of emergency radio beacon.

Article 265. Portofoon for group rescue.

Article 266. Radiophone stations.

Article 267. Radio telephony installations.

Article 268. VHF radio telephony installation.

Article 269. Reserve parts.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 270. Diary destined for radio telegraph.

Article 271. Model of the journal destined for radio telegraph.

Article 272. Diary destined for radio telephone.

Article 273. Model of the journal destined for radio telephone.

Article 274. Diary destined for VHF radio telephone.

_

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 275. Freedom.

Article 276. The bridge of a vessel

Article 277. Come on.

Article 278. Middles for depth.

Article 279. Radarin installations.

Article 280. Nautical instruments.

Article 281. Sea cards, nautical publishing, and so on.

Article 282. Equipment for giving signals.

Article 283. Searchers.

Article 284. Log

Article 285. Resources for advancement.

Chapter 11 not prescribed equipment.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 286. Not prescription equipment.

_

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 287. General prescription.

Article 288. Wait.

Article 289. Minimum number of ship joints.

Article 290. Expensive rest time.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 291. Medical statements concerning the facial organs and hearing and speech organs.

Article 292. Attention.

Article 293. Renewed medical examination.

Article 294. Access.

Article 295. experts.

Article 296. Note of the outcome of the approval.

Article 297. Cost of the approved

Article 298. Report of medical statements.

Article 299. Payment of medicine.

Article 300. Acts of non-approval.

Article 301. Divorce rights.

Article 302. Costs of refreshments.

Article 303. Reappearances by referees.

Article 304. Procedure at ambts and a half.

Article 305. Available form.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 306. Wise graduations.

Article 307. Exam commissions.

Article 308. required knowledge.

Article 309. Report for exams.

Article 310. Graduation.

Article 311. Repeated application.

Article 312. Replacement lost diplomas.

Article 313. Equal foreign diplomas.

Article 314. Tarie.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 315. Transportation of persons

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 316. General demands.

Article 317. Dangerous fabrics.

Article 318. Declaration.

Chapter 14 Enlightenments of the Captain and of the owner.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 319. Deep down from the vessel.

Article 320. Good luck and stability.

Article 321. Peils.

Article 322. Rescue and... supplies.

Article 323. Alarm roll and instructions for emergencies.

Article 324. Safety plan, fire safety plan or fire safety book.

Article 325. Appeals and exercises, education and instruction.

Article 326. Precautions against fire.

Article 327. Close waterproof doors, and so on.

Article 328. Use protective equipment.

Article 329. Electric institutions.

Article 330. == sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 331. Come on.

Article 332. Maneuvers and stopways.

Article 333. Searchers.

Article 334. Listen.

Article 335. Electronic navigation.

Article 336. Management.

Article 337. Food and drinking.

Article 338. == sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 339. Alert, emergency and emergency.

Article 340. Accessments and procedures regarding emergency reports.

Article 341. Safeliness and messages about dangers.

Article 342. Routation of vessels.

Article 343. Diary books.

Article 344. Radio journal.

Article 345. Load ladders.

Article 346. Worse bookworks.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 347. Investigating the hull on the outside.

Article 348. To provide the necessary means.

Article 349. Knowledge of investigation of the hull on the outside and repairs.

_

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 350. Special prescriptions.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 351. Special prescriptions.

Article 352. Marine modest.

_

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 353. Not descendant of the certain article 322

Article 354. Not descendant of the certain articles 325, 326 or 327.

Article 355. No offense of the certain article 336, third member.

Article 356. Not descendant of the certain article 338

Article 357. == sync, corrected by elderman ==

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 358. Not descendant of the certain articles 347 or 348

Article 359. Not descendant of the certain article 349.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 360. Different decisions regarding payments.

Chapter 17 transitions.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 361. Construction, institution and equipment.

Chapter 18 Slot Parents.

== sync, corrected by elderman ==

Article 362. In effect.

Article 363. Citizen